new york, ny 10013 springer 2 news · 30 bouroushian, electrochemistry of metal chalcogenides...

Springer

NEWS

springer.comABCDABCD233 Spring Street New York, NY 10013

Apress

AIP Press

American Institute of Physics

Birkhäuser

Copernicus

Current Medicine

Friends of ED

Humana Press

Lavoisier-Intercept

Physica Verlag

Springer-Praxis

The Royal Society of Chemistry

Springer Wien NewYork

Steinkopff Verlag

Vieweg

2010

AB

V7002

New York

Heidelberg

Dordrecht

London

Tokyo

Boston

Basel

Berlin

Hong Kong

Milan

New Delhi

Paris

2

FEBRUARY

2010

Want this by e-mail?

Subscribe now to the monthly

Library Books E-Newsletter:

springer.com/librarybooks

Get all the content of this catalog in PDF, Excel, and HTML.

FEBRUARY

2010











Sales and Service

Bookstore and Library Sales:

Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Salestel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578e-mail: [email protected]

Trade Marketing Support:

Casey Spear, Product ManagerTrade Channel Marketingtel: 800-777-4643 ext.622e-mail: [email protected]

Agency Account Information

7 Library Approval Plan7 Bookseller Agency Plan7 Annual Prepayment Plan7 Standing Orders

Attn: Joe KozakiewiczP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303fax: 201-348-4505e-mail: [email protected]

To Order:

SpringerP.O. Box 2485Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485

or call

800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET

or fax

201-348-4505

or e-mail

[email protected]

World Wide Web:

Springer: springer.comApress: www.apress.comBirkhäuser: www.birkhauser.comCopernicus: www.copernicusbooks.comKey College: www.keycollege.comKey Curriculum: www.keypress.com

Returns:

Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not follow the procedures detailed above.

Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada): Springerc/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution CenterBrooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3Brooklyn, NY 11205

Returns in Canada:Springerc/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse34 Armstrong AvenueGeorgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9

Prices:

Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.

Continuation Orders

Library Approval Plan:

All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication. A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.

Bookseller Agency Plan:

The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifi-cations in the plan may be made at any time.

Annual Prepayment Plan:

Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to Landolt-Börnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.

Standing Orders:

Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.

Change of Address for Continuation Orders:

Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance. Please indicate:7 journal or standing order title7 date on which the change is to take effect7 old address7 new address

For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).

General InformationSpringer News 2/2010

Discount Key

P = ProfessionalMC = Medicine/ClinicalMR = Medicine/ReferenceT = TradeC = Computer TradeL = Landolt-Bornstein HandbookS = Special Software

ABCD springerlink.com

7 Books, journals, reference works,protocols & more

7 Over 4 million documents onone integrated platform

7 More productive searcheswith Semantic Linking

VISITTODAY!

014486x

SpringerLinkAccess outstanding STM contentwith sophisticated search tools

springer.com/librarybooks IContents

Author Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IITitle Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VIProceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Apress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Arts/Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Biomedicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12Business/Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Computer Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Earth Sciences/Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Environmental Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63General Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Management/Business for Professionals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Materials Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Medicine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Physics/Astronomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Each eBook subject collection (12 collections for English-language/International titles) is designated by its own icon . The icon appears next to each title, indicating its subject group .

Author Index springer.com/booksellersII Springer News 2/2010Author Index

A

26 Abe, Support Vector Machines for Pattern Classification (Advances in Pattern Recognition) 2nd ed .

26 Abrial (Eds), Rigorous Methods for Software Construction and Analysis (LNCS 5115)

1 Aburahma (Eds), Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis

1 Aburahma (Eds), Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis

56 Ainslie, Principles of Sonar Performance Modelling (Springer Praxis Books)

53 Albers (Ed), Continuous Media with Microstructure

32 Albers, Motion Control in Offshore and Dredging Industry

1 Al-Kandari (Eds), Difficult conditions in laparoscopic urologic surgery <with online files/updates>

2 Al-Tubaikh, Internal Medicine 47 Amigó, Permutation Complexity in

Dynamical Systems (Springer Series in Synergetics)

12 Anderson (Eds), Bortezomib in the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma (Milestones in Drug Therapy)

32 Ao (Eds), Electronic Engineering and Computing Technology (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 60)

32 Ao, Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative Computing (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engineering 59)

83 Arvanitopoulos (Ed), Reforming Europe (The Constantinos Karamanlis Institute for Democracy Series on European and International Affairs)

33 Astakhov, Geometry of Single-Point Turning Tools and Drills (Springer Series in Advanced Manufacturing)

26 Axelson-Fisk, Comparative Gene Finding (Computational Biology 11)

B

78 Bakich, 1001 Celestial Wonders to See Before You Die

33 Baliga, Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts 56 Barale (Eds), Oceanography from Space 83 Bates (Eds), Human Ecology 78 Beech, The Large Hadron Collider 83 Belford et al ., Archaeological Practice

and Heritage in Great Britain (World Archaeological Congress Cultural Heritage Manual Series)

78 Benaroya, Turning Dust to Gold 33 Benyoucef (Eds), Artificial Intelligence

Techniques for Networked Manufacturing Enterprises Management (Springer Series in Advanced Manufacturing)

Author Index

47 Beutler, Methods of Celestial Mechanics, Vol . I (Astronomy and Astrophysics Library) <with online files/updates>

63 Bhatta, Analysis of Urban Growth and Sprawl from Remote Sensing Data (Advances in Geographic Information Science)

87 Biceaga, The Concept of Passivity in Husserl’s Phenomenology (Contrib . Phenomen . 62)

18 Bingham/Fry, Regression (Springer Undergraduate Mathematics Series)

47 Biswas et al ., Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed Optical Solitons (Nonlinear Physical Science)

56 Bjorlykke, Petroleum Geology 27 Blackmore (Ed), Social Learning Systems and

Communities of Practice 48 Blinov, Structure and Properties of Liquid

Crystals (Topics in Applied Physics 123) 18 Bomze et al ., Nonlinear Optimization -

C .I .M .E . Summer School 2007 (Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1989)

18 Borsuk, Transmission Problems for Elliptic Second-Order Equations in Non-Smooth Domains (Frontiers in Mathematics)

19 Bouc, Biset Functors for Finite Groups (Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1990)

30 Bouroushian, Electrochemistry of Metal Chalcogenides (Monographs in Electrochemistry)

68 Braman (Ed), In Vitro Mutagenesis Protocols (Methods in Molecular Biology 634) 3rd ed .

87 Bretelle-Establet (Ed), Looking at it from Asia: the Processes that Shaped the Sources of History of Science (Boston Stud . Phil . Science 265)

84 Broadbent (Eds), East Asian Social Movements (Nonprofit and Civil Society Studies)

17 Brock et al ., Identifying, Assessing, and Treating ADHD at School (Developmental Psychopathology at School)

34 Bucalem/Bathe, The Mechanics of Solids and Structures (Computational Fluid and Solid Mechanics)

25 Bukovics, Pro WF 55 von Byern (Eds), Adhesion Phenomena in

Nature

C

84 Chauhan/Garge, Pursuing Archaeological Research in India (World Archaeological Congress Cultural Heritage Manual Series)

27 Cheok (Ed), Technology and Art of Entertainment Computing

12 Chernajovsky (Eds), Gene Therapy for Autoimmune and Inflammatory Diseases (Milestones in Drug Therapy)

19 Chiarella (Eds), Contemporary Quantitative Finance

19 Christensen, Functions, Spaces, and Expansions (ANHA)

2 Chung (Eds), The Massachusetts General Hospital Guide to Clinical Cancer Genetics

68 Ciancio (Eds), Integrated Management of Insect Borne Diseases (Integrated Management of Plant Pests and Diseases 5)

57 Clark/Rilee, Remote Sensing Tools for Exploration

75 Conrady (Eds), Trends and Issues in Global Tourism 2010 (Trends and Issues in Global Tourism)

57 Crosby, Interplanetary Travel and Space Weather

D

30 Dasgupta, Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive Results

34 Davies (Eds), Pumps and Pipes 34 Davison/Aghdam, Decentralized Control of

Large-Scale Systems 35 Demirbas/Demirbas, Algae Energy

(Green Energy and Technology) 48 Demtröder, Atoms, Molecules and Photons

(Graduate Texts in Physics) 2nd ed . 68 Ding (Ed), Cellular Reprogramming and

Reprogramming (Methods in Molecular Biology 636)

35 Djordjevic et al ., Coding for Optical Channels 35 Doi et al ., Computational Electrophysiology,

Vol . 2 63 Doicu et al ., Numerical Regularization for

Atmospheric Inverse Problems (Springer Praxis Books)

36 Dornfeld (Ed), Green Manufacturing (Green Energy and Technology)

84 Drennan, Statistics for Archaeologists, 2nd Edition (Interdisciplinary Contributions to Archaeology) 2nd ed .

93 Driendl (Eds), APOPliving 82 Dronkers (Ed), Quality and Inequality of

Education 2 Dunphy (Ed), Molecular Pathology of

Hematolymphoid Diseases (Molecular Pathology Library 4)

48 Duplantier (Eds), Bio-Physics (Progress in Mathematical Physics 58)

3 Duque (Eds), Osteoporosis in Older Persons

E

17 Erchul/Martens, School Consultation (Issues Clin . Child Psych .) 3rd ed .

36 Eroglu, Wave Propagation and Radiation in Gyrotropic and Anisotropic Media

57 Evans (Eds), Natural and Artificial Rockslide Dams (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences 133)

Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks IIISpringer News 2/2010 Author Index

F

12 Fahy (Eds), The Future of Aging 58 Fardis (Ed), Advances in Performance-Based

Earthquake Engineering (Geotechnical, Geological, and Earthquake Engineering 13)

94 Fenz (Eds), Kunst im öffentlichen Raum Steiermark . Public Art in Styria .

58 Ferronsky/Ferronsky, Dynamics of the Earth 72 Filzmoser, Simulation of Automated

Negotiation 58 Flechtner (Eds), System Earth via Geodetic-

Geophysical Space Techniques (Advanced Technologies in Earth Sciences)

G

49 Gargaud (Eds), Encyclopedia of Astrobiology <hard>

49 Gargaud (Eds), Encyclopedia of Astrobiology <eRef>

49 Gargaud (Eds), Encyclopedia of Astrobiology <print+eRef> <Set>

72 Garrido et al ., Water Footprint and Virtual Water Trade in Spain (Natural Resource Management and Policy 35)

25 Gellert/Cristea, Web Dynpro ABAP for Practitioners

13 Georgiev (Ed), National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIH, Vol . III (Infectious Disease)

75 Gerybadze (Eds), Innovation and International Corporate Growth

69 Gherbawy (Eds), Molecular Identification of Fungi

59 Glinski (Eds), Encyclopedia of Agrophysics (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <hard>

59 Glinski (Eds), Encyclopedia of Agrophysics (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <eRef>

59 Glinski (Eds), Encyclopedia of Agrophysics (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <print+eRef> <Set>

3 Goldberger (Eds), Practical Signal and Image Processing Concepts for Clinical Cardiology

59 Golding (Eds), Early Life on Earth: Habitats, Environments and Methods of Detection

13 Gomer (Ed), Photodynamic Therapy (Methods in Molecular Biology 635)

36 Gopalakrishnan (Eds), Sustainable and Resilient Critical Infrastructure Systems

3 Greco, Echography in anesthesiology intensive care and emergency medicine for beginners

49 Grigoriev et al ., Symmetries of Integro-Differential Equations (LN Physics 806)

H

20 Hackbusch, Elliptic Differential Equations (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 18)

63 Hager, Wastewater Hydraulics . 2nd ed .

Author Index

20 Hairer et al ., Geometric Numerical Integration (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 31) 2nd ed .

20 Hairer/Wanner, Solving Ordinary Differential Equations II (Springer Series in Computational Mathematics 14) 2nd ed .

37 Hammoud (Eds), Advanced Tracking Systems (Augmented Vision and Reality 2)

37 Hardin (Ed), Design and Verification of Microprocessor Systems for High-Assurance Applications

79 Harris, So You Want a Meade LX Telescope! 27 Harteveld, Triadic Game Design 87 Hartimo (Ed), Phenomenology and

Mathematics (Phaenomenologica 195) 37 Hartzell/da Silva, MEMs Reliability (MEMS

Reference Shelf ) 49 Helbing, Quantitative Sociodynamics .

2nd ed . 69 Hell (Eds), Cell Biology of Metals and

Nutrients (Plant Cell Monographs 19) 4 Helmchen (Eds), Ethics in Psychiatry

(Int . Libr . Ethics 45) 4 Henein, Heart Failure in Clinical Practice 21 Hirsch (Eds), Dynamics of Information

Systems (Springer Optimization and Its Applications 40)

89 van Hooft (Eds), Questioning Cosmopolitanism

38 Huggins, Energy Storage 4 Hunt (Ed), Molecular Pathology of Endocrine

Diseases (Molecular Pathology Library 3) 85 Hwang, The Search for a Unified Korea 38 Hwu, Anisotropic Elastic Plates

I

59 Ieda (Ed), Sustainable Urban Transport in an Asian Context (cSUR-UT Series: Library for Sustainable Urban Regeneration 9)

53 Ignatiev/Lyashenko, Heteromagnetic Microelectronics

79 Irwin/Schulze-Makuch, Cosmic Biology 28 Ison, Systems Practice: How to Act in a

Climate Change World

J

22 Johansson/Ohlsson, Non-Life Insurance Pricing with Generalized Linear Models (EAA Lecture Notes)

64 Jurin et al ., Environmental Communication

K

13 Kalter, Teratology in the Twentieth Century Plus Ten

38 Karasaridis, DNS Security 5 Karmazanovsky, MDCT - Contrast Delivery

Systems and Protocol Design

69 Khan (Eds), Microbes for Legume Improvement

5 Kim (Eds), Clinical PET and PET/CT . 2nd ed . 21 Klein/Sommerfeld, Theory of the Top 21 Koekoek et al ., Hypergeometric Orthogonal

Polynomials and their q-analogues (Springer Monographs in Mathematics)

72 Kshetri, The Global Cybercrime Industry

L

39 Lacarbonara, Nonlinear Structural Mechanics 60 Lasaponara (Eds), Satellite Remote Sensing

(RSDIP 16) 64 Lazaridis (Eds), Human Exposure to Pollutants

via Dermal Absorption and Inhalation (Envir . Pollution 17)

60 Leppäranta, The Drift of Sea Ice (Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed .

64 Leroux, Dynamic Analysis of Weather and Climate (Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed .

5 Lesch et al ., Alcohol and Nicotine 6 Levin (Eds), A Public Health Perspective of

Women’s Mental Health 6 Lichtenstein, Whole Body Ultrasonography in

the Critically Ill 65 Lobell (Eds), Climate Change and Food

Security (Adv . Global Change Res . 37) 88 Lohmar (Eds), New Contributions to

Husserlian Phenomenology of Time (Phaenomenologica 197)

6 Loitman (Eds), Palliative Care (Current Clinical Oncology)

M

53 Maceri, Theory of Elasticity 73 Maier (Eds), Supercentenarians

(Demographic Res .) 70 Mancuso (Eds), Waterlogging Signalling and

Tolerance in Plants 7 Marik, Handbook of Evidence-Based Critical

Care . 2nd ed . 7 Mathis (Eds), Image-Guided Spine

Interventions . 2nd ed . 22 Maugin (Eds), Mechanics of Generalized

Continua (Adv . Mechanics and Math . 21) 14 Maurel (Ed), Hepatocytes (Methods in

Molecular Biology 640) 7 McCormack (Eds), Molecular Basis of

Pulmonary Disease (Respiratory Medicine) 8 McKay (Eds), Kidney Transplantation: A Guide

to the Care of Kidney Transplant Recipients 82 McKenzie, The Social Psychology of English

as a Global Language (Ed .Ling . 10) 8 McParland, Nuclear Medicine Radiation

Dosimetry 54 Mei et al ., Simulation and Optimization

of Furnaces and Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering

Author Index springer.com/booksellersIV Springer News 2/2010

50 Méndez et al ., Reaction-Transport Systems (Spr . Ser . Synergetics)

60 Meusburger (Eds), Geographies of Science (Knowledge and Space 3)

77 Moens/Trone, Commercial Law of the European Union (Ius Gentium 4)

39 Mollenhauer (Eds), Handbook of Diesel Engines

28 Mueller-Tomfelde (Ed), Tabletops - Horizontal Interactive Displays (Human-Comput . Interaction Series)

24 München/Hilbe, R for Stata Users 75 Munkert (Eds), Founding a Company 8 Murray (Eds), Fibrocystic Diseases of the Liver

(Clinical Gastroenterology)

N

39 Nair et al ., Enterprise Security 50 Nakazawa (Eds), High Spectral Density

Optical Communication Technologies (Optical and Fiber Communications Reports 6)

40 Naylor (Eds), Speech Dereverberation (Signals and Communication Technology)

40 Neustein (Ed), Speech Technology in Healthcare, Call Centers and Mobile Settings

28 Noble (Eds), Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming I (LNCS 5770)

40 Noé, Essentials of Modern Optical Fiber Communication

79 Nordgren, Sky Above, Earth Below

O

73 Ó Conchúir, Overview of the PMBOK® Guide 80 O’Brien, The Apollo Guidance Computer 9 Ochs (Eds), Biomedical Informatics in Cancer

Research 41 Oka et al ., Super Light Water Reactors and

Super Fast Reactors 73 Olson/Wu, Enterprise Risk Management

Models

P

74 Paolucci, Health Care Financing and Insurance (Developments in Health Economics and Public Policy 10)

54 Park (Eds), Biomedical Applications of Hydrogels Handbook

76 Pastinen, High-Performance Process Improvement

80 Perryman, The Making of History’s Greatest Star Map

41 Pilatowsky et al ., Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorption Air Conditioning Systems (Green Energy and Technology)

9 Piñal (Ed), Arthroscopic Management of Distal Radius Fractures

9 Piontelli, Development of Normal Fetal Movements

65 Plachter (Eds), Large-scale Livestock Grazing 41 Popovici et al ., Embedded Software Design

and Programming of Multiprocessor System-on-Chip (Embedded Systems)

42 Popp/Schiehlen, Ground Vehicle Dynamics 42 Prasad/Velez, WiMAX Networks 42 Principe, Information Theoretic Learning (ISS)

Q

22 Queffélec, Substitution Dynamical Systems - Spectral Analysis (Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1294) 2nd ed .

R

70 Rai (Eds), Progress in Mycology 29 Randall (Eds), From CSCW to Web2 .0:

European Developments in Collaborative Design (Computer Supported Cooperative Work)

65 Rapp, Assessing Climate Change (Springer Praxis Books) 2nd ed .

43 Ray, Scalable Techniques for Formal Verification

82 Reeves, Professional Learning as Relational Practice

10 Reimer (Eds), Clinical MR Imaging . 3rd ed . 66 Reitner et al ., Advances in Stromatolite

Geobiology (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences 131)

14 Ribatti (Ed), The Chick Embryo Chorioallantoic Membrane in the Study of Angiogenesis and Metastasis

14 Ribatti, Protagonists of Medicine 10 Ribes/Vilanova, Learning Musculoskeletal

Imaging (Learning Imaging) 80 Ringwood, Astronomers Anonymous 15 Ritsner (Ed), Brain Protection in

Schizophrenia, Mood and Cognitive Disorders

88 Roberts, Abortion and the Moral Significance of Merely Possible Persons

61 Robinson, Discovering the Oceans from Space (Springer Praxis Books)

88 Roeser (Ed), Emotions and Risky Technologies (The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 5)

50 Romano/Marasco, Continuum Mechanics (MSSET)

10 Rovenský (Eds), Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant Cell Arteritis

17 Russell (Eds), Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent Relationships (Advancing Responsible Adolescent Development)

S

51 Sabath (Eds), Ultra-Wideband, Short Pulse Electromagnetics 9

89 Sánchez Brigido, Groups, Rules and Legal Practice (Law Philos . Libr . 89)

51 Scheck, Mechanics (Graduate Texts in Physics) 5th ed .

85 Schofield, Aftermath 81 Seedhouse, Prepare for Launch 15 Sen (Ed), Biosurfactants (Advs . Exp . Med . &

Bio . 672) 70 Sharon (Ed), Molecular and Cell Biology

Methods for Fungi (Methods in Molecular Biology 638)

54 Shastri (Eds), Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of Nanotechnology, and Engineering Principles (NATO Science A) <hard>

54 Shastri (Eds), Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of Nanotechnology, and Engineering Principles (NATO Science A) <soft>

81 Sheeham, A Passion for the Planets 43 Shi, Blind Signal Processing 61 Singh (Eds), Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and

Glaciers (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <hard> 61 Singh (Eds), Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and

Glaciers (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <eRef> 61 Singh (Eds), Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and

Glaciers (Encycl . Earth Sci .) <print+eRef> <Set>

61 Singhal/Gupta, Applied Hydrogeology of Fractured Rocks . 2nd ed .

74 Sonntag, AIDS and Aid (Contributions to Economics)

15 Speicher (Eds), Vogel and Motulsky’s Human Genetics . 4th ed .

85 Spink, Information Behavior (Information Sci . Knowledge Man . 16)

66 Srivastava/Goyal, Novel Biomaterials (Environmental Science and Engineering)

30 Starzak, Energy and Entropy 62 Stigter (Ed), Applied Agrometeorology 43 Strauß/Minker, Proactive Spoken Dialogue

Interaction in Multi-Party Environments 71 Sunkar (Ed), Plant Stress Tolerance (Methods

in Molecular Biology 639)

T

24 Tango, Statistical Methods for Disease Clustering (Statistics Biol .)

11 Taylor, Medical Wisdom and Doctoring 51 Thiel (Eds), Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos:

Advances and Perspectives (Complex Systems)

92 Thymieniecka (Ed), Phenomenology and Existentialsm in the Twentieth Century

77 Tiess, Legal Basics of Mineral Policy in Europe

Author IndexAuthor Index

Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks VSpringer News 2/2010

90 Travis, Inner Aspect 66 Tscharntke (Eds), Tropical Rainforests

and Agroforests under Global Change (Environmental Science and Engineering)

U

81 Ulivi, Robotic Exploration of the Solar System 67 Uqaili/Khanji, Energy, Environment and

Sustainable Development

V

44 Valavanis (Eds), Selected papers from the 2nd International Symposium on UAVs, Reno, U .S .A . June 8-10, 2009

89 Valleriani, Galileo Engineer (Boston Stud . Phil . Science 269)

44 Vardelle (Eds), Recent Advances in Modeling and Numerical Simulation of Thermal Spray Processes

55 Vardoulakis/Eftaxiopoulos, Engineering Continuum Mechanics

44 Velev, Formal Verification of Microprocessors 86 Vinken (Eds), Civic Engagement in

Contemporary Japan (Nonprofit and Civil Society Studies)

W

11 Waldstein (Eds), Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine

45 Wang et al ., Rapid Tooling Guidelines For Sand Casting

52 Wang, Modern Thermodynamics 62 Wang, The Dawn Angiosperms

(Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences 121) 71 Ward (Eds), Mouse Cell Culture

(Methods in Molecular Biology 633) 24 Wilcox, Fundamentals of Modern Statistical

Methods . 2nd ed . 23 Williams (Eds), The Mathematical Works of

Leon Battista Alberti 52 Wolberg, Designing Quantitative

Experiments 29 Wolter, Stochastic Models for Fault Tolerance 25 Wooldridge, The Business of iPhone App

Development 23 Wu et al ., Stability Analysis and Robust

Control of Time-Delay Systems 31 Wunderlich, A Science Career Against all

Odds . <with online files/updates>

Y

45 Yoon/Lucas, Biosensors 29 Youm (Eds), Information Security

Applications - WISA 2009 (LNCS 5932) 45 Younis, MEMS Linear and Nonlinear Statics

and Dynamics (Microsystems) 46 Youssef/Haslett, Nanometer CMOS RFICs for

Mobile TV Applications (Analog Circuits and Signal Processing)

Z

11 Zaffagnini (Eds), Patellofemoral Pain, Instabilty, and Arthritis

74 Zäpfel et al ., Metaheuristic Search Concepts 16 Zielinski (Eds), Drugs for HER2-positive Breast

Cancer (Milestones in Drug Therapy) 62 Zonn et al ., The Caspian Sea Encyclopedia 31 Zuidam (Eds), Encapsulation Technologies for

Active Food Ingredients and Food Processing

Author Index

springer.com/booksellersVI Springer News 2/2010Title Index

A

88 Abortion and the Moral Significance of Merely Possible Persons

55 Adhesion Phenomena in Nature 33 Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts 37 Advanced Tracking Systems 58 Advances in Performance-Based Earthquake

Engineering 54 Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of

Nanotechnology, and Engineering Principles 66 Advances in Stromatolite Geobiology 85 Aftermath 74 AIDS and Aid 5 Alcohol and Nicotine 35 Algae Energy 63 Analysis of Urban Growth and Sprawl from

Remote Sensing Data 38 Anisotropic Elastic Plates 80 The Apollo Guidance Computer 93 APOPliving 62 Applied Agrometeorology 61 Applied Hydrogeology of Fractured Rocks 32 Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative

Computing 83 Archaeological Practice and Heritage in

Great Britain 9 Arthroscopic Management of Distal Radius

Fractures 33 Artificial Intelligence Techniques for

Networked Manufacturing Enterprises Management

17 Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent Relationships

65 Assessing Climate Change 80 Astronomers Anonymous 48 Atoms, Molecules and Photons

B

30 Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive Results

54 Biomedical Applications of Hydrogels Handbook

9 Biomedical Informatics in Cancer Research 48 Bio-Physics 45 Biosensors 15 Biosurfactants 19 Biset Functors for Finite Groups 43 Blind Signal Processing 12 Bortezomib in the Treatment of Multiple

Myeloma 15 Brain Protection in Schizophrenia,

Mood and Cognitive Disorders 25 The Business of iPhone App Development

C

11 Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine 62 “The Caspian Sea Encyclopedia“ 69 Cell Biology of Metals and Nutrients

68 Cellular Programming and Reprogramming 14 The Chick Embryo Chorioallantoic Membrane

in the Study of Angiogenesis and Metastasis 86 Civic Engagement in Contemporary Japan 65 Climate Change and Food Security 10 Clinical MR Imaging 5 Clinical PET and PET/CT 35 Coding for Optical Channels 41 Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorption

Air Conditioning Systems 77 Commercial Law of the European Union 26 Comparative Gene Finding 35 Computational Electrophysiology 87 The Concept of Passivity in Husserl’s

Phenomenology 19 Contemporary Quantitative Finance 53 Continuous Media with Microstructure 50 Continuum Mechanics 79 Cosmic Biology

D

62 The Dawn Angiosperms 34 Decentralized Control of Large-Scale Systems 37 Design and Verification of Microprocessor

Systems for High-Assurance Applications 52 Designing Quantitative Experiments 9 Development of Normal Fetal Movements 1 Difficult conditions in laparoscopic

urologic surgery 61 Discovering the Oceans from Space 38 DNS Security 60 The Drift of Sea Ice 16 Drugs for HER2-positive Breast Cancer 64 Dynamic Analysis of Weather and Climate 21 Dynamics of Information Systems 58 Dynamics of the Earth

E

59 Early Life on Earth: Habitats, Environments and Methods of Detection

84 East Asian Social Movements 3 Echography in anesthesiology intensive care

and emergency medicine for beginners 30 Electrochemistry of Metal Chalcogenides 32 Electronic Engineering and Computing

Technology 20 Elliptic Differential Equations 41 Embedded Software Design and Program-

ming of Multiprocessor System-on-Chip 88 Emotions and Risky Technologies 31 Encapsulation Technologies for Active Food

Ingredients and Food Processing 59 Encyclopedia of Agrophysics 49 Encyclopedia of Astrobiology 61 Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and Glaciers 30 Energy and Entropy 38 Energy Storage 67 Energy, Environment and Sustainable

Development

55 Engineering Continuum Mechanics 73 Enterprise Risk Management Models 39 Enterprise Security 64 Environmental Communication .

Second Edition 40 Essentials of Modern Optical Fiber

Communication 4 Ethics in Psychiatry

F

8 Fibrocystic Diseases of the Liver 44 Formal Verification of Microprocessors 75 Founding a Company 29 From CSCW to Web 2 .0: European

Developments in Collaborative Design 19 Functions, Spaces, and Expansions 24 Fundamentals of Modern Statistical Methods 12 The Future of Aging

G

89 Galileo Engineer 12 Gene Therapy for Autoimmune and Inflam-

matory Diseases 60 Geographies of Science 20 Geometric Numerical Integration 33 Geometry of Single-Point Turning

Tools and Drills 72 The Global Cybercrime Industry 36 Green Manufacturing 42 Ground Vehicle Dynamics 89 Groups, Rules and Legal Practice

H

39 Handbook of Diesel Engines 7 Handbook of Evidence-Based

Critical Care, Second edition 74 Health Care Financing and Insurance 4 Heart Failure in Clinical Practice 14 Hepatocytes 53 Heteromagnetic Microelectronics 50 High Spectral Density Optical

Communication Technologies 76 High-Performance Process Improvement 83 Human Ecology 64 Human Exposure to Pollutants via Dermal

Absorption and Inhalation 21 Hypergeometric Orthogonal Polynomials

and their q-analogues

I

17 Identifying, Assessing, and Treating ADHD at School

7 Image-Guided Spine Interventions 68 In Vitro Mutagenesis Protocols 85 Information Behavior 29 Information Security Applications

Author Indexspringer.com/librarybooks VIISpringer News 2/2010 Title Index

42 Information Theoretic Learning 90 Inner Aspect 75 Innovation and International Corporate

Growth 68 Integrated Management of Arthropod

Pests and Insect Borne Diseases 2 Internal Medicine 57 Interplanetary Travel and Space Weather

K

8 Kidney Transplantation: A Guide to the Care of Kidney Transplant Recipients

94 Kunst im öffentlichen Raum Steiermark . Public Art in Styria .

L

78 The Large Hadron Collider 65 Large-scale Livestock Grazing 10 Learning Musculoskeletal Imaging 77 Legal Basics of Mineral Policy in Europe 87 Looking at it from Asia: the Processes that

Shaped the Sources of History of Science

M

80 The Making of History’s Greatest Star Map 2 The Massachusetts General Hospital Guide

to Clinical Cancer Genetics 47 Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed

Optical Solitons 23 The Mathematical Works of Leon Battista

Alberti 5 MDCT - Contrast Delivery Systems and

Protocol Design 51 Mechanics 22 Mechanics of Generalized Continua 34 The Mechanics of Solids and Structures 11 Medical Wisdom and Doctoring 45 MEMS Linear and Nonlinear Statics

and Dynamics 37 MEMs Reliability 74 Metaheuristic Search Concepts 47 Methods of Celestial Mechanics 69 Microbes for Legume Improvement 52 Modern Thermodynamics 70 Molecular and Cell Biology Methods

for Fungi 7 Molecular Basis of Pulmonary Disease 69 Molecular Identification of Fungi 4 Molecular Pathology of Endocrine Diseases 2 Molecular Pathology of Hematolymphoid

Diseases 32 Motion Control in Offshore and Dredging

Industry 71 Mouse Cell Culture

N

46 Nanometer CMOS RFICs for Mobile TV Applications

13 National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIH

57 Natural and Artificial Rockslide Dams 88 New Contributions to Husserlian

Phenomenology of Time 1 Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis 1 Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis 22 Non-Life Insurance Pricing with Generalized

Linear Models 51 Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos: Advances

and Perspectives 18 Nonlinear Optimization 39 Nonlinear Structural Mechanics 66 Novel Biomaterials 8 Nuclear Medicine Radiation Dosimetry 63 Numerical Regularization for Atmospheric

Inverse Problems

O

56 Oceanography from Space 3 Osteoporosis in Older Persons 73 Overview of the PMBOK® Guide

P

6 Palliative Care 81 A Passion for the Planets 11 Patellofemoral Pain, Instabilty, and Arthritis 47 Permutation Complexity in Dynamical

Systems 56 Petroleum Geology 92 Phenomenology and Existentialsm in

the Twentieth Century 87 Phenomenology and Mathematics 13 Photodynamic Therapy 71 Plant Stress Tolerance 10 Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant

Cell Arteritis 3 Practical Signal and Image Processing

in Clinical Cardiology 81 Prepare for Launch 56 Principles of Sonar Performance Modelling 25 Pro WF 43 Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in

Multi-Party Environments 82 Professional Learning as Relational Practice 70 Progress in Mycology 14 Protagonists of Medicine 6 A Public Health Perspective of Women’s

Mental Health 34 Pumps and Pipes 84 Pursuing Archaeological Research in India

Q

82 Quality and Inequality of Education 49 Quantitative Sociodynamics 89 Questioning Cosmopolitanism

R

24 R for Stata Users 45 Rapid Tooling Guidelines For Sand Casting 50 Reaction-Transport Systems 44 Recent Advances in Modeling and Numerical

Simulation of Thermal Spray Processes 83 Reforming Europe 18 Regression 57 Remote Sensing Tools for Exploration 26 Rigorous Methods for Software Construction

and Analysis 81 Robotic Exploration of the Solar System

S

60 Satellite Remote Sensing 43 Scalable Techniques for Formal Verification 31 A Science Career Against all Odds 17 School Consultation 85 The Search for a Unified Korea 44 Selected papers from the 2nd International

Symposium on UAVs, Reno, U .S .A . June 8-10, 2009

54 Simulation and Optimization of Furnaces and Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering

72 Simulation of Automated Negotiation 79 Sky Above, Earth Below 79 So You Want a Meade LX Telescope! 27 Social Learning Systems and Communities

of Practice 82 The Social Psychology of English as a Global

Language 20 Solving Ordinary Differential Equations II 40 Speech Dereverberation 40 Speech Technology in Healthcare, Call

Centers and Mobile Settings 23 Stability Analysis and Robust Control of

Time-Delay Systems 24 Statistical Methods for Disease Clustering 84 Statistics for Archaeologists, 2nd Edition 29 Stochastic Models for Fault Tolerance 48 Structure and Properties of Liquid Crystals 22 Substitution Dynamical Systems - Spectral

Analysis 41 Super Light Water Reactors and Super Fast

Reactors 73 Supercentenarians 26 Support Vector Machines for Pattern

Classification 36 Sustainable and Resilient Critical

Infrastructure Systems

springer.com/booksellersVIII Springer News 2/2010Title Index

59 Sustainable Urban Transport in an Asian Context

49 Symmetries of Integro-Differential Equations 58 System Earth via Geodetic-Geophysical

Space Techniques 28 Systems Practice: How to Act in a Climate

Change World

T

28 Tabletops - Horizontal Interactive Displays 27 Technology and Art of Entertainment

Computing 13 Teratology in the Twentieth Century Plus Ten 53 Theory of Elasticity 21 The Theory of the Top 28 Transactions on Pattern Languages of

Programming I 18 Transmission Problems for Elliptic Second-

Order Equations in Non-Smooth Domains 75 Trends and Issues in Global Tourism 2010 27 Triadic Game Design 66 Tropical Rainforests and Agroforests under

Global Change 78 1001 Celestial Wonders to See Before You Die 78 Turning Dust to Gold

U

51 Ultra-Wideband, Short Pulse Electromagnetics 9

V

15 Vogel and Motulsky’s Human Genetics

W

63 Wastewater Hydraulics 72 Water Footprint and Virtual Water Trade in

Spain 70 Waterlogging Signalling and Tolerance in

Plants 36 Wave Propagation and Radiation in

Gyrotropic and Anisotropic Media 25 Web Dynpro ABAP for Practitioners 6 Whole Body Ultrasonography in the

Critically Ill 42 WiMAX Networks

springer.com/librarybooks 1Springer News 2/2010 Medicine

A. Aburahma, West Virginia University, Charleston,

WV, USA; J. J. Bergan, UCSD School of Medicine,

La Jolla, CA, USA (Eds.)

Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis

“Noninvasive Cerebrovascular Diagnosis” is the

newest definitive text on the current techniques

used in assessing vascular disorders. Readers

will receive authoritative information and will be

guided through the establishment and accredita-

tion of a vascular laboratory and introduced to

the physics of diagnostic testing. Chapters, written

by selected experts, comprehensively explain the

use of ultrasound in diagnosing cerebrovascular,

renovascular, visceral ischemia and peripheral

arterial disease as well as venous disorders and

deep abdominal vascular conditions. Noninvasive

Vascular Diagnosis contains over 300 illustra-

tions, many of them in colour. Due to the special

sections which give clinical correlations, this book

will be invaluable to physicians who treat vascular

disorders, surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radi-

ologists and the vascular laboratory staff.

Features7 Noninvasive Cerebrovascular diagnostic

techniques are increasing in popularity as access

increases, so the demand for such literature

reviews of the techniques and appearances are

increasingly important 7 Text written by the

internationally renowned experts in their field and

will be well supported by high quality illustrative

material

Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Ultrasound; Neurology

Target groupsVascular surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radiolo-

gists

A. Aburahma, West Virginia University, Charleston,

WV, USA; J. J. Bergan, UCSD School of Medicine,

La Jolla, CA, USA (Eds.)

Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis

“Noninvasive Peripheral Arterial Diagnosis” is the

newest definitive text on the current techniques

used in assessing vascular disorders. Readers

will receive authoritative information and will be

guided through the establishment and accredita-

tion of a vascular laboratory and introduced to

the physics of diagnostic testing. Chapters, written

by selected experts, comprehensively explain the

use of ultrasound in diagnosing cerebrovascular,

renovascular, visceral ischemia and peripheral

arterial disease as well as venous disorders and

deep abdominal vascular conditions. Noninvasive

Vascular Diagnosis contains over 300 illustra-

tions, many of them in colour. Due to the special

sections which give clinical correlations, this book

will be invaluable to physicians who treat vascular

disorders, surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radi-

ologists and the vascular laboratory staff.

Features7 Noninvasive diagnostic techniques are

increasing in popularity as access increases, so the

demand for such literature reviews of the tech-

niques and appearances are increasingly important

7 Text written by the internationally renowned

experts in their field and will be well supported

by high quality illustrative material 7 Very few

up to date books on this topic that are written for

surgeons for diagnosis

Fields of interestUltrasound; Imaging / Radiology

Target groupsVascular surgeons, cardiologists, vascular radiolo-

gists

A. Al-Kandari, Kuwait University, Kuwait; I. S. Gill,

Glickman Urological Institute Cleveland Clinic,

Cleveland, Ohio, USA (Eds.)

Difficult conditions in laparoscopic urologic surgery

A book outlining the potential situations faced

by those using laparoscopy, as well as the way in

which one can prepare for these situations, will

be a welcome addition to urological and laparo-

scopic literature. A book focusing on such issues

will enable the practising surgeon to confront and

resolve these possible dilemmas before even having

entered the operating theatre.

Where many books concentrate on complications

faced in the operating room, this book will take a

different stance by addressing the difficulties faced,

perhaps before such complications can occur.

The book will primarily adopt a problem oriented

approach with full clinical details and images.

Description of specific procedures will be given

with drawings and pictures to illustrate. Finally

there will be a brief literature review on the subject

to update the reader.

From the contentsAdvice on laparoscopic mastering.- Difficult lap.

Access ( trans, retroperitoneal).- Bleeding during

laparoscopic urologic procedures.-Adult laparos-

copy: Laparoscopic simple nephrectomy: Not so

simple.- Laparoscopic nephrectomy for Xantho-

granulomatous pyelonephritis.- Laparscopic

radical nephrectomy: difficult conditions.- Laparo-

scopic partial nephrectomy: difficult conditions.-

Laparoscopic renal ablative surgery: difficult

conditions.- Laparoscopic adrenalectomy: difficult

conditions- Laparoscopic urologic conditions in

previously opened abdomen- Laparoscopic pyelo-

plasty: difficult conditions.

Fields of interestUrology/Andrology; Minimally Invasive Surgery;

Surgery

Target groupsResidents, fellows and general urologists with an

interest in laparoscopy

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due February 2010

2010. Approx. 150 p. 157 illus., 69 in color. Softcover

7 approx. $39.95

ISBN 978-1-84882-956-5

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due February 2010


7 approx. $39.95

ISBN 978-1-84882-954-1

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due February 2010

2010. Approx. 370 p. 300 illus., 200 in color. With online

files/update. Hardcover

7 approx. $145.00

ISBN 978-1-84882-104-0

springer.com/booksellers2 Springer News 2/2010Medicine

J. A. Al-Tubaikh, University of Munich, Germany

Internal MedicineAn Illustrated Radiological Guide

This book explains how radiology can be a

powerful tool for establishing the diagnosis of

many internal medicine diseases. It is organized

in the classic fashion for internal medicine books,

with eleven chapters covering the different internal

medicine specialties. Within these chapters, more

than 450 diseases are considered. For each disease,

radiological and clinical features are displayed in

images and high-quality digital medical illus-

trations, and those differential diagnoses are

identified that can be ruled out by imaging alone.

In addition, the pathophysiology underlying the

radiological features is described, explaining why

a particular sign is seen on MR images, CT scans,

or plain radiographs. The book will serve as an

excellent radiological atlas for internal medicine

practitioners and family physicians, showing

disease presentations that may be hard to find in

standard medical textbooks and explaining which

imaging modalities are likely to be most informa-

tive in particular patients.

Features7 Explains how radiology can be a powerful

tool in diagnosing numerous internal medicine

diseases 7 Displays radiological and clinical

features in high-quality images and illustrations

7 Identifies differential diagnoses that can be

ruled out by imaging alone 7 Describes the

underlying pathophysiology and its relevance to

radiological features 7 An excellent radiological

atlas for internal medicine practitioners

ContentsGastroenterology.- Neurology.- Pulmonology.-

Cardiology.- Nephrology.- Endocrinology. Rheu-

matology.- Hematology.- Dermatology.- Diabe-

tology.- Infectious and tropical medicine.

Fields of interestDiagnostic Radiology; Internal Medicine

Target groupsRadiologists, radiology students, internal medicine

practitioners, family physicians, medical students

D. C. Chung, D. A. Haber (Eds.)

The Massachusetts General Hospital Guide to Clinical Cancer Genetics

Advances in genetics are transforming estimates

of an individual’s risk of developing cancer and

approaches to prevention and management of

cancer in those who may have increased suscep-

tibility. Identifying and caring for patients with

hereditary cancer syndromes and their family

members present a complex clinical, scientific

and social challenge. This textbook, by leading

experts at Massachusetts General Hospital Cancer

Center, highlights the current understanding of

the genetics of hereditary cancers of the breast,

ovary, colorectum, stomach, pancreas, kidney,

skin, and endocrine organs. Practical guidelines

for the use of genetic testing, cancer screening and

surveillance, prophylactic surgery, and promising

targeted therapeutic agents are discussed.

In addition, ongoing research involving genome-

wide screens to identify novel modest risk-asso-

ciated genetic loci are explored, along with new

approaches to the application of genetic markers in

guiding therapeutic options.

Features7 Designed for professionals in medical genetics,

medical oncology, surgical oncology, and genetic

counseling, each chapter emphasizes the practical,

clinical aspects of integrating genetics into cancer

care

From the contentsBasic principles of cancer genetics.- Principles of

Cancer Genetic Counseling and Genetic Testing.-

Genetics of Hereditary Breast Cancer.- Surgical

management of Hereditary Breast and Ovarian

Cancer.- Hereditary colon cancer: Colonic

Polyposis Syndromes.- Hereditary colon cancer:

Lynch Syndrome.

Fields of interestOncology; Human Genetics

Target groupsProfessionals in medical/surgical oncology,

genetics, genetic counselors, pharma industry,

cancer researchers

C. H. Dunphy, University of North Carolina, Chapel

Hill, NC, USA (Ed.)

Molecular Pathology of Hematolymphoid Diseases

The past two decades have seen an ever-accel-

erating growth in knowledge about molecular

pathology of human diseases which received a

large boost with the sequencing of the human

genome in 2003. Molecular diagnostics, molecular

targeted therapy and genetic therapy are now

routine in many medical centers. The molecular

field now impacts every field in medicine, whether

clinical research or routine patient care. There is

a great need for basic researchers to understand

the potential clinical implications of their research

whereas private practice clinicians of all types

(general internal medicine and internal medicine

specialists, medical oncologists, radiation oncolo-

gists, surgeons, pediatricians, family practitioners),

clinical investigators, pathologists and medical

laboratory directors and radiologists require

a basic understanding of the fundamentals of

molecular pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment

for their patients.

Features7 Integrated with a medical perspective

7 Divided according to neoplastic and non-

neoplastic disease 7 Each chapter focuses on a

specific disease entity 7 Quick and user-friendly

reference

ContentsSection I: Molecular Pathology of Hematolym-

phoid Neoplasms: General Principles.- Section

II: Specific Techniques and Their Applications in

Molecular Hematopathology.- Section III: Molec-

ular Pathology of Hematolymphoid Neoplasms:

Specific Subtypes.- Index.

Field of interestPathology

Target groupsPathologists, pathology residents

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. XII, 619 p. 565 illus., 5 in color. Hardcover

7 $239.00

ISBN 978-3-642-03708-5

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 615 p. 48 illus., 46 in color. Hardcover

7 $149.00

ISBN 978-0-387-93844-8

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 1855 p. 122 illus., 93 in color. (Molecular

Pathology Library, Volume 4) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5697-2


G. Duque, McGill University, Montreal, QC, Canada;

D. P. Kiel, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA

(Eds.)

Osteoporosis in Older PersonsPathophysiology and Therapeutic Approach

The book summarizes recent advances in the

elucidation of the mechanisms involved in senile

osteoporosis as well as its potential treatment,

bringing an integrated approach from the bench to

the clinical practice. A unique aspect of this book

is its emphasis on the application of translational

research in the field of osteoporosis and falls which

make it useful not only to biologists but also to

clinicians and epidemiologists.

The chapters are complemented with color figures

showing the basics of bone biology, bone pheno-

types and falls prevention interventions and also

include tables and flowcharts.

Written by investigators (clinicians and basic

scientists) in the field of aging bone research, this

is a reference guide to geriatricians, gerontolo-

gists, endocrinologists, rheumatologists and bone

biologists, medical trainees as well as other health

professionals (pharmacists, physiotherapists, etc).

Features7 Describes the epidemiology of osteoporotic

fractures and their impact on health care costs

7 Integrates the subject of falls with the one

on fractures - widely neglected by most of the

textbooks on osteoporosis 7 A complete review

on the prevention as well as current and future

treatments of osteoporosis

ContentsBiology of bone.- Aging and bone.- Hormones and

bone.- Animal models for senile osteoporosis.-

Senile osteoporosis: how to recognize a geriatric

syndrome?- Epidemiology of osteoporosis.- Falls

as a geriatric syndrome, how to prevent it? how to

treat it?- Treatment of senile osteoporosis: present

and future.- Non pharmacological treatment and

prevention of falls and fractures.

Fields of interestRheumatology; Orthopedics; Endocrinology

Target groupsRheumatologists, geriatricians, gerontologists,

endocrinologists, bone biologists, medical trainees

J. J. Goldberger, J. Ng, Northwestern University

Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA (Eds.)

Practical Signal and Image Processing in Clinical Cardiology

Modern signal and image acquisition systems used

in the field of cardiology acquire, analyze, and

store data digitally. Surface electrocardiography,

intra-cardiac electrogram recording, echocardio-

grams, x-ray, magnetic resonance imaging, and

computed tomography are among the modalities

in the cardiology field where signal processing

is applied. Digital signal processing techniques

allow us to automate many of the analyses that

had previously been done manually with greater

precision, accuracy and speed, as well as detect

features and patterns in data that may be too

subtle to observe by eye. As more cardiologists are

becoming more reliant on such technology, a basic

understanding of digital signals and the techniques

used to extract information from these signals are

required.

Features7 Comprehensive textbook 7 Currently no

other book that explains biomedical signal

processing to cardiologists 7 Authors have a

unique combination of clinical cardiology and

engineering expertise

ContentsSection 1: Basic signal processing and techniques:

Digital signals and images.-Differentiation and

integration.-Signal averaging.-Data compression.-

Frequency domain.-Wavelets.-Pattern matching.-

Section 2: Applications to clinical cardiology:

Surface ECG.-Intra-cardiac electrograms.-

Echocardiogram.-CT and MRI.-The catheteriza-

tion lab.-Nuclear cardiology.-Holter monitoring.

Fields of interestCardiology; Signal, Image and Speech Processing;

Imaging / Radiology

Target groupsCardiologists and cardiology fellows

F. Greco

Echography in anesthesiology intensive care and emergency medicine for beginners

These pages condense the knowledge to make your

initiation to echography in emergency situations

easier. You will realize that, face to the patient, the

best echographic examination is worth nothing

without a good clinical examination. This Fast

Program of Echography permits you to learn the

process by watching, feeling and talking. It is based

upon an ancestral methodology that regulates

the learning of a manual gesture: “practice makes

perfect”.This book will convince you that you can

control this program of echography, increasing

thus your self-confidence when taking care of your

patients.

Features7 A "How to" book 7 Very easy to understand,

the reader has just to follow each step 7 Really

dedicated to the beginners

Fields of interestAnesthesiology; Emergency Medicine; Intensive /

Critical Care Medicine

Target groupsAnesthesiologists, emergency physicians, radiolo-

gists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due February 2010

2010. XVIII, 186 p. 60 illus. Softcover

7 $59.95

ISBN 978-1-84882-924-4

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due October 2010


7 $189.00

ISBN 978-1-84882-514-7

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 95 p. Softcover

7 approx. $69.95

ISBN 978-2-8178-0015-8


H. Helmchen, N. Sartorius (Eds.)

Ethics in PsychiatryEuropean Contributions

Ethics in Psychiatry: (1) presents a comprehensive

review of ethical issues arising in psychiatric care

and research; (2) relates ethical issues to changes

and challenges of society; (3) examines the

application of general ethics to specific psychiatric

problems and relates these to moral implications of

psychiatric practice; (4) deals with recently arising

ethical problems; (5) contains contributions of

leading European ethicists, philosophers, lawyers,

historians and psychiatrists; (6) provides a basis

for the exploration of culture-bound influences

on morals, manners and customs in the light of

ethical principles of global validity.

Features7 A comprehensive and clearly written descrip-

tion of ethical issues relevant to the care of

mentally ill people and psychiatric research

7 Brings together contemporary European points

of view 7 Relates practical problems to interna-

tional codes and currently debated major ethical

dilemmas

Contents1 Introduction. 2 Context. 3 Principles of ethics

in medicine. 4 Applications. 5 Non-medical uses

of psychiatry. 6 Teaching ethics in psychiatry.

7 Conclusions and summary. Index.

Fields of interestEthics; Psychiatry; Theory of Medicine/Bioethics

Target groupsStudents of medicine, psychology, social work,

psychiatrists, lawyers, postgraduate students of

psychiatry, sociologists

M. Y. Henein, Umeå University Hospital, Umeå,

Sweden

Heart Failure in Clinical Practice

The global size of the syndrome of heart failure is

very large. Nearly 5 million Americans are living

with heart failure, and 550,000 new cases are

diagnosed each year. As heart failure is commonly

increasing, there is a need for all medical practitio-

ners to be aware of the early signs and symptoms

so early diagnosis and appropriate management

can be offered. Management of heart failure is

dominated by appropriate investigations and adop-

tion of national and international published guide-

lines. Heart Failure in Clinical Practice provides a

toolkit for clinicians to guide them in the diagnosis

and treatment of patients with suspected heart

failure. Algorithms and flow diagrams are included

to give the reader an illustrated snapshot of the

decisions involved in the management of these

patients.

Features7 Algorithms and flow diagrams enable quick

reference 7 Rapid practical handbook

ContentsDefinition of heart failure.-Epidemiology of heart

failure.-Aetiology of heart failure.-Common

pathophysiology of heart failure.-Signs and symp-

toms of heart failure.-Investigations: (Noninvasive

and Invasive).-Treatment of heart failure.-Pacing.-

Cardiac assist devices.-Cardiac transplantation.-

Right ventricular dysfunction.

Fields of interestCardiology; Internal Medicine; Emergency Medi-

cine

Target groupsCardiology and internal medicine residents

J. L. Hunt, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston,

MA, USA (Ed.)

Molecular Pathology of Endocrine Diseases

The past two decades have seen an ever-accel-

erating growth in knowledge about molecular

pathology of human diseases which received a

large boost with the sequencing of the human

genome in 2003. Molecular diagnostics, molecular

targeted therapy and genetic therapy are now

routine in many medical centers. The molecular

field now impacts every field in medicine, whether

clinical research or routine patient care. There is

a great need for basic researchers to understand

the potential clinical implications of their research

whereas private practice clinicians of all types

(general internal medicine and internal medicine

specialists, medical oncologists, radiation oncolo-

gists, surgeons, pediatricians, family practitioners),

clinical investigators, pathologists and medical

laboratory directors and radiologists require

a basic understanding of the fundamentals of

molecular pathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment

for their patients.

Features7 Integrated with a medical perspective

7 Divided according to neoplastic and non-

neoplastic disease 7 Each chapter focuses on a

specific disease entity 7 Quick and user-friendly

reference

ContentsSection I: General Endocrine Molecular

Pathology.- Section II: Thyroid Diseases.- Section

III: Parathyroid Diseases.- Section IV: Pituitary

Diseases.- Section V: Adrenal Diseases.- Section

VI: Pancreatic Neuroendocrine Tumors.- Section

VII: Other Neuroendocrine Lesions.- Index.

Field of interestPathology

Target groupsPathologists, pathology residents

Discount groupP

Humanities, Social Sciences and Law

Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 495 p. (International Library of Ethics, Law,

and the New Medicine, Volume 45) Hardcover

7 $189.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8720-1

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due August 2010


7 $49.95

ISBN 978-1-84996-152-3

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 630 p. 148 illus., 139 in color. (Molecular

Pathology Library, Volume 3) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1706-5


G. G. Karmazanovsky, Vishnevsky Institute of

Surgery, Moscow, Russia

MDCT – Contrast Delivery Systems and Protocol Design

This book provides an in-depth look at the

potential of modern computerized contrast

delivery systems. The characteristics of bolus

injection techniques are described and illustrated

with comparative CT scans, accompanied by a

review of the literature. The book also offers a

detailed analysis of MDCT protocols for various

anatomical regions. Clear explanations of each

phase of contrast enhancement, along with tables

summarizing the main MDCT protocols in use

today, allow the reader to select easily an optimal

protocol for the investigation of different target

organs.

Features7 In-depth analysis of the parameters of contrast

media boluses 7 Clear guide on how to create

optimal MDCT protocols 7 Includes illustrated

case reports

From the contentsRole of bolus contrast injections in modern

computed tomography.- Evolution of contrast

delivery systems. Simple injector. Single-head

injection system. Dual-head injection system.-

Parameters for optimization of bolus injection.

Dosage. Concentration of contrast media. Volume.

Rate of injection. Delay between start of injec-

tion and scanning. Body weight of patients. Saline

chaser bolus. Pre-filled syringes. Direction of scan-

ning. Type of injection. Type of contrast media.

Protocols of MDCT and bolus injection. Head

and neck. Lungs, mediastinum and lung’s vessels.

Thoracic aorta and its branches. Heart (chambers

& coronary arteries). Liver, portal vein, gallbladder

and biliary tract. Pancreas and spleen. Stomach,

small intestines and large intestines. Adrenals,

retroperitoneum and inferior v. cava. Abdominal

aorta and kidney. Prostate, uterus and ovarian.

Lower extremities.

Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Diagnostic Radiology

Target groupsClinicians and practitioners, technologists

E. Kim, M. C. Lee, T. Inoue, W. Wong (Eds.)

Clinical PET and PET/CTPrinciples and Applications

This book presents a valuable overview of the basic

principles and clinical applications of PET and

PET/CT. Emphasis is placed on the familiarization

of normal distribution, artifacts, and common

imaging agents such as FDG in conjunction with

CT, MRI, and US to establish the clinical effective-

ness of PET and PET/CT. Practical understanding

of updated PET and PET/CT scanners, imaging

processing, correlation, and quantification of PET

and PET/CT measurements is also discussed. The

book is divided into two sections, with 9 chapters

dealing with the basic principles of PET and PET/

CT for instrumentation, fusion, radiopharmaceu-

ticals, radiosynthesis, safety and cost analysis. The

second part of the book presents 16 chapters on

the clinical techniques and applications of PET and

PET/CT within common oncologic, cardiologic,

and neurologic diseases. Numerous full color

images provides comprehensive coverage on essen-

tial clinical PET and PET/CT studies.

ContentsPart I: Basic Principles. Principles of PET Imaging.

Production of Isotopes. Principles of PET/CT

and Radiation Dose. Generator Products and

Radiopharmaceuticals. Automated Synthesis of

Radiopharmaceuticals. Economics of Clinical

Operation. Protocols of PET and PET/CT. Normal

and Variable Patterns. Artifacts in FDG-PET and

PET/CT.- Part II: Clinical Applications. Epilepsy.

Dementia and Cerebrovascular Disease. Cardi-

ology. Infectious and Inflammatory Diseases. Brain

Tumors. Head and Neck Tumors. Thoracic Cancer.

Breast Cancer. Esophageal, Gastric, Pancreatic,

and Colorectal Cancers. Hepatobiliary Tumors.

Gynecologic Cancers. Urologic Cancer. Melanoma,

Myeloma, and Sarcoma. Lymphoma. Endocrine

Tumors. Utility of PET/CT.

Field of interestImaging / Radiology

Target groupsNuclear medicine physicians, radiologists, oncolo-

gists, neurologists

O. Lesch, H. Walter, C. Wetschka, Austria;

M. Hesselbrock, V. Hesselbrock, University of

Connecticut, Farmington, CT, USA

Alcohol and NicotineMedical and Sociological Aspects of Usage,

Abuse and Addiction

Alcohol and nicotine addiction mostly occur

together. Over the last ten years therapeutic

aspects and motivational strategies have been

considerably improved. Hence, groups and

subgroups have been defined and can be treated

with specific medication and tailor-made psycho-

therapies, leading in the long term to considerably

better and more effective results than the once

broadly applied, rigorous abstinence -based thera-

pies. However, alcohol and nicotine addiction still

represent major medical and social problems.

In this book, new therapeutic approaches are

comprehensively described, outlining the different

interactions between personality, environment and

the effects of the substance.

In addition to prevention-based therapies and

diagnosis, essential psychological and sociological

strategies, as well as medication-based therapies,

are also presented in detail.

Features7 Comprehensive guide for detection and therapy

of acohol and nicotine abuse 7 Classification of

disease into groups and subgroups 7 Description

of tailor-made therapies of global validity

7 Interdisciplinary approach

From the contents1.Introduction 2.Dependence-overwiew over

widespread disease 3.Etiology 4.Prevention strate-

gies 5.Diagnosis 6.Types, dimension illness course

7.Motives to seek medical help 8.Detection of

dependence 9.Therapeutic strategies

Fields of interestPsychiatry; General Practice / Family Medicine;

Psychotherapy

Target groupsPsychiatrists, general practitioners, psychologists,

psychotherapists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010


7 approx. $119.00

ISBN 978-3-540-78786-0

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due February 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 250 illus., 200 in color.

Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-0801-8

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 380 p. 50 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $109.00

ISBN 978-3-7091-0145-2


B. L. Levin, M. A. Becker, University of South Florida,

Tampa, FL, USA (Eds.)

A Public Health Perspective of Women’s Mental Health

As many as one-half of all women in the U.S. will

experience some form of mental illness in their

lives—an especially distressing fact when health

care budgets are in flux, adding to existing dispari-

ties and unmet health needs.

Written from a unique multidisciplinary frame-

work, A Public Health Perspective of Women’s

Mental Health addresses today’s most pressing

mental health challenges: effective treatment,

efficient prevention, equal access, improved service

delivery, and stronger public policy. Eminent clini-

cians, researchers, academicians, and advocates

examine the effects of mental illness on women’s

lives and discuss the scope of clinical and service

delivery issues affecting women, focusing on these

major areas:

Epidemiology of mental disorders in girls, female

adolescents, adult women, and older women.

Selected disorders of particular concern to women,

including depression and postpartum depression,

eating disorders, menopause, chemical depen-

dence, and HIV/AIDS.

Fields of interestPublic Health/Gesundheitswesen; Psychiatry;

Clinical Psychology

Target groupsProfessionals and graduate students in the public

health, health administration, health disparities,

social work, behavioral health, and health services

research fields, as well as nursing, community/

health psychology and community/public

psychiatry

D. A. Lichtenstein, Hopital Ambroise-Paré, Boulogne,

France

Whole Body Ultrasonography in the Critically Ill

Over the past two decades it has been increas-

ingly recognized that whole-body ultrasound is

an invaluable tool in the critically ill. In addition

to offering rapid whole-body assessment, it has

the advantage of being a bedside approach that is

available at all times and can be repeated at will.

Accordingly, it permits the immediate institution

of appropriate therapeutic management. Whole-

Body Ultrasound in the Critically Ill is the sequel

to the author’s previous books on the subject,

which were first published in French in 1992 and

2002 and in English in 2004. This new volume

reflects the latest state of knowledge by including

a variety of improvements, revised definitions,

and updated algorithms. Findings in respect of

individual organs are clearly presented, and a

particular feature is the in-depth coverage of the

lungs, traditionally regarded as an area unsuitable

for ultrasound. Throughout, the emphasis is on the

practical therapeutic impact of the technique.

Features7 Written by the chief pioneer in the field

7 Significantly updated since the previous edition

to reflect the latest state of knowledge 7 The

only book on whole-body ultrasound to focus

exclusively on critical care medicine 7 Detailed

coverage of lung findings and less frequent applica-

tions 7 Consistent emphasis on the therapeutic

impact of the technique 7 Clearly explains

common pitfalls

Fields of interestIntensive / Critical Care Medicine; Emergency

Medicine; Ultrasound

Target groupsIntensivists, emergency physicians, anaestheisolo-

gists, radiologists, cardiologists, surgeons

J. E. Loitman, Washington University School of

Medicine, St. Louis, MO, USA; C. T. Sinclair, Kansas

City Hospice, Kansas City, KS, USA; M. J. Fisch, MD

Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)

Palliative CareA Case-based Guide

This concise book offers an engaging case-based

approach to palliative care. Experts in the field

provide the essential aspects of daily practice with

real cases presented as forums for the discussion

of the complexities and practicalities of palliative

treatment.

Clearly structured, each chapter opens with bullet

points highlighting the most relevant aspects of

the case and points for discussion. Covering the

full range of symptoms from cardiac care to pain

management to wound healing, the vital elements

of management are put into context through

insightful dissections of history, examination,

and goals of care. Each chapter concludes with a

section on further reading.

Palliative Care: a Case-based Guide provides the

clinician with a crucial set of skills to address

the challenging issues related to communication

and symptom management. Care-oriented and

practical, this book is ideal for all health care

professionals committed to providing quality,

compassionate care to end-of-life patients.

Features7 Unique case-based approach covers a multitude

of perspectives and environments 7 Practical

guide to daily practice 7 Helpful bullet points

synthesize key aspects of management 7 Incisive

evaluation of complex clinical scenarios

Fields of interestInternal Medicine; Pain Medicine; Health Promo-

tion and Disease Prevention

Target groupsInternal medicine, palliative care trainees, hospice

care trainees, family medicine, pain management,

oncologists, physicians assistants, nurses

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due February 2010


7 approx. $24.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1537-5

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. XII, 230 p. 320 illus. Hardcover

7 $159.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05327-6

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 65 p. 2 illus. (Current Clinical Oncology)

Softcover

7 approx. $69.95

ISBN 978-1-60761-589-7


P. E. Marik, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk,

VA, USA

Handbook of Evidence-Based Critical Care, Second edition

This updated and revised edition of the classic

bedside pocket reference remains the gold stan-

dard in critical care medicine. The new edition

maintains Dr. Marik’s trademark humor and

engaging writing style, while adding numerous

references to make this book the most current and

thorough treatment of evidence-based critical care

available. The handbook enables the clinician to

find the evidence to support or refute an interven-

tion and to help choose the most appropriate,

cost-effective treatment. The analysis of treatment

strategies is presented by organ system, and the

handbook also covers miscellaneous ICU topics

(such as sedation, toxicology, radiology, and

sepsis) based on the most frequently found and

difficult to solve problems in ICU patient manage-

ment.

Features7 The premier evidence-based reference in

critical care 7 Clinical pearls conclude each

chapter 7 Concise, high-yield text in a pocket-

sized handbook

From the contentsPart One: Introduction To Critical Care Medicine.-

Part Two: Respiratory. Cardiac. Gastrointestinal.

Metabolic. Central Nervous System.- Part Three:

Miscellaneous ICU Topics.

Fields of interestIntensive / Critical Care Medicine; Internal Medi-

cine; Anesthesiology

Target groupsCritical care M.D.’s, internal medicine M.D.’s,

critical care residents, internal medicine residents,

cardiac pulmonary surgeons, nurses

J. M. Mathis, Center for Advanced Imaging, Roanoke,

VA, USA; S. Golovac, Space Coast Pain Institute,

Merritt Island, FL, USA (Eds.)

Image-Guided Spine Interventions

This second, completely revised and updated

edition of the successful practical guide to image-

guided spine intervention contains revised text

and images as well as new sections and chapters

including intradiscal pharmacological injec-

tions, balloon assisted vertebroplasty, selective

nerve blocks, radiofrequency neurolysis and RF

therapy. The updated text thoroughly discusses

both well-established and new interventions that

are applied to the spine for the purpose of pain

relief. Traditionally, pain procedures were in the

limited purview of the pain anesthesiologist. Only

a portion of these procedures were image-guided.

The continued growth in utilization of spine inter-

vention and resultant improvement in outcomes

and safety have inspired this comprehensive and

reader friendly updated edition. This book is an

ideal aid for radiologists and other physicians who

deal with back pain.

Features7 Completely revised edition contains updated

text including new sections and chapters

7 Accessible and reader friendly format

7 Ideal aid for radiologists and other physicians

who deal with back pain

From the contentsSpine Anatomy.- Materials Used in Image-Guided

Spine Interventions.- Patient Evaluation and

Procedure Selection.- Spine Biopsy.- Discography.-

Intradiscal Electrothermal Annuloplasty.- Intra-

discal Pharmacological Injections.- Percutaneous

Discectomy.- Epidural Steroid Injections.- Selec-

tive Nerve Root Blocks.

Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Anesthesiology; Interven-

tional Radiology

Target groupsRadiologists, interventional radiologists, pain

medicine specialists, orthopedists, neurosurgeons,

anesthesiologists

F. X. McCormack, R. J. Panos, B. C. Trapnell (Eds.)

Molecular Basis of Pulmonary DiseaseInsights from Rare Lung Disorders

The study of rare lung disorders enhances our

understanding of common pulmonary diseases

such as fibrosis and emphysema. Molecular Basis

of Lung Disease: Insights from Rare Disorders

brings together a panel of distinguished clini-

cians and molecular scientists who are experts in

a range of rare lung diseases and their underlying

molecular defects. Each chapter focuses on the

pathogenic mechanisms and therapeutic targets

suggested by basic research and follows an easy to

read format: brief introduction followed by discus-

sion of epidemiology, genetic basis and molecular

pathogenesis, animal models, clinical presentation,

diagnostic approaches, conventional management

and treatment strategies, as well as future thera-

peutic targets and directions. Disorders ranging

from the Marfan and Goodpasture’s syndromes to

Sarcoidosis and alpha one antitrypsin deficiency

are treated in detail.

Features7 Comprehensive, state-of-the-art review of rare

lung diseases 7 Thoroughly sheds light on the

molecular mechanisms that evoke the clinical

presentation and engender treatment strategies for

each rare lung disease

Field of interestPneumology/Respiratory System

Target groupsPulmonologists, investigators, and basic scientists

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due April 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 520 p. 28 illus. Softcover

7 $59.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5922-5

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due February 2010


Hardcover

7 $199.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-0351-8

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 445 p. 49 illus., 27 in color. (Respiratory

Medicine) Hardcover

7 approx. $155.00

ISBN 978-1-58829-963-5


D. B. McKay, The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla,

CA, USA; S. M. Steinberg, Sharp Memorial Hospital,

San Diego, CA, USA (Eds.)

Kidney Transplantation: A Guide to the Care of Kidney Transplant Recipients

Kidney Transplantation: A Guide to the Care of

Transplant Recipients is an easy to read, up to date,

clinical resource written by experts in the field of

kidney transplantation. The book explains how

donors and recipients are selected for transplanta-

tion, how the surgical procedure is performed, and

how the experts recognize and treat rejection.

Clearly illustrated chapters show how the immune

system works in the setting of transplantation and

how immunosuppressive medications prevent

rejection of the transplanted kidney; knowledge

essential for the proper care of the transplant

recipient.

The acute and long-term care of the patient is

described from the perspective not only of proper

immunosuppressive medication management,

but also from the perspective of comorbidities

most common to transplanted patients, including

cardiovascular disease, diabetes mellitus, infec-

tious diseases, malignancies, and bone disease.

From the contentsTen Things Not to Do.- The Transplant Procedure:

Surgical Techniques and Complications.- What is

Transplant Immunology and Why are Allografts

Rejected?.- What is Histocompatability Testing

and How is It Done?.- What is UNOS and How are

Kidneys Allocated/What is an OPO and How Does

it Work?.- Live Donors: How to Optimally Protect

the Donor.- Laparoscopic Donor Nephrectomy:

Essentials for the Nephrologist.- New Sources in

Living Kidney Donation.- What are the Immu-

nosuppressive Medications?How Do They Work?

What Are Their Side Effects?

Fields of interestNephrology; Transplant Surgery; Internal Medi-

cine

Target groupsNephrologists, nephrology trainees, transplant

surgeons, nephrology nurse practitioners

B. J. McParland

Nuclear Medicine Radiation DosimetryAdvanced Theoretical Principles

Complexities of the requirements for accurate

radiation dosimetry evaluation in both diagnostic

and therapeutic nuclear medicine (including

PET) have grown over the past decade. This is due

primarily to four factors: Growing consideration

of accurate patient-specific treatment planning for

radionuclide therapy as a means of improving the

therapeutic benefit, development of more realistic

anthropomorphic phantoms and their use in

estimating radiation transport and dosimetry in

patients, Design and use of advanced Monte Carlo

algorithms in calculating the above-mentioned

radiation transport and dosimetry which require

the user to have a thorough understanding of the

theoretical principles used in such algorithms,

their appropriateness and their limitations,

increasing regulatory scrutiny of the radiation

dose burden borne by nuclear medicine patients

in the clinic and in the development of new radio-

pharmaceuticals, thus requiring more accurate and

robust dosimetry evaluations.

From the contentsThe Role of Radiation Dosimetry in Nuclear

Medicine.- Theoretical Tools.- Nuclear Prop-

erties, Structure and Stability.- Radioactive

Decay: Microscopic Theory.- Radioactive Decay:

Macroscopic Theory.- Photon Interactions with

Matter.- Charged Particle Interactions with

Matter.- Radiation Fields and Radiometrics.- Radi-

ation Dosimetry: Theory, Detection and Measure-

ment.- Biological Effects of Ionising Radiation.-

Nuclear Medicine Dosimetry.- Anthropomorphic

Phantoms and Models of Biological Systems.- The

Biodistribution (I) Preclinical.- The Biodistribu-

tion (II)- Human.- The Biodistribution (III)- Anal-

ysis.- The Ethics of Using Human Subjects.

Fields of interestNuclear Medicine; Imaging / Radiology; Interven-

tional Radiology

Target groupsPractising research medical physicists in this

discipline

K. F. Murray, University of Washington School of

Medicine, Seattle, WA, USA; A. M. Larson, St. Paul

University Hospital, Dallas, TX, USA (Eds.)

Fibrocystic Diseases of the Liver

In recent years there have been huge advances in

the understanding of the genetic and molecular

basis of the fibrocystic diseases. This volume

provides a thorough review of fibrocyctic

diseases that affect the liver. It contains in-depth

discussions of the genetics, molecular biology,

pathogenesis, histology, clinical presentations,

complications of, treatment, and prognosis of the

conditions affecting children and adults, and hence

will be the gold-standard reference for these condi-

tions. In addition, the histological features that

distinguish these conditions from other potentially

fibrosing hepatopathies are illustrated. Conditions

with syndromic features involving the kidney or

other organ systems are also reviewed. Thorough

review of the clinical phenotypes, their presenta-

tions, treatment, potential complications of, and

prognosis is discussed.

Features7 Unique focus on fibrocystic diseases 7 The

gold-standard reference for these conditions

From the contentsA. Pathophysiology & Development. 1. Embry-

ology & development of the ductal plate. 2.

Cholangiocyte biology as relevant to cystic liver

diseases. 3. Cholangiocyte cilia & basal bodies.

4. Genetics of fibrocystic diseases of the liver &

molecular approaches to therapy.- B. Diagnosis.

Fields of interestGastroenterology; Hepatology; Nephrology

Target groupsGastroenterologists, hepatic surgeons, nephrolo-

gists and the pediatric component of these

specialities

Discount groupMC

Medicine

Due April 2010


7 approx. $95.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1689-1

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due May 2010


7 $219.00

ISBN 978-1-84882-125-5

Discount groupMR

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 650 p. 161 illus., 70 in color. (Clinical

Gastroenterology) Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00

ISBN 978-1-60327-523-1


M. F. Ochs, Baltimore, MD, USA; J. Cassagrande,

Los Angeles, CA, USA; R. Davuluri, Philadelphia, PA,

USA (Eds.)

Biomedical Informatics in Cancer Research

This book will review work from a number of

researchers who have produced open source

software addressing the need for data manage-

ment, integration, analysis, and visualization to

aid cancer research. With the advent of high-

throughput technologies in biomedicine, the

need for data management and appropriate data

analysis tools in genomics has increased dramati-

cally, joining clinical trials data as a major driver of

informatics at cancer research centers.

The gathering of this data requires careful

encoding of metadata, usually through the use of

controlled vocabularies or ontologies, as well as

the linking of data from model organisms, done

at both a physiological level (e.g., anatomy) and at

a molecular level (e.g., orthology). This data will

then find use within computational and statistical

models, which require data pipelines and analysis

systems, as well as algorithms, visualization

methods, and computational modeling systems.

From the contentsBiomedical Informatics for Cancer Research:

Introduction.- Clinical Research Systems and

Integration with Medical Systems.- Data Manage-

ment, Databases and Warehousing.- Middleware

Architecture Approaches for Collaborative Cancer

Research.- Federated Authentication.- Genomics

Data Analysis Pipelines.- Mathematical Modeling

in Cancer.- Reproducible Research Concepts and

Tools for Cancer Bioinformatics.- The Cancer

Biomedical Informatics Grid (caBIG®): An

Evolving Community for Cancer Research.- The

caBIG® Clinical Trials Suite.- The CAISIS Research

Data System.- A Common Application Frame-

work that is Extensible: CAF--É.- Shared Resource

Management (SRM).

Fields of interestHealth Informatics; Popular Science, general;

Cancer Research

Target groupsDecision makers at cancer research centers,

systems architects, developers and implementers

F. d. Piñal, Hospital Mutua Montañesa, Santander,

Spain (Ed.)

Arthroscopic Management of Distal Radius Fractures

The management of distal radius fracture has

changed considerably over the past 15 years,

particularly with the introduction of wrist arthros-

copy and the volar locking plates. The most diffi-

cult group of fractures is those where the joint has

also been involved, and for those arthroscopy plays

an important role. “Arthroscopic Management of

Distal Radius Fractures” will be the first one-point

reference to comprehensively cover this subject.

Instructively illustrated with line drawings, X-rays

and clinical photos this hands-on guide depicts

novel techniques in general and arthroscopic tech-

niques in particular. The book includes chapters

for beginners (e.g. anatomy of portals), as well as

the step-by-step descriptions of sophisticated tech-

niques like arthroscopic ulnar reattachment.

Features7 One-point reference for all physicians dealing

with wrist fractures 7 Instructively illustrated

7 Step-by-step guide to procedures 7 Written

by international experts in the field

From the contentsPreoperative assessment.- Set up and arthroscopic

principles.- Management of simple articular

fractures.- Explosion fractures.- TFCC injuries

without instability.- DRUJ Instability. Ulnar tears.-

DRUJ Instability: Radial tears.- Scapholunate

dissociation.- Other ligament injuries.- Manage-

ment of concomitant scaphoid fractures.- Perilu-

nate dislocation and fracture dislocation.- The role

of arthroscopy in postfracture stiffness.

Fields of interestSurgical Orthopedics; Traumatic Surgery; Plastic

Surgery

Target groupsOrthopaedic surgeons, hand and plastic surgeons,

and all other physicians dealing with wrist frac-

tures

A. Piontelli, Mangiagalli Clinic, Milan, Italy

Development of Normal Fetal MovementsThe First 25 Weeks of Gestation

This work aims to provide a detailed reasoned map

of fetal behavior by describing its features and

evolution from 10 to 25 weeks gestation. Subse-

quent fetal behavior has already been thoroughly

investigated by obstetricians and especially by

paediatricians engaged in the care of premature

infants.

Each behavioral event is described, measured in

seconds and presented as it occurs in its natural

sequence, thus providing a ‘real-time’ picture of

fetal behavior. Links between events become clear,

and events are connected to the changing anatomy

and physiology of the nervous system and of the

fetal body in general.

Transient behaviour with its underlying structures

and possible functions is carefully distinguished

from anticipatory functions heralding post-natal

life. Furthermore, phenomena of physiologic

significance during prenatal life, but which can

acquire pathological connotations for the prema-

ture infant having to meet the different require-

ments of the post-natal environment, are also

outlined.

Features7 This work provides a detailed reasoned map

of fetal behavior from 10 to 25 weeks gestation

7 Each behavioral event is described, measured

in seconds and presented as it occurs in its natural

sequence, thus providing a ‘real-time’ picture of

fetal behavior

From the contentsHeartbeat. Startles, Twitches and Cloni.

General Movements (also called total pattern or

holokynetic movements). Hiccups. Fetal Breathing

Movements and Shallow Fetal Breathing Move-

ments. Swallowing, Sucking and Yawning. Isolated

Movements (also called Ideokinetic Movements).

Fields of interestObstetrics/Perinatology; Ultrasound; Neurology

Target groupsObstetricians, perinatal pediatrists, neurologists,

developmental psychologists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. XX, 230 p. 57 illus., 37 in color. Hardcover

7 $179.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5712-2

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due April 2010


7 $189.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05353-5

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 180 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00

ISBN 978-88-470-1401-5


P. Reimer, P. M. Parizel, J. F. Meaney, F. A. Stichnoth

(Eds.)

Clinical MR ImagingA Practical Approach

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) has become

the leading cross-sectional imaging method in

clinical practice. Continuous technical improve-

ments have significantly broadened the scope

of applications. At present, MR imaging is not

only the most important diagnostic technique in

neuroradiology and musculoskeletal radiology,

but has also become an invaluable diagnostic tool

for abdominal, pelvic, cardiac, breast and vascular

imaging. This book offers practical guidelines

for performing efficient and cost-effective MRI

examinations in daily practice. The underlying

idea is that, by adopting a practical protocol-based

approach, the work-flow in a MRI unit can be

streamlined and optimized.

Features7 Thoroughly revised and updated edition

including new techniques and new figures

7 Practical, protocol-based approach that helps to

streamline the workflow in any MR unit

ContentsPrinciples of magnetic resonance (MR) imaging

and magnetic resonance angiography.- Contrast

agents for MR imaging.- Hemorrhage.- MR

imaging of the brain.- MR imaging of the spine.-

Head and neck.- Joints.- Bone and soft tissues.-

Upper abdomen: liver, pancreas, biliary system,

and spleen.- Kidneys and adrenal glands.- Pelvis.-

Heart.- Large vessels and peripheral vessels.-

Chest.- MR of the breast.- MR imaging of pediatric

patients.- Interventional magnetic resonance.

Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Neuroradiology; Pediatrics

Target groupsClinicians and practitioners, radiologists in private

practice, non-hospital based physicians, MR

technologists

R. Ribes, Hospital Reina Sofia, Córdoba, Spain;

J. C. Vilanova, Resonáncia Girona, Gerona, Spain

Learning Musculoskeletal Imaging

This introduction to musculoskeletal imaging

is a further volume in the Learning Imaging

series. Written in a user-friendly format, it takes

into account that musculoskeletal radiology is a

subspecialty which has widely expanded its scope

and imaging capabilities with the advent of ultra-

sound, MRI, multidetector CT, and PET. The book

is divided into ten sections covering: infection

and arthritis, tumors, tendons and muscles, bone

marrow, spine, shoulder, elbow, hand and wrist,

hip and pelvis, knee, and ankle and foot. Each

chapter is presented with an introduction and ten

case studies with illustrations and comments from

anatomical, physiopathological and radiological

standpoints along with bibliographic recommen-

dations.

Features7 Complete teaching file with selected references

from web, articles and books on Musculoskeletal

Radiology in just 250 pages 7 Learning Imaging

is a unique case-based series for those in profes-

sional education in general and for physicians in

particular

ContentsInfection and Arthritis.- Tumors.- Tendons and

Muscles.- Bone Marrow.- Spine.- Shoulder.-

Ellbow, Hand and Wrist.- Hip and Pelvis.- Knee.-

Ankle and Foot.

Fields of interestImaging / Radiology; Surgical Orthopedics; Rheu-

matology

Target groupsRadiologists, radiology residents, orthpedic

surgeons, rheumatologists, oncologists, mematolo-

gists, sports medicine physicians

J. Rovenský, B. F. Leeb, H. Bird, V. Stvrtinová,

R. Imrich (Eds.)

Polymyalgia Rheumatica and Giant Cell Arteritis

This monograph offers current insights into

polymalgia rheumatica and giant cell artritis. Both

diseases are typical for advanced age and their

incidences increase with aging. Early diagnosis

and rapid treatment can save one of the most

precious senses – our vision. This book provides

an overview on the pathophysiology, their genetic,

immunologic, endocrinologic mechanism of these

diseases, but most important it deals with state-of-

the-art diagnosis and current treatment in elderly

with the attempt to diagnose and treat these

rheumatic diseases even faster and more effectively

in the future.

Features7 Current insights into polymyalgia rheumatica

and giant cell arteritis 7 Provides state-of-the-art

diagnostic modalities 7 Also includes chapters

on immunology, genetics and endocrinologic

mechanism

Fields of interestRheumatology; Internal Medicine; Angiology

Target groupsRheumatologists, internists, angiologists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

3rd, completely rev. and updated ed. 2010. XXIV, 850 p.

837 illus., 20 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $209.00

ISBN 978-3-540-74501-3

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. XLII, 354 p. 25 illus. (Learning Imaging) Softcover

7 $59.95

ISBN 978-3-540-87999-2

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 140 p. 22 illus. in color. Hardcover

7 $69.95

ISBN 978-3-211-99358-3


R. B. Taylor, Oregon Health & Sciences University,

Portland, OR, USA

Medical Wisdom and DoctoringThe Art of 21st Century Practice

Medical Wisdom and Doctoring aims to fill a need

in the current medical literature for a resource that

presents some of the classic wisdom of medicine,

presented in a manner that can help today’s physi-

cians achieve their full potential. This book details

the lessons every physician should have learned

in medical school but often didn’t, as well as

classic insights and examples from current clinical

literature, medical history, and anecdotes from the

author’s long and distinguished career in medicine.

Medical Wisdom and Doctoring: the Art of 21st

Century Practice presents lessons a physician may

otherwise need to learn from experience or error,

and is sure to become a must-have for medical

students, residents and young practitioners.

Features7 Applicable to physicians in all specialties and

career stages 7 Contains both clinical infor-

mation and anecdotal advice 7 An excellent

resource for young physicians and students

ContentsMedical wisdom in the 21st century.- Caring

for the patient.- Clinical dialogue and commu-

nication.- The art of clinical diagnosis.- Disease

management and prevention.- Caring for dying

patients and their families.- Making a living as a

clinician.- Staying up to date.- Mentoring tomor-

row’s physicians.- About your family and commu-

nity.- Caring for you, the physician.- Ethics,

credibility and trust.- Planning for tomorrow.-

Wise physicians, 21st century challenges, and

doctoring.- Epilogue.

Fields of interestMedicine/Public Health, general; History of Medi-

cine; General Practice / Family Medicine

Target groupsPhysicians, medical students, residents, young

practitioners, all who provide patient care

S. Waldstein, W. Kop, L. Katzel (Eds.)

Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine

Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of

morbidity and mortality in the United States and

most other westernized nations. It is well recog-

nized that traditional risk factors for cardiovas-

cular disease have limited predictive utility in the

identification of new cardiovascular disease cases

and outcomes. Thus, investigators have argued

that application of a biopsychosocial research

paradigm in this field may be of particular utility

in understanding cardiovascular disease pathogen-

esis. Accordingly, a subdiscipline within the field

of behavioral medicine – cardiovascular behav-

ioral medicine – examines interrelations among

biological, behavioral, psychological, and social

factors in cardiovascular health and disease.

In 1989, Schneiderman and colleagues published

a seminal work entitled “Research Methods in

Cardiovascular Behavioral Medicine.” Since that

time, there has been an exponential increase in the

amount and scope of work in this topic area, but

no similar edited volume has been undertaken.

Features7 There is no similar work available with such

scope of coverage 7 Inclusion of relevant

measurement issues and construct definitions

of a comprehensive set of risk factors is of great

assistance to researchers and clinicians who wish

to improve their assessment of these variables

yet are not sufficiently familiar with or trained in

the various methodologies 7 Multidisciplinary

contributors enhances the utility of the work

Fields of interestHealth Psychology; Cardiology; Public Health/

Gesundheitswesen

Target groupsHealth psychologists, primary care physicians,

cardiologists, clinical psychologists, nurses

S. Zaffagnini, University of Bologna, Italy; D. Dejour,

Clinique de la Sauvegarde, Lyon, France; E. A. Arendt,

University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN, USA (Eds.)

Patellofemoral Pain, Instabilty, and ArthritisClinical Presentation, Imaging, and

Treatment

Despite numerous studies, a lack of consensus

still exists over many aspects of patellofemoral

pain, instability, and arthritis. This book adopts an

evidence-based approach to assess each of these

topics in depth. The book reviews general features

of clinical examination and global evaluation

techniques including the use of different imaging

methods, e.g. x-rays, CT, MRI, stress x-rays, and

bone scan. Various conservative and surgical treat-

ment approaches for each of the three presenta-

tions – pain, instability, and arthritis – are then

explained and assessed. Postoperative management

and options in the event of failed surgery are also

evaluated. Throughout, careful attention is paid to

the literature in an attempt to establish the level of

evidence for the efficacy of each imaging and treat-

ment method. It is hoped that this book will serve

as an informative guide for the practitioner when

confronted with disorders of the patellofemoral

joint.

Features7 Adopts an evidence-based approach to

assess the efficacy of conservative and surgical

approaches to the treatment of patellofemoral pain,

instability, and arthritis 7 Considers in detail the

role of the different imaging methods in patients

presenting with patellofemoral disorders 7 Pays

careful attention to findings documented in the

literature 7 Discusses postoperative management

and what to do if surgery fails

Fields of interestOrthopedics; Imaging / Radiology

Target groupsOrthopaedic surgeons, orthopaedists, radiologists

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due February 2010


7 approx. $29.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5520-3

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due March 2010


7 approx. $349.00

ISBN 978-0-387-85959-0

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due June 2010


7 $219.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05423-5

springer.com/booksellers12 Springer News 2/2010Biomedicine

K. C. Anderson, P. G. Richardson, I. Ghobrial,

Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Boston, MA, USA (Eds.)

Bortezomib in the Treatment of Multiple Myeloma

Multiple Myeloma (MM) is the second most-

common blood cancer, resulting from overproduc-

tion of cancerous infection-fighting white blood

cells, known as plasma cells. Plasma cells are a

crucial part of the immune system responsible

for the production of antibodies. Bortezomib is a

promising anticancer-drug targeting the protea-

some. This proteasome inhibitor induces cell stress

and apoptosis in the cancer cells. While multiple

mechanisms are likely to be involved, proteasome

inhibition may prevent degradation of pro-apop-

totic factors, permitting activation of programmed

cell death in neoplastic cells dependent upon

suppression of pro-apoptotic pathways.

This monograph on bortezomib is a valuable

source of information for researchers and clini-

cians from oncology and pharmacology, working

either in academia or the pharmaceutical industry.

Fields of interestOncology; Cancer Research; Pharmacology/

Toxicology

Target groupsScientific libraries, researchers and clinicians from

pharmacology, cancer research/oncology, biomedi-

cine, pharmaceutical companies

Y. Chernajovsky, Queen Mary’s School of Medicine

and Dentistry, Barts and The London, UK;

P. D. Robbins, University of Pittsburgh, PA, USA (Eds.)

Gene Therapy for Autoimmune and Inflammatory Diseases

This book addresses the latest advances in viral

and non-viral vectors, novel targets and methods

for the treatment of autoimmune and inflam-

matory disease with a main focus in pre-clinical

testing with up to date clinical trials. The first

section of the book deals with current research

approaches for treating rheumatoid arthritis,

osteoarthritis, diabetes, Crohn’s disease, multiple

sclerosis, Sjögrens syndrome, cystic fibrosis,

myositis and lupus. The second section is devoted

to cell delivery and vector development including

plasmids, regulated promoters, adenovirus gutted

vectors and adeno-associated vectors. All chapters

are summarised by leaders in these fields. A must

read for post graduate students, clinical and non-

clinical researchers in the disciplines of immu-

nology, molecular medicine, pharmacology, gene

and cell-mediated therapy.

From the contentsRheumatoid arthritis.- Crohn’s disease/IBD.-

Diabetes.- Cystic fibrosis.- Multiple sclerosis.-

Myositis.- Osteoarthritis.- Sjögrens syndrome.-

Lupus.- New developments in vectors:Regulated

promoters.- AAV Vectors.- Plasmid delivery.-

Gutted adenovirus.- Cells as carriers of gene

therapy including stem cells.- Perspectives for the

future developments of gene therapy for autoim-

mune and inflammatory therapy.

Fields of interestGene Therapy; Pharmacology/Toxicology;

Immunology

Target groupsScientific libraries; researchers and clinicians from

pharmacology, immunology, molecular medicine,

rheumatology; pharmaceutical companies

G. M. Fahy, Intervene Biomedical, LLC, CA, USA;

S. B. Harris, Critical Care Research, Inc., Rancho

Cucamonga, CA, USA; M. D. West, BioTime, Inc.,

Alameda, CA, USA; L. S. Coles, Computer Science

Department, Los Angeles, USA (Eds.)

The Future of AgingPathways to Human Life Extension

Just as the health costs of aging threaten to bank-

rupt developed countries, this book makes the

scientific case that a biological “bailout” could be

on the way, and that human aging can be different

in the future than it is today. Here 40 authors argue

how our improving understanding of the biology

of aging and selected technologies should enable

the successful use of many different and comple-

mentary methods for ameliorating aging, and why

such interventions are appropriate based on our

current historical, anthropological, philosophical,

ethical, evolutionary, and biological context.

Challenging concepts are presented together

with in-depth reviews and paradigm-breaking

proposals that collectively illustrate the potential

for changing aging as never before.

Features7 Showcases 17 interventions with the potential

to make a material difference 7 The showcased

interventions include many that the reader is likely

to be unaware of 7 Contains much unique infor-

mation that can be found no where else

7 Contains unique perspectives that can be found

no where else 7 Intended to introduce and make

the reader think about new ideas

From the contents1 Bridges to Life. 2 Analyzing Predictions: An

Anthropological View of Anti-Aging Futures.

3 Towards Naturalistic Transcendence: The Value

of Life and Life Extension to Persons as Conative

Processes. 4 The Ethical Basis for Using Human

Embryonic Stem Cells in the Treatment of Aging.

5 Evolutionary Origins of Aging. 6 Precedents for

the Biological Control of Aging.

Target groupsBiogerontologists, physicans, politicans, laypeople,

researches and university libraries.

Discount groupP

Medicine

Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Milestones in Drug Therapy)

Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-3-7643-8947-5

Discount groupP

Biomedical and Life Sciences

Due July 2010


Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-3-0346-0164-1

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $209.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3998-9

springer.com/librarybooks 13Springer News 2/2010 Biomedicine

V. S. Georgiev, National Institute of Allergy and

Infectious Diseases, Bethesda, MD, USA (Ed.)

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, NIHVolume III: Intramural Research

National Institute of Allergy and Infectious

Diseases, NIH: Volume III: Intramural Research

contains a broad overview of the research activity

of the NIAID intramural scientists working in

the Division of Intramural Research (DIR) and

the Vaccine Research Center (VRC), both in the

Bethesda campus, and the Rocky Mountains

Research Laboratories. Each of these laboratories

employs scientists internationally recognized as

leaders in their fields of biomedical research.

This volume focuses on individual research contri-

butions by internationally known scientists doing

research in the NIAID laboratories.

Features7 Contains individual research contributions by

internationally known scientists doing research in

the NIAID laboratories 7 Covers new research

findings in immunology, infectious diseases,

and vaccine research 7 Three-volume set will

make the current state-of-the-art advancements

of biomedical research available to the scientific

community worldwide

From the contentsPart I: NIAID Intramural Laboratories.- Chapter 1:

Laboratory of Allergic Diseases.- Chapter 2: Labo-

ratory of Clinical Infectious Diseases.- Chapter

3: Laboratory of Cellular and Molecular Immu-

nology.- Chapter 4: Cytokine Biology Section.-

Chapter 5: Laboratory of Host Defenses.- Chapter

6: Laboratory of Human Bacterial Pathogen-

esis.- Chapter 7: Laboratory of Immunogenetics.-

Chapter 8: Laboratory of Immunology.

Fields of interestImmunology; Allergology; Infectious Diseases

Target groupsImmunologists, allergists, and infectious disease

specialists

C. J. Gomer, University of Southern California, Los

Angeles, CA, USA (Ed.)

Photodynamic TherapyMethods and Protocols

In Photodynamic Therapy: Methods and Protocols,

leading PDT scientists and clinicians provide the

first comprehensive collection of methods and

protocols specifically related to relevant mecha-

nistic, dosimetric, preclinical, and clinical proce-

dures used in current PDT research. Reflecting

the growing number of studies demonstrating that

immunological, tumor microenvironmental, and

vascular responses are all contributing to PDT

treatment outcomes, the contents of this volume

move beyond the more traditional PDT concepts

in order to investigate the numerous signal trans-

duction and cell death pathways involved. Written

in the highly successful Methods in Molecular

Biology™ series format, chapters include introduc-

tions to their respective topics, lists of the neces-

sary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily

reproducible laboratory protocols, and notes which

highlight tips on troubleshooting and avoiding

known pitfalls.

Features7 Covers state-of-the-art dosimetric proce-

dures for measuring PDT doses and responses

7 Details the step-by-step procedures required

for accurately documenting cell death pathways

following PDT mediated oxidative stress

7 Presents thorough procedures for evaluating

microvascular and immunological responses

induced by PDT 7 Includes extensive protocols

for the emerging use of PDT to treat microbial

infections

Fields of interestMolecular Medicine; Pathology

Target groupsMolecular and cellular biologists, pathologists,

clinicians

H. Kalter

Teratology in the Twentieth Century Plus Ten

Serious congenital malformations are a major

contributor to the infant death rate worldwide.

Their nonhereditary causes are multiple and

complex, and include infectious and metabolic

dangers, disease medication, nutritional inad-

equacy, medicinal products, environmental agents

and pollutants, among them. The cause of many

however is still unknown.

The wide range of these causes makes the defects

of interest to those of a wide range of medical and

investigatory backgrounds, especialy clinicians,

fundamental scientists, and environmentalists.

Features7 Up-to-date 7 Topical 7 Comprehensive

7 Analytical 7 Controversial

ContentsIntroductory Matters. Pioneering Studies.

Pioneering Works. Early Experiments. New Chal-

lenges. Thalidomide. Testing For Teratogenicity.

Teratological Detours. Surveillance Of Congenital

Malformations. Epidemiology Of Congenital

Malformations. Human Disease As Teratogen.

Environmental Hazards And Disasters. Disease

Medication And Teratogenesis. Folic Acid And

Human Malformations. Alcohol Consumption

During Pregnancy. The Accomplishment And The

Expectation.

Fields of interestBiomedicine general; Life Sciences, general;

Pediatrics

Target groupsPediatricians, gynecologists, geneticists, public

health workers and the pharmaceutical industry

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due February 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. (Infectious Disease) Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-511-8

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 75 illus., 1 in color. (Methods in

Molecular Biology, Volume 635) Hardcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-696-2

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $179.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8819-2


P. Maurel, Université Montpellier 1, Montpellier,

France (Ed.)

HepatocytesMethods and Protocols

In Hepatocytes: Methods and Protocols, expert

researchers provide the reader with methods,

technical protocols, and review chapters focusing

on selected areas of hepatocyte biology including

isolation, culture, differentiation and stem cells,

and hepatocyte use in clinical, basic, and applied

research. With a specific emphasis on human

hepatocytes, the volume presents chapters covering

subjects including hepatocyte culture models,

cryopreservation methods, differentiation assess-

ment, liver ontogenesis, production of hepatocytes

from stem cells, drug/xenobiotic metabolism,

toxicity and transport, bile acid and blood coagula-

tion factor production, infection by HBV and

HCV, humanized animals, biortificial liver devices,

hepatocyte transplantation. As a volume in the

highly successful Methods in Molecular Biology™

series, protocol chapters include brief introduc-

tions to their respective topics, lists of the neces-

sary materials and reagents, step-by-step, readily

reproducible laboratory protocols, and more.

Features7 Supplies core methods for human hepatocyte

isolation, culture, differentiation, cryopreservation,

and transplantation 7 Examines the state of the

art of liver development 7 Provides methods for

generating hepatocytes from stem cells of different

sources 7 Details technical aspects of hepatocyte

use in drug metabolism and toxicology as well as

technical aspects of hepatocyte use in endogenous

metabolism and virology

Fields of interestMolecular Medicine; Hepatology

Target groupsStem cell biologists, hepatologists, pharmacologists

and toxicologists

D. Ribatti, University of Bari Medical School, Bari,

Italy

The Chick Embryo Chorioallantoic Membrane in the Study of Angiogenesis and MetastasisThe CAM assay in the study of angiogenesis

and metastasis

The chick embryo chorioallantoic membrane

(CAM) is an extraembryonic membrane which

serves as a gas exchange surface and its function is

supported by a dense capillary network. Because

of its extensive vascularization and easy acces-

sibility, the CAM has been broadly used to study

the morpho-functional aspects of the angiogenesis

process in vivo and to investigate the efficacy and

mechanisms of action of pro-angiogenic and anti-

angiogenic natural and synthetic molecules. The

CAM is a suitable site for transplanting tissues,

which can survive and develop in the CAM by

peripheral anastomoses between graft and original

CAM vasculature or by new angiogenic vessels

grown from the CAM that invade the graft. While

the formation of peripheral anastomoses between

host and pre-existing donor vessels is the main,

and the most common, mechanism involved in the

revascularization of embryonic grafts, the growth

of CAM-derived vessels into the graft is only

stimulated in tumor grafts.

Features7 Several in vivo assays are currently used in the

study of angiogenesis and antiangiogenesis

7 The chick embryo chorioallantoic membrane

is one of the most common and versatile assay to

study angiogenesis and antiangiogenesis in vivo

7 Angiogenesis plays a critical role in tumor

progression and metastasis 7 Antiangiogenesis is

one of most promising approach to the treatment

of cancer and metastasis

Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; Pathology

Target groupsMedical libraries; research workers in the field

of angiogenesis and oncology; pharmacological

industry

D. Ribatti, Università degli Studi di Bari, Italy

Protagonists of Medicine

The study of medical history is interesting in

itself and may help to modify the view sometimes

expressed that medical students and doctors are

lacking in culture of any sort. Moreover, some

historical perspective is often advantageous when

one is considering the multitude of advances that

are now taking place in the theory and practice

of medicine. This book, containing a series of

collected papers concerning immunology and

pathology and vascular biology and angiogen-

esis, drives us through scientific milestones in

the history of medicine in the course of the past

two centuries and highlights the contribution of

pioneering scientists whose discoveries have paved

the way to many researchers working in the fields

of cell biology, developmental biology, immu-

nology, pathology, and oncology.

This book will serve as a resource for scientists,

historians of medicine and philosophers of science

and medicine.

Features7 Historical approach to the medicine help to

the knowledge of the present 7 Immunology

has fascinated and inspired some of the greatest

scientists of our time and numerous Nobel prizes

have been awarded for fundamental discoveries in

immunology 7 Advances in vascular biology in

the last century have contributed to the develop-

ment of many therapies and preventive strategies

From the contents1. Immunology and pathology. 1.1. Foreword. 1.

2. Paul Ehrlich’s doctoral thesis: a milestone in the

study of mast cells. 1.3. The contribution of Gianni

Bonadonna to the history of chemotherapy. 1.4. Sir

Frank Macfarlane Burnet and the clonal selection

theory of antibody formation. 1.5. The contribu-

tion of Bruce Glick to the definition of the role

played by the bursa of Fabricius in the develop-

ment of the B cell lineage. 1.6. Miller’s seminal

studies on the role of thymus in immunity.

Fields of interestCancer Research; Oncology; History of Medicine

Target groupsLibraries; scientists; historians of medicine;

philosophers of science and medicine

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 490 p. 86 illus. (Methods in Molecular

Biology, Volume 640) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-687-0

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 $129.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3843-2

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. 140 p. Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3742-8

springer.com/librarybooks 15Springer News 2/2010 Biomedicine

M. S. Ritsner, Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel

(Ed.)

Brain Protection in Schizophrenia, Mood and Cognitive Disorders

The first section serves as an introduction and

overview of conceptual issues of the neuroprotec-

tive approach, and some neurobiological advances.

Chapters in this section review definitions,

perspectives, and issues that provide a conceptual

base for the rest of the book. In addition, this part

includes chapters in which the authors present

and discuss the findings from basic studies of

neurodegenerative mechanisms that are associ-

ated with the pathogenesis of major mental health

disorders. The second section focuses on findings

obtained from clinical trials with neuroprotective

compounds, and neuromodulatory techniques.

The take-home message is that principles of the

neuroprotective approach may be applied to

treatment of schizophrenia, mood and cognitive

disorders. Contributors to this book are among the

most active investigators and clinicians in the field

who provide new perspectives not only clarifying

ongoing controversies but also propose diverse

aspects and new insights to neuroprotection.

Features7 Neuroprotective strategies 7 Mechanisms

of brain protection 7 Neuromodulation for

neuropsychiatric disorders 7 Novel neuroprotec-

tive agents

ContentsForeword Michael S Ritsner. Contributors.

Content. Part I. Neuroprotective Strategies and

Mechanisms. Part II. Neuroprotective Treatment

and Neuromodulation. Index.

Fields of interestNeurosciences; Psychiatry;

Target groupsNeuroscientists, psychiatrists, neurologists,

pharmacologists, clinical psychologists, general

practitioners, geriatricians, graduate students, and

health care providers in the field of mental health

R. Sen, Indian Institute of Technology Kharagpur,

West Bengal, India (Ed.)

Biosurfactants

This is supposed to be the most up-to-date

book on ‘biosurfactants’. Moreover, the enor-

mous commercial and healthcare potentials of

biosurfactants and the current market demand

for cost competitive and environment friendly

alternatives to synthetic surfactants, particularly

when an impending petroleum crisis is looming

large all over the world, have encouraged me to

undertake the challenge of editing this book on

‘Biosurfactants’. We endeavor not only to highlight

the tremendous progress made by the scientific

community in this field of research, but also to

critically analyze the lacunae to improve the

commercial prospects of these wonder biomol-

ecules by resorting to novel screening methods,

metabolic pathway engineering, and innovative

process development and application strategies.

I do fervently hope that the book will be able to

cater to the needs of the research scientists and

technologists at large.

ContentsSection I. Screening, Genetics and Biophysics.-

Section II. Properties and Potential Applications.-

Section III. Biosurfactant Production.- Section IV.

The Most Studied Biosurfactants.

Field of interestBiomedicine general

Target groupsResearchers and scientists

M. R. Speicher, University of Graz, Austria;

S. E. Antonarakis, University of Geneva, Switzerland;

A. G. Motulsky, University of Washington, Seattle,

WA, USA (Eds.)

Vogel and Motulsky’s Human GeneticsProblems and Approaches

The fourth, completely revised edition presents

a cohesive and up-to-date exposition of the

concepts, results, and problems underlying theory

and practice in human and medical genetics. In

the 10 years since the appearance of the third

edition, many new data and insights have emerged

for understanding the genetic and genomic basis

of development and function in human health and

disease. Human genetics, with its emphasis on

molecular concepts and techniques, has become

a key discipline in medicine and the biomedical

sciences. While the chapters of this edition are

written by multiple experts, the general spirit of

this book highlighting problems, approaches, and

history continues.

The fourth edition has been extensively expanded

by new chapters on epigenetics, pharmacogenetics,

gene therapy, cloning, and genetic epidemiology,

and databases for basic and clinical genetics.

Features7 The one and only comprehensive reference

for all aspects of human genetics 7 Unique in

breadth and authority

From the contentsHistory of Human Genetics.- Human Genome

Sequence and Variation.- Chromosomes.- From

Genes to Genomics to Proteomics.- Formal

Genetics of Humans: Modes of Inheritance.-

Linkage Analysis for Monogenic Traits.- Oligo-

genic Disease.- Formal Genetics of Humans:

Multifactorial Inheritance and Common Diseases.-

Lessons from the Genome-Wide Studies for

Complex Multifactorial Disorders and Traits.-

Epigenetics.

Fields of interestHuman Genetics

Target groupsHuman and medical geneticists, researchers in

biomedical sciences, physicians and epidemiolo-

gists, graduate and postgraduate students

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 $269.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8552-8

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 360 p. 64 illus. (Advances in Experimental

Medicine and Biology, Volume 672) Hardcover

7 $199.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5978-2

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

4th ed. 2010. LIV, 981 p. 343 illus., 160 in color. Hardcover

7 $199.00

ISBN 978-3-540-37653-8


C. C. Zielinski, M. Sibilia, T. Grunt, R. Bartsch,

Medical University of Vienna, Austria (Eds.)

Drugs for HER2-positive Breast Cancer

Growth factor receptors have long been known

to drive malignant transformation and cancer

progression. The epidermal growth factor

receptor (EGFR, ErbB, HER) system probably

represents the best described membrane receptor

tyrosine kinase family in malignant tumors.

With implementation of the growth-inhibitory

anti-HER-2 antibody trastuzumab (Herceptin)

for the treatment of HER-2 positive advanced

metastatic breast cancer, a new era has started for

therapy of this malignant disease. Unfortunately,

trastuzumab-sensitive cancers invariably develop

resistance against the antibody after some time.

Recent clinical studies revealed that these refrac-

tory tumors are still responsive to inhibition of the

HER receptor family using dual HER-1/-2 inhibi-

tors such as lapatinib (Tykerb/Tyverb). Moreover, a

multiplicity of novel, improved irreversibly acting

small molecular HER tyrosine kinase inhibitors are

in the pipeline of many drug developing compa-

nies and are being evaluated in the clinical setting.

ContentsEGFR family members in breast cancer: from

molecular functions to therapies.- Application of

trastuzumab as adjuvant.- Trastuzumab resistance

in HER-2 positive breast cancer.- Treatment with

trastuzumab beyond progression.- Pertuzumab in

clinical application.- Second generation targeted

therapies against EGFR/HER2 and VEGFR.

Fields of interestPharmacology/Toxicology; Oncology; Cancer

Research

Target groupsScientific libraries, researchers and clinicians from

pharmacology, oncology, immunology; pharma-

ceutical industry

Discount groupP


Due July 2010


Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-3-0346-0093-4

springer.com/librarybooks 17Springer News 2/2010 Psychology

S. E. Brock, California State University, Sacramento,

CA, USA; S. R. Jimerson, University of California,

Santa Barbara, CA, USA; R. L. Hansen, University of

California, Sacramento, CA, USA

Identifying, Assessing, and Treating ADHD at School

This volume, designed as a practical, easy-to-

use reference for school psychologists and other

mental health and educational professionals:

(1) Explains why school psychologists and their

colleagues need to be prepared and able to identify

and serve students with ADHD. (2) Identifies the

prevalence, influences, and associated conditions.

(3) Provides a review of screening, referral, and

diagnostic assessment processes. (4) Offers guidance

on conducting psychoeducational assessments.

(5) Reviews evidence-based treatments. (6) Offers

practical guidance on setting up programs that

address individual and classroom issues. School

psychologists and other education and mental

health professionals will find Identifying, Assessing,

and Treating ADHD at School an exceptional

resource in working to enhance the mental health

and academic development of students.

Features7 Provides the most current guidance for school

psychologists on working with the ADHD student

in the school setting 7 Focuses on the school’s

role in the identification of ADHD 7 Focuses on

the assessment, identification, and treatment of

students in the school context 7 Offers guidance

on the legal issues generated by federal regulations

that all schools must be prepared to address

From the contentsIntroduction and Overview.- Causes.- Preva-

lence and Associated Conditions.- Case Finding,

Screening, and Referral.- Diagnostic Assessment.-

Psycho-Educational Assessment.- Treatment.

Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Education (general);

Social Work

Target groupsSchool psychologists and allied educational

professionals

W. P. Erchul, North Carolina State University, Raleigh,

NC, USA; B. K. Martens, Syracuse University,

Syracuse, NY, USA

School ConsultationConceptual and Empirical Bases of Practice

The authors provide real-world contexts for

all participants in the equation—consultants,

teachers, students, staff, and the school itself—and

thoroughly review consultation processes and

outcomes for a contemporary practice-oriented

approach suited to the new consultant, trainee, or

researcher.

Key features of the Third Edition include:

(1) An integrated mental health/behavioral model

for school consultation. (2) An organizational

study of the school as a setting for consultation.

(3) Assessment issues and strategies particularly

relevant to school consultation. (4) Approaches to

providing teachers with implementation support.

(5) Conceptual models for selecting academic

and behavioral interventions. (6) Administrative

perspectives on school consultation. (7) A real,

transcribed case study analyzed by the authors.

Features7 Promotes a scientist-practitioner viewpoint

by providing guidance for the practice of school

consultation based on research findings 7 Offers

a preliminary integration of the consultation

literature with the emerging RTI/problem-solving

literature 7 Considers school consultation as a

type of interpersonal influence process, and then

applies relevant literature on behavioral change to

explain and affect change

Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Education (general);

Social Work

Target groupsResearchers in school psychology, clinical child

psychology, educational specialties, school coun-

seling, special education, and school social work

S. T. Russell, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ, USA;

L. J. Crockett, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, NE,

USA; R. K. Chao, University of California-Riverside,

CA, USA (Eds.)

Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent Relationships

Synthesizing data on adolescent autonomy

and dependence, parental support and control

(both crucial to adolescents’ wellbeing), and the

rarely-explored concept of parental sacrifice,

Asian American Parenting and Parent-Adolescent

Relationships: (1) Compares the parental belief

systems of European Americans and immigrant

Chinese and their influence on parenting styles.

(2) Discusses the role of measurement equivalence

in understanding Asian American parenting prac-

tices. (3) Examines sacrifice as a central concept

in Asian American parenting and in immigrant

parenting in general. (4) Analyzes how Asian

American teenagers understand the support and

control provided by their parents. (5) Explores

the dynamics of parent and child gender in Asian

American parenting. (6) Places these findings in

the context of previous parenting research and

identifies new directions for the field.

Features7 Addresses the growing interest in Asian

American family lives and adolescent development

7 Provides empirical data comparing the experi-

ences of subgroups of Asian Americans, including

Chinese and Filipino Americans 7 Compares the

interaction and development of Asian American

and European American families 7 Offers

perspectives across multiple disciplines

Fields of interestChild and School Psychology; Anthropology;

Sociology

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in the fields

of developmental, clinical child, and school

psychology, anthropology, sociology, ethnic

studies, and women’s studies

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due February 2010

2010. XI, 168 p. (Developmental Psychopathology at

School) Softcover

7 $39.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5990-4

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due April 2010

3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 300 p. (Issues in Clinical Child

Psychology) Hardcover

7 $159.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5746-7

Discount groupP

Behavioral Science

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 145 p. 4 illus. (Advancing Responsible

Adolescent Development) Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5727-6

springer.com/booksellers18 Springer News 2/2010Mathematics

N. Bingham, Imperial College London, UK; J. Fry

RegressionLinear Models in Statistics

Regression is the branch of Statistics in which a

dependent variable of interest is modelled as a

linear combination of one or more predictor vari-

ables together with a random error. Because the

subject is inherently two- or higher- dimensional,

and one should first meet Statistics in one dimen-

sion, this book presupposes some prior knowledge

of Statistics. But these prerequisites are minimal:

the contents of any first course in Statistics will

suffice.

In addition to a first course in (one-dimensional)

Statistics, important pre-requisites are a first

course in Probability and some knowledge of

standard Linear Algebra. Here the book’s needs

are well served within the SUMS series, by John

Haigh’s Probability Models and by the two volumes

Basic Linear Algebra and Further Linear Algebra

by T. S. Blyth and E. F. Robertson.

ContentsLinear Regression.- The Analysis of Variance

(ANOVA).- Multiple Regression.- Further Multi-

linear Regression.- Analysis of Covariance.- Linear

Hypotheses.- Model Checking and Transformation

of Data.- Generalized linear models.- Solutions.

Fields of interestApplications of Mathematics

Target groups2nd/3rd year undergraduates studying statistics

I. M. Bomze, University of Vienna, Austria;

V. F. Demyanov, St.-Petersburg State University,

Russia; R. Fletcher, University of Dundee, UK;

T. Terlaky, I. Pólik, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, PA,

USA; G. Di Pillo, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy;

F. Schoen, Università di Firenze, Italy (Eds.)

Nonlinear OptimizationLectures given at the C.I.M.E. Summer School

held in Cetraro, Italy, July 1-7, 2007

This volume presents recent advances in contin-

uous optimization; it is authored by four well-

known experts in the field and presents classical

as well as advanced material on currently active

research areas, such as: the family of Sequen-

tial Quadratic Programming methods for local

constrained optimization, the study of Global

Optimization by means of (non-convex) standard

quadratic problems, Nonsmooth Optimization,

and recent advances in Interior Point Methods for

nonlinear optimization. The book is intended as a

reference work for advanced research in the field

of optimization theory and methods.

ContentsI.M. Bomze: Global Optimization – a Quadratic

Programming Perspective.- V.F. Demyanov: Nons-

mooth Optimization.- R. Fletcher: The Sequential

Quadratic Programming Method.- I. Pólik, T.

Terlaky: Interior Point Methods for Nonlinear

Optimization.

Fields of interestOperations Research, Management Science;

Optimization

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students

M. Borsuk, University of Warmia & Mazury, Olsztyn,

Poland

Transmission Problems for Elliptic Second-Order Equations in Non-Smooth Domains

The goal of this book is to investigate the behav-

iour of weak solutions to the elliptic transmisssion

problem in a neighborhood of boundary singu-

larities: angular and conic points or edges. We

consider this problem both for linear and quasi-

linear (till now very little studied) equations.

Features7 Estimates of weak solutions to the transmis-

sion problem for linear elliptic equations with

minimal smooth coefficients in n-dimensional

conic domains 7 Investigation of weak solutions

for general divergence quasi-linear elliptic second-

order equations in n-dimensional conic domains

or in domains with edges

Contents1 Preliminaries.- 2 Eigenvalue problem and

integro-differential inequalities.- 3 Best possible

estimates of solutions to the transmission problem

for linear elliptic divergence second order

equations in a conical domain.- 4 Transmission

problem for the Laplace operator with N different

media.- 5 Transmission problem for weak quasi-

linear elliptic equations in a conical domain.-

6 Transmission problem for strong quasi-linear

elliptic equations in a conical domain.- 7 Best

possible estimates of solutions to the transmis-

sion problem for a quasi-linear elliptic diver-

gence second order equation in a domain with a

boundary edge.- Bibliography.

Fields of interestPartial Differential Equations

Target groupsGraduate students and researchers in elliptic

boundary value problems and applications

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due June 2010

2010. VI, 120 p. 50 illus. (Springer Undergraduate Math-

ematics Series) Softcover

7 $49.95

ISBN 978-1-84882-968-8

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

2010. X, 272 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics /

Fondazione C.I.M.E., Firenze, Volume 1989) Softcover

7 $59.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11338-3

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Frontiers in Mathematics) Soft-

cover

7 approx. $39.95

ISBN 978-3-0346-0476-5

springer.com/librarybooks 19Springer News 2/2010 Mathematics

S. Bouc, Université de Picardie, Amiens, France

Biset Functors for Finite Groups

This volume exposes the theory of biset functors

for finite groups, which yields a unified framework

for operations of induction, restriction, inflation,

deflation and transport by isomorphism. The

first part recalls the basics on biset categories and

biset functors. The second part is concerned with

the Burnside functor and the functor of complex

characters, together with semisimplicity issues and

an overview of Green biset functors. The last part

is devoted to biset functors defined over p-groups

for a fixed prime number p. This includes the

structure of the functor of rational representa-

tions and rational p-biset functors. The last two

chapters expose three applications of biset functors

to long-standing open problems, in particular the

structure of the Dade group of an arbitrary finite

p-group.This book is intended both to students

and researchers, as it gives a didactic exposition of

the basics and a rewriting of advanced results in

the area, with some new ideas and proofs.

Contents1 Examples.- Part I General properties.- 2 G-sets

and (H,G)-bisets.- 3 Biset functors.- 4 Simple func-

tors.- Part II Biset functors on replete subcatego-

ries.- 5 The Burnside functor.- 6 Endomorphism

algebras.- 7 The functor CRC.- 8 Tensor product

and internal hom.- Part III p-biset functors.-

9 Rational representations of p-groups.- 10 p-biset

functors.- 11 Applications.- 12 The Dade group.

Fields of interestGroup Theory and Generalizations; K-Theory

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students

C. Chiarella, A. Novikov, University of Technology,

Sydney, Australia (Eds.)

Contemporary Quantitative FinanceEssays in Honour of Eckhard Platen

Several contributors to this volume write a series

of articles outlining contemporary advances in

a number of key areas of mathematical finance

such as, optimal control theory applied to finance,

interest rate models, credit risk and credit

derivatives, use of alternative stochastic processes,

numerical solution of equations of mathematical

finance, estimation of stochastic processes in

finance. The list of authors contains many of the

researchers who have made the major contribu-

tions to these various areas of mathematical

finance.

ContentsProbabilistic aspects of arbitrage.- Finitely additive

probabilities and the fundamental theorem of

asset pricing.- M6 - On minimal market models

and minimal martingale measures.- The economic

plausibility of strict local martingales in financial

modelling.- A remarkable $\sigma$-finite measure

associated with last passage times and penalisation

problems.- Pricing without equivalent martingale

measures under complete and incomplete observa-

tion.- Existence and non-uniqueness of solutions

for BSDE.- Comparison theorems for finite state

backward stochastic differential equations.- Results

on numerics for FBSDE with drivers of quadratic

growth.- Variance Swap Portfolio Theory.

Fields of interestQuantitative Finance; Calculus of Variations

and Optimal Control; Optimization; Probability

Theory and Stochastic Processes

Target groupsResearchers in mathematical finance, quantitative

finance, probability theory, stochastic processes,

optimal control theory, nonlinear filtering as well

as professionals in financial institutions and regu-

lators working in these areas

O. Christensen, Technical University of Denmark,

Lyngby, Denmark

Functions, Spaces, and ExpansionsMathematical Tools in Physics and

Engineering

This graduate-level textbook presents a detailed

exposition of key mathematical tools in analysis,

which will appeal to students and professionals

across science and engineering. Every topic

covered has been specifically chosen because it

plays a role outside the field of pure mathematics,

so although the treatment of each is mathematical

in nature, and concrete applications are not delin-

eated, the principles and tools presented are quite

useful when exploring the computational areas of

physics and engineering. A central theme of the

textbook is the structure of various vector spaces

(most importantly, Hilbert spaces) and expansions

of elements in these spaces in terms of bases.

Features7 Collected topics represent a wide founda-

tion of applied mathematical tools not often

found together in one book 7 Interdisciplinary

approach provides students the mathematical

tools required for studying computational topics

in engineering and physics 7 Contains over 150

exercises 7 Presents a smooth introduction to

the idea of the mathematical proof

From the contentsNormed Vector Spaces.- Banach Spaces.- Hilbert

Spaces.- The L^p-spaces.- The Hilbert Space

L^2.- The Fourier Transform.- An Introduction to

Wavelet Analysis.- A Closer Look on Multireso-

lution Analysis.- B-splines.- Special Functions.

Fields of interestFunctional Analysis; Appl.Mathematics/Compu-

tational Methods of Engineering; Mathematical

Methods in Physics

Target groupsGraduate students, researchers, and practitioners

in applied mathematics, physics, and engineering

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

2010. X, 302 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics, Volume

1990) Softcover

7 $89.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11296-6

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due February 2010

2010. X, 440 p. Hardcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-3-642-03478-7

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due February 2010

2010. Approx. 280 p. 30 illus. (Applied and Numerical

Harmonic Analysis) Softcover

7 approx. $49.95

ISBN 978-0-8176-4979-1


W. Hackbusch, Max-Planck-Institute for Mathematics

in the Sciences, Leipzig, Germany

Elliptic Differential EquationsTheory and Numerical Treatment

Translated from the German: R. Fadiman, P. Ion

This is the softcover reprint of the very popular

hardcover edition. The book offers a simultaneous

presentation of the theory and of the numerical

treatment of elliptic problems. The author starts

with a discussion of the Laplace equation in the

classical formulation and its discretisation by

finite differences and deals with topics of gradually

increasing complexity in the following chapters.

He introduces the variational formulation of

boundary value problems together with the neces-

sary background from functional analysis and

describes the finite element method including the

most important error estimates. A more advanced

chapter leads the reader into the theory of regu-

larity. The reader will also find more details about

the discretisation of singularly perturbed equations

and eigenvalue problems. The author discusses the

Stokes problem as an example of a saddle point

problem taking into account its relevance to appli-

cations in fluid dynamics.

Fields of interestAnalysis; Numerical Analysis; Systems Theory,

Control

Target groupsLecturers, postgraduates and students of math-

ematics

E. Hairer, University of Geneva, Switzerland;

C. Lubich, University of Tübingen, Germany;

G. Wanner, University of Geneva, Switzerland

Geometric Numerical IntegrationStructure-Preserving Algorithms for Ordinary

Differential Equations

Numerical methods that preserve properties

of Hamiltonian systems, reversible systems,

differential equations on manifolds and problems

with highly oscillatory solutions are the subject

of this book. A complete self-contained theory of

symplectic and symmetric methods, which include

Runge-Kutta, composition, splitting, multistep and

various specially designed integrators, is presented

and their construction and practical merits

are discussed. The long-time behaviour of the

numerical solutions is studied using a backward

error analysis (modified equations) combined

with KAM theory. The book is illustrated by many

figures, it treats applications from physics and

astronomy and contains many numerical experi-

ments and comparisons of different approaches.

The second edition is substantially revised and

enlarged, with many improvements in the presen-

tation and additions concerning in particular non-

canonical Hamiltonian systems, highly oscillatory

mechanical systems, and the dynamics of multistep

methods.

Fields of interestNumerical Analysis; Analysis; Theoretical, Math-

ematical and Computational Physics

Target groupsGraduate students and researchers

E. Hairer, G. Wanner, University of Geneva,

Switzerland

Solving Ordinary Differential Equations IIStiff and Differential-Algebraic Problems

This book is the solution of stiff differential

equations and of differential-algebraic systems

(differential equations with constraints). The book

is divided into four chapters. The beginning of

each chapter is of introductory nature, followed by

practical applications, the discussion of numerical

results, theoretical investigations on the order

and accuracy, linear and nonlinear stability,

convergence and asymptotic expansions. Stiff and

differential-algebraic problems arise everywhere in

scientific computations (e.g., in physics, chemistry,

biology, control engineering, electrical network

analysis, mechanical systems). Many applications

as well as computer programs are presented.

Features7 Runge-Kutta, extrapolation and multistep

methods are considered and their accuracy,

stability, convergence, and implementation are

studied. Many applications in mechanics, chem-

istry, and electrical network analysis complement

the theoretical investigations

Fields of interestNumerical Analysis; Analysis; Theoretical and

Computational Chemistry

Target groupsTeachers and students working in applied math-

ematics, numerical analysis, scientific computa-

tion; researchers doing computations of differen-

tial equations, dynamical systems, simulations in

physics, chemistry, biology, engineering

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

1st. ed. 1992. 2nd printing 2010. XIII, 311 p. (Springer

Series in Computational Mathematics, Volume 18)

Softcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05244-6

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

1st. ed. 2006. 2nd printing 2010. XVII, 644 p. (Springer


Softcover

7 $79.95

ISBN 978-3-642-05157-9

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

1st ed. 1996. 2nd printing 2010. XVI, 614 p. (Springer


Softcover

7 $79.95

ISBN 978-3-642-05220-0


M. J. Hirsch, Raytheon Inc., Orlando, FL, USA;

P. M. Pardalos, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL,

USA; R. Murphey, Air Force Research Laboratory,

Munitions Directorate, Eglin Air Force Base, FL, USA

(Eds.)

Dynamics of Information SystemsTheory and Applications

Our understanding of information and informa-

tion dynamics has outgrown classical information

theory. The theory does not account for the value

or influence of information within the context of a

system or network and does not explain how these

properties might influence how information flows

though and interacts with a system. The invited

chapters in this collection present new theories,

methods, and applications that address some of

these limitations.

Dynamics of Information Systems presents state-

of-the-art research explaining the importance of

information in the evolution of a distributed or

networked system. This book presents techniques

for measuring the value or significance of informa-

tion within the context of a system. Each chapter

reveals a unique topic or perspective from experts

in this exciting area of research.

From the contents1. The Role of Dynamics in Extracting Informa-

tion Sparsely Encoded in High Dimensional Data

Streams. 2. Information Trajectory of Optimal

Learning. 3. Performance Information Analysis

and Distributed Feedback Stabilization in Large-

Scale Interconnected Systems. 4. A General

Approach For Modules Identification in Evolving

Networks. 5. Topology Information Control in

Feedback Based Reconfiguration Processes.

Fields of interestOperations Research, Management Science;

Systems Theory, Control; Operations Research/

Decision Theory

Target groupsGraduate students and researchers interested in

the most recent developments in information

theory and dynamical systems; applied scientists

interested in the application of these principles to

their own area of study

F. Klein, A. Sommerfeld, deceased

The Theory of the TopVolume 2: Development of the Theory for

the Heavy Symmetric Top

The Theory of the Top: Volume II. Develop-

ment of a Theory of the Heavy Symmetric Top

is the second installment of a series of four self-

contained English translations of the classic and

definitive treatment of rigid body motion.

Key features: Complete and unabridged presenta-

tion with recent advances and additional notes,

annotations by the translators provide insights into

the nature of science and mathematics in the late

19th century, each volume interweaves theory and

applications.

The Theory of the Top was originally presented by

Felix Klein as an 1895 lecture at Göttingen Univer-

sity that was broadened in scope and clarified as a

result of collaboration with Arnold Sommerfeld.

Graduate students and researchers interested in

theoretical and applied mechanics will find this a

thorough and insightful account.

Features7 Provides insights into kinematic theory

7 Discusses practical uses of applied theoretical

mechanics 7 Incorporates both historical matter

and recent advances

Fields of interestHistory of Mathematical Sciences; Mathematical

Methods in Physics; Mechanics

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students interested in

basic kinematic theory and its history

R. Koekoek, Delft University of Technology, Delft,

The Netherlands; P. A. Lesky, University of

Stuttgart, Germany; R. F. Swarttouw, Free University

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Hypergeometric Orthogonal Polynomials and their q-analogues

The very classical orthogonal polynomials named

after Hermite, Laguerre and Jacobi, satisfy many

common properties. For instance, they satisfy a

second-order differential equation with polyno-

mial coefficients and they can be expressed in

terms of a hypergeometric function.

Replacing the differential equation by a second-

order difference equation results in (discrete)

orthogonal polynomial solutions with similar

properties. Generalizations of these differ-

ence equations, in terms of Hahn’s q-difference

operator, lead to both continuous and discrete

orthogonal polynomials with similar properties.

For instance, they can be expressed in terms of

(basic) hypergeometric functions.

Based on Favard’s theorem, the authors first

classify all families of orthogonal polynomials

satisfying a second-order differential or difference

equation with polynomial coefficients. Together

with the concept of duality this leads to the fami-

lies of hypergeometric orthogonal polynomials

belonging to the Askey scheme.

From the contents1.Definitions and miscellaneous formulas.-

2.Polynomial solutions of eigenvalue problems.-

3.Orthogonality of the polynomial solutions.- Part

I: Classical orthogonal polynomials.- 4.Orthogonal

polynomial solutions of differential equations,

Continuous classical orthogonal polynomials.-

5.Orthogonal polynomial solutions of real

difference equations, Discrete classical orthogonal

polynomials I.

Fields of interestSpecial Functions

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in the fields of

mathematics, physics and statistics

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 385 p. 22 illus., 18 in color. (Springer Opti-

mization and Its Applications, Volume 40) Hardcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5688-0

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due May 2010

Translated by Raymond J. Nagem and Guido Sandri


7 approx. $79.95

ISBN 978-0-8176-4824-4

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010

2010. X, 560 p. (Springer Monographs in Mathematics)

Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05013-8


G. A. Maugin, Université Pierre et Marie Curie, Paris,

France; A. V. Metrikine, Delft University of

Technology, Delft, The Netherlands (Eds.)

Mechanics of Generalized ContinuaOne Hundred Years After the Cosserats

In their 1909 publication Théorie des corps

déformables, Eugène and François Cosserat made

a historic contribution to materials science by

establishing the fundamental principles of the

mechanics of generalized continua. The chapters

collected in this volume showcase the many areas

of continuum mechanics that grew out of the foun-

dational work of the Cosserat brothers.

The included contributions provide a detailed

survey of the most recent theoretical developments

in the field of generalized continuum mechanics.

The diverse topics covered include: the proper-

ties of Cosserat media, micromorphic bodies,

micropolar solids and fluids, weakly- and strongly-

nonlocal theories, gradient theories of elasticity

and plasticity, defect theory, everywhere-defective

materials, bodies with fractal structure, as well as

other related topics.

Features7 Showcases several areas of continuum

mechanics that are outgrowths of the work of the

Cosserat brothers 7 Focuses on recent develop-

ments in continuum mechanics and materials

design, presenting several applications of these

theories 7 Provides an overview of research from

many different areas of continuum mechanics

Fields of interestMathematical Modeling and Mathematics in

Industry; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics

of Materials; Appl.Mathematics/Computational

Methods of Engineering

Target groupsGraduate students and researchers in mechanical

engineering, materials science, applied physics and

applied mathematics

E. Ohlsson, B. Johansson

Non-Life Insurance Pricing with Generalized Linear Models

Non-life insurance pricing is the art of setting the

price of an insurance policy, taking into consider-

ation varoius properties of the insured object and

the policy holder. Introduced by British actuaries

generalized linear models (GLMs) have become

today a the standard aproach for tariff analysis.

The book focuses on methods based on GLMs

that have been found useful in actuarial practice

and provides a set of tools for a tariff analysis.

Basic theory of GLMs in a tariff analysis setting

is presented with useful extensions of standarde

GLM theory that are not in common use.

The book meets the European Core Syllabus for

actuarial education and is written for actuarial

students as well as practicing actuaries. To support

reader real data of some complexity are provided

at www.math.su.se/GLMbook.

Features7 Written for actuaries and actuariel students

7 Meets the European Core Syllabus for actuarial

education 7 Additional real data for deeper

understanding available

ContentsNon-life Insurance Pricing.- The Basics of Pricing

with GLMs.- GLM Model Building.- Multi-Level

Factors and Credibility Theory.- Generalized

Additive Models.- Appendix A: Some Results

from Probability and Statistics.- Appendix B:

Some Results on Splines.- Appendix C: Some SAS

Syntax.

Fields of interestQuantitative Finance; Statistics for Business/

Economics/Mathematical Finance/Insurance

Target groupsActuarial Students and practicing actuaries

M. Queffélec, University of Lille, France

Substitution Dynamical Systems - Spectral Analysis

This volume mainly deals with the dynamics of

finitely valued sequences, and more specifically,

of sequences generated by substitutions and

automata. Those sequences demonstrate fairly

simple combinatorical and arithmetical proper-

ties and naturally appear in various domains. As

the title suggests, the aim of the initial version of

this book was the spectral study of the associated

dynamical systems: the first chapters consisted in a

detailed introduction to the mathematical notions

involved, and the description of the spectral

invariants followed in the closing chapters.

This approach, combined with new material

added to the new edition, results in a nearly self-

contained book on the subject. New tools - which

have also proven helpful in other contexts - had to

be developed for this study.

Contents1 The Banach Algebra M(T).- 2 Spectral Theory of

Unitary Operators.- 3 Spectral Theory of Dynam-

ical Systems.- 4 Dynamical Systems Associated

with Sequences.- 5 Dynamical Systems Arising

From Substitutions.- 6 Eigenvalues of Substitution

Dynamical Systems.- 7 Matrices of Measures.-

8 Matrix Riesz Products.- 9 Bijective Automata.-

10 Maximal Spectral Type of General Automata.-

11 Spectral Multiplicity of General Automata.-

12 Compact Automata.

Fields of interestDynamical Systems and Ergodic Theory; Fourier

Analysis; Number Theory

Target groupsResearchers and professionals

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 355 p. 68 illus., 11 in color. (Advances in

Mechanics and Mathematics, Volume 21) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5694-1

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

2010. XII, 180 p. (EAA Lecture Notes) Softcover

7 approx. $59.95

ISBN 978-3-642-10790-0

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due February 2010

2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 332 p. (Lecture Notes in Mathematics,

Volume 1294) Softcover

7 $89.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11211-9


K. Williams, Torino, Italy; L. March, Stretham near

Ely, Cambridgeshire, UK; S. R. Wassell, Sweet Briar

College, Sweet Briar, VA, USA (Eds.)

The Mathematical Works of Leon Battista Alberti

Leon Battista Alberti was an outstanding polymath

of the fifteenth century, alongside Piero della

Francesca and before Leonardo da Vinci. While

his contributions to architecture and the visual

arts are well known and available in good English

editions, and much of his literary and social writ-

ings are also available in English, his mathematical

works are not well represented in readily available,

accessible English editions have remained acces-

sible only to specialists. The four treatises included

here – Ludi matematici, De Componendis Cifris,

Elementi di pittura and De lunularum quadra-

tura – are extremely valuable in rounding out the

portrait of this multitalented thinker. The treatises

are presented in modern English translations, with

commentary that is intended to make evident the

depths of Alberti’s knowledge as well as address

the treatises’ mathematical, historical and cultural

context, their classical Greek roots, and their rela-

tionship to later works by Renaissance thinkers.

Features7 A collection of Alberti’s four mathematical trea-

tises, intended to capture Alberti’s unique combi-

nation of formal and informal writing, will be

available for the first time to an English-speaking

readership 7 Commentary with illustrations

sets Alberti’s mathematical works in their proper

historical and cultural context, as well as collocate

them within the entire range of Alberti’s architec-

tural and literary works

Fields of interestHistory of Mathematical Sciences; Mathematics,

general

Target groupsHistorians of science, historians of mathematics,

historians of art and architecture

M. Wu, Y. He, J. She, Central South University,

Changsha, Hunan, China

Stability Analysis and Robust Control of Time-Delay Systems

“Stability Analysis and Robust Control of Time-

Delay Systems” focuses on essential aspects of this

field, including the stability analysis, stabilization,

control design, and filtering of various time-delay

systems. Primarily based on the most recent

research, this monograph presents all the above

areas using a free-weighting matrix approach first

developed by the authors. The effectiveness of this

method and its advantages over other existing ones

are proven theoretically and illustrated by means

of various examples. The book will give readers

an overview of the latest advances in this active

research area and equip them with a pioneering

method for studying time-delay systems. It will be

of significant interest to researchers and practitio-

ners engaged in automatic control engineering.

Prof. Min Wu, senior member of the IEEE, works

at the Central South University, China.

Features7 Presents the detailed free-weighting matrix

approach, an innovation devised by the authors

7 Includes the integration of an improved

free-weighting matrix approach, an augmented

Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional method and an

improved cone complementarity linearization

algorithm, also developed by the authors

Fields of interestSystems Theory, Control; Control; Vibration,

Dynamical Systems, Control

Target groupsResearchers engaged in automatic control engi-

neering

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due August 2010


7 approx. $109.00

ISBN 978-3-0346-0473-4

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due April 2010

Distribution rights in China: Science Press

Jointly published with Science Press. Based on an

original Chinese edition: Shizhi Xitong Lubang Kongzhi

— Ziyou Quan Juzhen Fangfa, Science Press, 2008


7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-03036-9

springer.com/booksellers24 Springer News 2/2010Statistics

R. A. Muenchen, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,

TN, USA; J. M. Hilbe, Arizona State University,

Florence, AZ, USA

R for Stata Users

Stata is the most flexible and extensible data

analysis package available from a commercial

vendor. R is a similarly flexible free and open

source package for data analysis, with over 3,000

add-on packages available. This book shows you

how to extend the power of Stata through the use

of R. It introduces R using Stata terminology with

which you are already familiar. It steps through

more than 30 programs written in both languages,

comparing and contrasting the two packages’

different approaches. When finished, you will

be able to use R in conjunction with Stata, or

separately, to import data, manage and transform

it, create publication quality graphics, and perform

basic statistical analyses.

A glossary defines over 50 R terms using Stata

jargon and again using more formal R termi-

nology. The table of contents and index allow you

to find equivalent R functions by looking up Stata

commands and vice versa. The example programs

and practice datasets for both R and Stata are

available for download.

Features7 Read data from various types of text files and

Stata data sets 7 Manage your data through

transformations, recodes, and combining data

sets from both the add-cases and add-variables

approaches and restructuring data from wide to

long formats and vice versa

7 Create publication quality graphs including bar,

histogram, pie, line, scatter, regression, box, error

bar, and interaction plots

From the contentsIntroduction.- Installing and Updating

R.- Running R.- Help and Documentation.-

Programming Language Basics.- Data Acquisi-

tion.- Selecting Variables.- Selecting Observa-

tions.- Selecting Variables and Observations.- Data

Management.- Enhancing Your Output.

Fields of interestStatistics and Computing/Statistics Programs

Target groupsPractitioners, graduate students

T. Tango, National Institute of Public Health, Wako,

Saitama, Japan

Statistical Methods for Disease Clustering

The development of powerful computing environ-

ment and the geographical information system

(GIS) in recent decades has thrust the analysis

of geo-referenced disease incidence data into the

mainstream of spatial epidemiology. This book

offers a modern perspective on statistical methods

for detecting disease clustering, an indispensable

procedure to find a statistical evidence on aeti-

ology of the disease under study.

With increasing public health concerns about

environmental risks, the need for sophisticated

methods for analyzing spatial health events is

immediate. Furthermore, the research area of

statistical methods for disease clustering now

attracts a wide audience due to the perceived need

to implement wide-ranging monitoring systems

to detect possible health-related events such as

the occurrence of the severe acute respiratory

syndrome (SARS), pandemic influenza and bioter-

rorism.

Features7 Historical overview of methods for disease clus-

tering 7 Detailed treatment of selected methods

useful for practical investigation of disease clus-

tering 7 Analysis and illustration of methods for

a variety of real data sets

ContentsIntroduction.- Clustering and clusters.- Disease

mapping: Visualization of spatial clustering.- Tests

for temporal clustering.- General tests for spatial

clustering: Regional count data.- General tests for

spatial clustering: Case-control point data.- Tests

for space-time clustering.- Focused tests for spatial

clustering.- Space-time scan statistics.

Fields of interestStatistics for Life Sciences, Medicine, Health

Sciences; Biostatistics; Epidemiology

Target groupsResearchers

R. R. Wilcox, University of Southern California, Los

Angeles, CA, USA

Fundamentals of Modern Statistical MethodsSubstantially Improving Power and Accuracy

Conventional statistical methods have a very

serious flaw. They routinely miss differences

among groups or associations among variables

that are detected by more modern techniques,

even under very small departures from normality.

Hundreds of journal articles have described the

reasons standard techniques can be unsatisfactory,

but simple, intuitive explanations are generally

unavailable. Situations arise where even highly

nonsignificant results become significant when

analyzed with more modern methods.

Without assuming the reader has any prior

training in statistics, Part I of this book describes

basic statistical principles from a point of view that

makes their shortcomings intuitive and easy to

understand.

ContentsIntroduction.- Getting started.- The normal curve

and outlier detection.- Accuracy and inference.-

Hypothesis testing and small sample sizes.- The

Bootstrap.- A fundamental problem.- Robust

measures of location.- Inferences about robust

measures of location.- Measures of association.-

Robust regression.- Alternative strategies and

software.

Field of interestStatistics for Social Science, Behavorial Science,

Education, Public Policy, and Law

Target groupsGraduate students

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

2010. XXII, 542 p. (Statistics and Computing) Hardcover

7 $99.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1317-3

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due March 2010

2010. XII, 246 p. (Statistics for Biology and Health)

Hardcover

7 $79.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1571-9

Discount groupP

Mathematics

Due February 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 295 p. Hardcover

7 $69.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5524-1

springer.com/librarybooks 25Springer News 2/2010 Apress

B. Bukovics

Pro WFWindows Workflow in .NET 4.0

Windows Workflow Foundation has been consid-

erably revised in .NET 4.0, and will cause a major

shift in how process automation is thought of and

developed. Substantial additions to Visual Studio

have been added to support the new functionality.

Workflows allow you to chart both human

and code interactions as a series of flow-chart

diagrams, allowing you to see your code as a series

of interacting elements that can move and change

rather than as static blocks.

This book aims to provide the reader with a solid

grounding in how workflows are implemented,

executed, maintained and customized. Given the

importance of this technology release and the

book’s broad appeal, it will be useful to almost all

existing or migrating .NET developers and should

see very healthy sales as WF is rapidly adopted.

Features7 An update of a successful original Workflow

title from Bukovics, which was one of the first

books to be released on this innovative new

technology 7 Comprehensively covers WF from

setup through implementation to customization

so readers are given a one stop grounding in the

subject 7 Demonstrates how to use the extensive

new functionality of WF in .NET 4.0, and provides

a logical path forward

Field of interestProgramming Techniques

Target groupsIntermediate to Advanced.NET

U. Gellert, S+P LION AG, Heddesheim, Germany;

A. D. Cristea, Niefern, Germany

Web Dynpro ABAP for Practitioners

Web Dynpro ABAP, a NetWeaver web application

user interface tool of SAP enables web program-

ming connected to SAP Systems. The main

focus of the authors was to create a book based

on practical experience. Each chapter includes

examples which lead through the content step-by-

step and enable the reader to gradually emerge in

the topic of the Web Dynpro ABAP process. The

authors explain in particular how to design a Web

Dynpro component, the data binding and inteface

methods, and the view controller methods. They

also describe the other SAP NetWeaver Elements

(ABAP Dictionary, Authorization) and the integra-

tion of the Web Dynpro Application into the SAP

NetWeaver Portal.

Features7 Step-by-step-introduction into Web Dynpro

ABAP 7 Practical examples for every step

7 Integration of the Web Dynpro application into

the SAP NetWeaver portal

ContentsWhat is Web Dynpro?- SAP Easy Access.-

Designing a Web Dynpro Component.- ABAP

Dictionary.- Context Nodes and Attributes at

Design Time.- Data Binding, Context Mapping

and Interface Methods.- View Controller

Methods.- Layout UI Elements.- User Interface

Elements.- Messages, Exceptions, and Web Dynpro

ABAP.- Writing Multilanguage Applications.- Web

Dynpro Model.- ALV and Select Options.- Inte-

grating the Web Dynpro Application into the SAP

NetWeaver Portal.- Web Dynpro and Authoriza-

tion.- Web Dynpro ABAP Mind Map.

Fields of interestSoftware Engineering/Programming and Oper-

ating Systems; Information Systems and Commu-

nication Service; Operating Systems

Target groupsSAP-programmer, ABAP-programmer, software

developer, application developer, IT project

manager

D. Wooldridge

The Business of iPhone App Development

The Business of iPhone App Development is the

book every iPhone and iPod touch developer

NEEDS to own to maximize their chances for

success on Apple’s iTunes App Store. This is the

only guide devoted just to the business aspects of

developing great iPhone.

Features7 The only book devoted to the Business aspect of

iPhone and iPod touch app development 7 Not

your typical marketing book, written by developers

(who are also business pros) for developers

7 Includes practical real-world advice, case

studies, and numerical analysis gathered from

Apple’s iTunes App Store

Contents1: Seeing the Big Picture in a Crowded App Store

Marketplace. 2: iPhone App Ideas & Competi-

tive Research. 3: Protecting Your Intellectual

Property. 4: Your iPhone App is Your Most

Powerful Marketing Tool. 5: Exploring New Busi-

ness Models with In-App Purchase. 6: Testing

& Usability: Putting Your Best Foot Forward.

7: Creating a Pre-Release Buzz. 8: The App Store

Submission Process. 9: Increasing Awareness for

Your iPhone App. 10: Sustaining Momentum in

the App Store.

Fields of interestData Structures, Cryptology and Information

Theory

Target groupsBeginning to Advanced Wireless

Discount groupC

Computer Science

Due February 2010

Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic

of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,

Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest

Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,

Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center


7 approx. $54.99

ISBN 978-1-4302-2721-2

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due May 2010


7 $69.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11384-0

Discount groupC

Computer Science

Due February 2010

Distribution rights for Hongkong, Taiwan, Republic

of Korea, Singapore, Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia,

Philippines, Vietnam, Brunei, Myanmar: Transquest

Publishers Pte Ltd. For Israel: Com.Books Ltd. For Jordan,

Irak, Oman, Qatar, Palestine: Jordan Book Center


7 approx. $29.99

ISBN 978-1-4302-2733-5

springer.com/booksellers26 Springer News 2/2010Computer Science

S. Abe, University of Kobe, Nada-Ku, Japan

Support Vector Machines for Pattern Classification

A guide on the use of SVMs in pattern classifi-

cation, including a rigorous performance compa-

rison of classifiers and regressors. The book

presents architectures for multiclass classification

and function approximation problems, as well as

evaluation criteria for classifiers and regressors.

Features: Clarifies the characteristics of two-class

SVMs; Discusses kernel methods for improving

the generalization ability of neural networks and

fuzzy systems; Contains ample illustrations and

examples; Includes performance evaluation using

publicly available data sets; Examines Mahalanobis

kernels, empirical feature space, and the effect

of model selection by cross-validation; Covers

sparse SVMs, learning using privileged informa-

tion, semi-supervised learning, multiple classifier

systems, and multiple kernel learning; Explores

incremental training based batch training and

active-set training methods, and decomposi-

tion techniques for linear programming SVMs;

Discusses variable selection for support vector

regressors.

Features7 A comprehensive resource for the use of

Support Vector Machines in Pattern Classifica-

tion 7 Takes the unique approach of focussing on

classification rather than covering the theoretical

aspects of Support Vector Machines 7 Includes

application of SVMs to pattern classification,

extensive discussions on multiclass support vector

machines, and performance evaluation of major

methods using benchmark data sets

From the contentsTwo-Class Support Vector Machines.- Multiclass

Support Vector Machines.- Variants of Support

Vector Machines.- Training Methods.

Fields of interestPattern Recognition; Document Preparation

and Text Processing; Artificial Intelligence (incl.

Robotics)

Target groupsResearchers and developers in academia and

industry, postgraduate students

J. Abrial, Marseille, France; U. Glässer, Simon Fraser

University, Burnaby, BC, Canada (Eds.)

Rigorous Methods for Software Construction and AnalysisEssays Dedicated to Egon Börger on the

Occasion of His 60th Birthday

This Festschrift volume, published in honor of

Egon Börger, contains 14 papers from a Dagstuhl

Seminar, which was organized as a “Festkollo-

quium” on the occasion of his 60th birthday in

May 2006. Focusing on applied formal methods,

the volume covers a wide range of applied

research, spanning from theoretical and method-

ological foundations to practical applications of

Abstract State Machines, B, and beyond, empha-

sizing universal methods and tools that, regard-

less of their applicational orientation, are still

committed to the ideal of mathematical rigor.

Fields of interestTheory of Computation; Mathematical Logic

and Formal Languages; Algorithm Analysis and

Problem Complexity


M. Axelson-Fisk, Chalmers University of Technology,

Gothenburg, Sweden

Comparative Gene FindingModels, Algorithms and Implementation

This unique text/reference describes the state

of the art in computational gene finding, with

a particular focus on comparative approaches.

Providing both an overview of the various

methods that are applied in the field, and a concise

guide on how computational gene finders are built,

the book covers a broad range of topics from prob-

ability theory, statistics, information theory, opti-

mization theory and numerical analysis. Features:

describes how algorithms and sequence alignments

can be combined to improve the accuracy of gene

finding; introduces the basic biological terms and

concepts in genetics, and provides an historical

overview of algorithm development; explores

the gene features most commonly captured by a

computational gene model; discusses the algo-

rithms most commonly used for single-species

gene finding; investigates approaches to pairwise

and multiple sequence alignments; explains the

basics of parameter training; illustrates how to

implement a comparative gene finder.

Features7 This practical guide provides detailed descrip-

tions of the models and algorithms and how to

implement them in an easy-to-follow style

7 The book summarizes the advances in the field

and gives clear and concise instructions on how

to proceed though the project process, enabling

readers to be able to construct their own gene

finding software

ContentsIntroduction.- Single Species Gene Finding.-

Sequence Alignment.- Comparative Gene

Finding.- Gene Structure Submodels.- Parameter

Training.- Implementation of a Comparative Gene

Finder.

Fields of interestComputational Biology/Bioinformatics; Bioinfor-

matics

Target groupsResearchers, practitioners, advanced students

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2nd ed. 2010. XX, 473 p. 114 illus. (Advances in Pattern

Recognition) Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-097-7

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due February 2010

2009. XVI, 235 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science

/ Theoretical Computer Science and General Issues,


7 $72.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11446-5

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2010. XVI, 314 p. 78 illus. (Computational Biology,

Volume 11) Hardcover

7 $99.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-103-5

springer.com/librarybooks 27Springer News 2/2010 Computer Science

C. Blackmore (Ed.)

Social Learning Systems and Communities of Practice

Social learning systems and Communities of

Practice is a collection of classical and contem-

porary writing associated with learning and

systemic change in contexts ranging from cities,

to rural development to education to nursing to

water management to public policy. It is likely

to be of interest to anyone trying to understand

how to think systemically and to act and interact

effectively in situations experienced as complex,

messy and changing. While mainly concerned with

professional praxis, where theory and practice

inform each other, there is much here that can

apply at a personal level.

This book offers conceptual tools and suggestions

for new ways of being and acting in the world in

relation to each other, that arise from both old and

new understandings of communities, learning and

systems.

Features7 Social Learning Systems and Communities of

Practice explores and synthesises four different

traditions of social learning systems that separately

have already influenced many individuals and

groups in how they think about and facilitate

learning and change whether through policy or

practice

Fields of interestComputer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences;

Computers and Society; Computer Science,

general

Target groupsResearcher, lecturers, consultants interested in

learning systems theories and examples, graduates,

practitioners and policy makers from public and

private sectors interested in understanding social

change and public learning

A. D. Cheok, National University of Singapore (Ed.)

Technology and Art of Entertainment ComputingAdvances in Interactive New Media for

Entertainment Computing

Digital entertainment media is unique in that

its products and services are intimately tied to

digital technology, which has been in a continuous

state of innovation since its inception. Each new

generation of integrated circuits has the poten-

tial to shake-up the landscape of market leaders,

products and services that are possible, and

boundaries between market segments. Arguably,

digital technology innovation today is driven by

entertainment applications.

Although digital entertainment relies heavily upon

technology, it is equally dependent upon creative

art, content, and design. It has been demonstrated

time and time again (from web portals to broad-

band networks to electronic toys to video game

consoles to digital audio formats) that state-of-the-

art products and services will fail in the market-

place without compelling content or creative

intellectual property (CIP).

Features7 A unique book which brings together pioneers

in computer entertainment to write a research

oriented publication on interactive new media and

computer entertainment 7 The book will contain

a full open source toolkit, with fully developed

applications, to develop mixes reality entertain-

ment, the first time such advanced techniques have

been openly available outside the labs to the public

at large

Fields of interestMultimedia Information Systems; User Interfaces

and Human Computer Interaction; Computer

Appl. in Arts and Humanities

Target groupsResearchers in computer entertainment,

academics, graduates, undergraduates,

practitioners

C. Harteveld, Delft University of Technology,

The Netherlands

Triadic Game Design

Serious games have become the new buzzword.

Many of us are starting to understand the useful-

ness and power of games beyond entertainment.

However, few of us actually know how to design

these types of instructional methods.

Harteveld describes the fundamental components

that make up a serious game. Based on a deep and

thorough investigation of each component and

his experience in developing the serious game

Levee Patroller he captures the important design

principles of a serious game.

These design principles and the experience of

designing serious games has led Harteveld to

define a new methodology for developing serious

games. This new methodology will bring us one

step closer in understanding how to design serious

games.

Features7 The first to describe an underlying design

philosophy of serious games 7 Written in a

clever, humoristic and clear way. It’s accessible to

all kinds of audiences and a nice read 7 Links

existing theories on game design, pedagogy etc.

with practice (an engineering perspective). No

other book has done this. At least not with as

much rigor and depth

ContentsPress Start.- Foundations.- Reality.- Meaning.-

Play.- Balancing.- Game Over?- The Triadic Game

Design Workshop.- Life after a Game.- The Next

Level.- Notes.- Literature Bibliography.- Game

Bibliography.- Solutions.- Workshop.- Worksheets.

Fields of interestSimulation and Modeling; Computers and Educa-

tion; Media Design

Target groupsResearchers in serious games and virtual worlds,

professional institutions interested in gaming (e.g.

Army, fire deparment), educational institutions

interested in gaming, graduates/undergraduates

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due April 2010

2010. XII, 247 p. Softcover

7 $89.95

ISBN 978-1-84996-132-5

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010


7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-136-3

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due May 2010


7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-156-1

springer.com/booksellers28 Springer News 2/2010Computer Science

R. Ison, The Open University, Milton Keynes, UK

Systems Practice: How to Act in a Climate Change World

Systems Practice: How to Act in a Climate Change

World is a Reader that shows how to do systems

thinking and to translate thinking into action (i.e

praxis). The Open University has been teaching

Systems for nearly forty years and although it

has developed an effective approach to teaching

students, there is still a major deficiency in the

market about the doing of systems. This book aims

to fill this gap and meet an important need by

building the case for a systems praxiology. Praxi-

ology is that branch of knowledge dealing with

practical activity and human conduct.

One of the main findings to emerge from the

activities of the EPSRC-funded Systems Practice

for Managing Complexity (SPMC) Network was

the idea that systems practice is highly valued by

those who do it and know about it but most use it

as a silent practice.

Features7 In contrast to competing titles in this field, this

book will focus on the history of the practitioner

(as a biological and social person) and their

unfolding relationship with complex situations – it

will not be methodology led

Fields of interestComputer Appl. in Social and Behavioral

Sciences; Computers and Society; Management of

Computing and Information Systems

Target groupsSystems academics and academics in business

studies, information systems, environmental

management, family therapy, social work, town

planning and other fields which draw on system

thinking as well as professionals who draw on

systems thinking in their work, such as manage-

ment consultants.

This book may also be of interest to alumni and

students of other Open University systems courses

as well as sections of the educated public. A

potential growth market is civil servants whose

career progression in the future is likely to require

sustainability and associated systems thinking

skills.

C. Mueller-Tomfelde, CSIRO-ICT Centre, Sydney,

Australia (Ed.)

Tabletops - Horizontal Interactive Displays

This book is the first attempt to bring together

current research findings in the domain of interac-

tive horizontal displays. The novel compilation will

integrate and summarise findings from the most

important international tabletop research teams.

It will provide a state-of-the art overview of this

research domain and therefore allow for discussion

of emerging and future directions in research and

technology of interactive horizontal displays.

Latest advances in interaction and software tech-

nologies and their increasing availability beyond

research labs, refuels the interest in interactive

horizontal displays. In the early 1990s Mark

Weiser’s vision of Ubiquitous Computing redefined

the notion of Human Computer Interaction. Inter-

action was no longer considered to happen only

with standard desktop computers but also with

elements of their environment.

This book is structured in three major areas:

‘under’, ‘on/above’ and ‘around’ tabletops.

Features7 This book is the first attempt to bring together

current research findings in the domain of interac-

tive horizontal displays 7 This novel compilation

will integrate and summarise findings from the

most important international tabletop research

teams

From the contentsA Short History of Tabletop Research, Technolo-

gies, and Products.- Part One.- Under Tabletops.-

Building Interactive Multi-Touch Surfaces.- From

Table-System to Tabletop: Integrating Technology

into Interactive Surfaces.- High-Resolution Inter-

active Displays.

Fields of interestUser Interfaces and Human Computer Interac-

tion; Input/Output and Data Communications;

Computer Appl. in Social and Behavioral Sciences

Target groupsResearcher, practitioners, lecturers/students

J. Noble, Victoria University, Wellington, Australia;

R. Johnson, Siebel Center for Computer Science,

Urbana, IL, USA (Eds.)

Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming I

This book, the first volume in the Transactions on

Pattern Languages of Programming series, presents

eight papers that have been through a careful peer

review process involving both pattern experts and

domain experts, by researchers and practitioners.

The papers cover a wide range of topics, from the

architectural design of large-scale systems down

to very detailed design for microcontroller-based

embedded systems. The first paper presents a

substantial pattern language for constructing an

important part of an integrated development envi-

ronment. The following papers present patterns for

batching requests in client-server systems; graceful

degradation to handle errors and exceptions; and

accurate timing delays. Two papers present related

patterns that address aspects of service-oriented

architectures, considering synchronization and

workflow integration. Finally, the last two papers

show how patterns can be combined into systems

and then used to document those systems’ designs.

Fields of interestSoftware Engineering; Software Engineering/

Programming and Operating Systems; Program-

ming Techniques


Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due May 2010

2010. X, 334 p. 17 illus. Softcover

7 $89.95

ISBN 978-1-84996-124-0

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2010. XXIV, 484 p. (Human-Computer Interaction Series)

Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-112-7

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due February 2010

2010. IX, 231 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /

Transactions on Pattern Languages of Programming,


7 $98.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10831-0

springer.com/librarybooks 29Springer News 2/2010 Computer Science

D. Randall, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK;

P. Salembier, Université de Technologie de Troyes,

France (Eds.)

From CSCW to Web 2.0: European Developments in Collaborative DesignSelected Papers from COOP08

Many challenges were identified in CSCW some

thirty years ago, and some of these remain prob-

lematic today. However they are being progres-

sively transformed and this edited volume contains

contributions that demonstrate how these new

challenges are being dealt with in a variety of ways,

reflecting the balance of rigour and creativity that

has always characterised the field.

Originally presented at COOP ’08 which took

place in Carry-le-Rouet, France in 2008, the

contributions to this volume have been substan-

tially extended and revised. New technologies,

new domains and new methods are described

for supporting design and evaluation. Taking a

progressive and critical stance, the authors cover

a variety of themes including inter-organisational

working, non task-based environments, creativity,

and the development of Web 2.0 (and even Web

3.0) applications, including new cooperative

mechanisms and new classification possibilities.

Features7 Presents recent research and results in the area

of CSCW and the Semantic Web

From the contentsSection 1: Awareness of Work.- Anticipative

Awareness in a Groupware System.- ‘Colour,

It’s just a constant problem’: an examination of

practice, infrastructure and workflow in colour

printing.- Towards Regional Clusters: networking

events, collaborative research and the business

finder.- Section 2: Work and Creativity.- Design

Issues for Supporting Collaborative Creativity.

Fields of interestUser Interfaces and Human Computer Interaction;

Computers and Society; e-Commerce/e-business

Target groupsReseacher

K. Wolter, Humboldt-Universität, Berlin, Germany

Stochastic Models for Fault ToleranceRestart, Rejuvenation and Checkpointing

As modern society relies on the fault-free

operation of complex computing systems, system

fault-tolerance has become an indispensable

requirement. Therefore, we need mechanisms that

guarantee correct service in cases where system

components fail, be they software or hardware

elements. Redundancy patterns are commonly

used, for either redundancy in space or redun-

dancy in time.

Wolter’s book details methods of redundancy in

time that need to be issued at the right moment.

In particular, she addresses the so-called “timeout

selection problem”, i.e., the question of choosing

the right time for different fault-tolerance mecha-

nisms like restart, rejuvenation and checkpointing.

Restart indicates the pure system restart, rejuvena-

tion denotes the restart of the operating environ-

ment of a task, and checkpointing includes saving

the system state periodically and reinitializing the

system at the most recent checkpoint upon failure

of the system.

ContentsPart I: Introduction.- 1) Basic Concepts and Prob-

lems - 2) Task Completion Time.- Part II: Restart.-

3) Applicability Analysis of Restart - 4) Moments

of Completion Time under Restart - 5) Meeting

Deadlines through Restart.- Part III: Software

Rejuvenation.- 6) Practical Aspects of Preventive

Maintenance and Software Rejuvenation -

7) Stochastic Models for Preventive Maintenance

and Software Rejuvenation.- Part IV: Check-

pointing.- 8) Checkpointing Systems - 9) Stochastic

Models for Checkpointing - 10) Summary, Conclu-

sion and Outlook.- Appendix.- A) Properties in

Discrete Systems - B) Important Probability Distri-

butions - C) Estimating the Hazard Time - D) The

Laplace and the Laplace-Stieltjes Transform.

Fields of interestSystem Performance and Evaluation; Probability

and Statistics in Computer Science; Simulation and

Modeling

Target groupsResearchers and libraries

H. Y. Youm, Soonchunhyang University, Asan-si,

Chungnam-do, Korea; M. Yung, Columbia University,

New York, NY, USA (Eds.)

Information Security Applications10th International Workshop, WISA 2009,

Busan, Korea, August 25-27, 2009,

Revised Selected Papers

This book constitutes the thoroughly refereed post-

conference proceedings of the 10th International

Workshop on Information Security Applications,

WISA 2009, held in Busan, Korea, during August

25-27, 2009.

The 27 revised full papers presented were care-

fully reviewed and selected from a total of 79

submissions. The papers are organized in topical

sections on mutlimedia security, device security,

HW implementation security, applied cryptog-

raphy, side channel attacks, cryptograptanalysis,

anonymity/authentication/access controll, and

network security.

Fields of interestData Encryption; Computer Communication

Networks; Discrete Mathematics in Computer

Science


Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010

2010. X, 290 p. (Computer Supported Cooperative Work)

Softcover

7 approx. $99.95

ISBN 978-1-84882-964-0

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due March 2010


7 $99.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11256-0

Discount groupP

Computer Science

Due February 2010

2009. XIII, 386 p. (Lecture Notes in Computer Science /

Security and Cryptology, Volume 5932) Softcover

7 $95.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10837-2

springer.com/booksellers30 Springer News 2/2010Chemistry

A. Dasgupta

Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive ResultsA Toxicologist’s Perspective

A majority of the Fortune 500 Companies imple-

ment some practice of workplace drug testing in

their company policies. This practice was first initi-

ated by President Ronald Reagan when he ordered

federal agencies to drug test federal employees

involved in sensitive positions as well as positions

involving public safety.

As a practicing toxicologist, Dr. Amitava Dasgupta

is involved with the pre-employment drug testing

at his own hospital and aptly shares his expertise

in Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive

Results: A Toxicologist’s Perspective, which covers

all major issues concerning how people try to

beat drug tests and defend positive test results.

In each chapter, extensive references are cited

so that readers can access more information on

a particular topic that may interest them. The

book will undoubtedly prove helpful to toxicolo-

gists, medical technologists, pathologists, human

resources professionals and anyone interested in

workplace drug testing.

Features7 Current and relevant data 7 Useful informa-

tion for multiple fields of study

From the contents1. Beating Drug Tests and Defending Positive

Results: A General Overview. 2. Pharmacology

of Commonly Abused Drugs. 3. Workplace Drug

Testing: SAMHSA and Non-SAMHSA Drugs.

4. Diuretics, Flushing and Detoxifying Agents for

Beating Urine Drug Tests: Are they effective?

Fields of interestForensic Science; Forensic Medicine; Pharma-

cology/Toxicology

Target groupsToxicologists, medical technologists, pathologists,

and human resources professionals

M. Bouroushian, National Technical University of

Athens, Greece

Electrochemistry of Metal Chalcogenides

Starting with the chemical fundamentals of the

chalcogens and their major compounds, the initial

part of the book includes a systematic description

of the MCh solids on the basis of the Periodic

Table in terms of their structures and key proper-

ties. This is followed by a general discussion on

the electrochemistry of chalcogen species, and

the principles underlying the electrochemical

formation of inorganic compounds/alloys. The

core of the book offers an insight into available

experimental results and inferences regarding the

electrochemical preparation and microstructural

control of conventional and novel MCh structures.

It also aims to survey their photoelectrochemistry,

both from a material-oriented point of view and as

connected to specific processes such as photoca-

talysis and solar energy conversion.

Finally, the book illustrates the relevance of MCh

materials to various applications of electrochem-

ical interest.

Features7 First book dedicated to the electrochemical

preparation of alloys and compounds made up of

metal chalcogenides 7 Metal chalcogenides such

as oxides or sulfides have a large range of existing

and potential applications i. a. in electronics,

optics, magnetics, solar energy conversion or fuel

cells

Fields of interestElectrochemistry; Materials Science, general;

Inorganic Chemistry

Target groupsElectrochemists, analytical chemists, researchers

in solid state electrochemistry, electrocatalysis,

surface science, electroplating, fuel cells, materials

science, electric engineering

M. E. Starzak, State University of New York at

Binghamton, NY, USA

Energy and EntropyEquilibrium to Stationary States

This book presents the various branches of ther-

modynamics – classical, statistical, and others –

and kinetics in a lucid manner that will appeal

both to advanced undergraduates and beginning

graduate students. The mathematical treatment is

neither overly elaborate nor absent, but has been

illustrated by examples from biology, physics, and

other disciplines.

The models drawn from diverse areas should make

it attractive to readers seeking a clearer physical

understanding of these fields and how they inter-

relate.

Features include: (1) worked examples, (2) exer-

cises, (3) solutions to some of the exercises, avail-

able to all readers, (40 solutions to all the exercises,

available to instructors.

Features7 Bridges equilibrium and time dependent

processes 7 Mathematical techniques are

developed using simple models 7 The same basic

models illustrate the physical concepts in different

chapters 7 Temporal and spatial equations are

developed using basic thrmodynamics equations

Fields of interestPhysical Chemistry; Thermodynamics; Math.

Applications in Chemistry

Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate or introductory graduate

courses in thermodynamics in chemistry, physics,

biophysics, and engineering programs; supple-

mental text in physical chemistry courses; basic

review for advanced graduate students, post-

docs, and people moving into the area, as well as

working scientists and engineers in specialties

other than thermodynamics, including non-

academic scientists; reference: (1) to give instruc-

tors problems and examples to illustrate compli-

cated concepts and (2) to provide an overview of

areas of thermodynamics that often do not appear

in traditional coursesDiscount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due March 2010


7 $199.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-526-2

Discount groupP

Chemistry and Materials Science

Due March 2010

2010. I, 322 p. 69 illus. (Monographs in Electrochemistry)

Hardcover

7 $159.00

ISBN 978-3-642-03966-9

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. XIII, 314 p. 31 illus. Hardcover

7 $79.95

ISBN 978-0-387-77822-8

springer.com/librarybooks 31Springer News 2/2010 Chemistry

B. Wunderlich, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,

TN, USA

A Science Career Against all Odds A Life of Survival, Study, Teaching and

Travel in the 20th Century

This autobiography is written to follow the initially

turbulent and seemingly random path of education

and life experiences of the author in the 1930s and

40s during the oppressive 3rd German Reich. His

early childhood experiences made the author an

undesirable student in the 1950s in the totalitarian

German Democratic Republic, and ultimately

brought him to the USA. Ideally prepared, he

completed a first-rate education in record time,

leading in 1965 to a tenured professorship in

chemistry at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,

specializing in research of the solid state of linear

macromolecules (polymers, plastics). Early

retirement in 1988 led to a new 20-year career

as Professor and Distinguished Scientist at the

University of Tennessee and Oak Ridge National

Laboratory. The unforeseeable results of writing

this book were the many links between Bernhard

Wunderlich’s love of teaching and research to the

earliest experiences in his life. He would not want

to miss or change anything.

Features7 Intertwines the political circumstances in

Europe before, during and after World War II and

those later on in the USA with a scientific career

7 Enough records were kept during all these years

to reconstruct in this book the spirit of the times

and, perhaps, show that many present day educa-

tion and life experiences may be wanting

Fields of interestChemistry/Food Science, general; History and

Philosophical Foundations of Physics; History of

Science

Target groupsFor teachers and students interested in the

development of learning science and choice of

profession, anyone interested in scientists, history

of science, as well as social and political sciences,

for polymer scientists and engineers

N. J. Zuidam, Unilever Research & Development,

Vlaardingen, The Netherlands; V. Nedovic, University

of Belgrade, Serbia and Montenegro (Eds.)

Encapsulation Technologies for Active Food Ingredients and Food Processing

This book provides a detailed overview of

technologies for preparing and characterisation

of encapsulates for food active ingredients to be

used in food products, food processing or food

production. The book is aimed to inform people

who work in the academia or R&D of companies

on delivery of food compounds via encapsulation

and on food processing using immobilized cells or

enzymes, with both a limited and an advantaged

knowledge of the field. The structure of the book is

according to the use of encapsulates for a specific

application. Emphasis has been put to strategy,

since encapsulation technologies may change.

Most chapters include application possibilities of

the encapsulation technologies in specific food

products or processes.

The first part of the book reviews general technolo-

gies, food-grade materials and characterization

methods for encapsulates.

The second part, discusses encapsulates of active

ingredients (i.e. aroma, fish oil, minerals, vitamins,

peptides, proteins, probiotics).

Features7 A reference for those working on food

processing using immobilized cells or enzymes and

on delivery of food compounds via encapsulation

Fields of interestFood Science; Chemistry/Food Science, general;

Biochemical Engineering

Target groupsPeople who work in academia or in the R&D of

companies on food processing using immobi-

lized cells or enzymes and on delivery of food

compounds via encapsulation

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 560 p. 654 illus. With online files/update.

Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11195-2

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. X, 400 p. 81 illus. Hardcover

7 $189.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1007-3

springer.com/booksellers32 Springer News 2/2010Engineering

P. Albers, Delft University of Technology,

The Netherlands

Motion Control in Offshore and Dredging Industry

High loads with high dynamics in severe condi-

tions can only be driven by fluid power mecha-

nisms. Motion Control is often used as a descrip-

tion in various engineering disciplines to refer

to a technological solution that is able to control

motion, e.g. the movement of at least one part rela-

tive to another. This volume describes how drives,

sometimes very large, are designed and realised.

The book gives a practical explanation of the way

in which the different mechanisms described work.

A distinction is made between rotating and linear

drives. In the case of rotating drives, the choice

for an electrical drive is becoming more and more

prevalent. Linear drives remain important, because

of the large forces and highly dynamic behaviour

in the domain of hydraulic drive technology.

Both these important technologies are extensively

discussed in this book, together with design rules

and the many installation requirements for appli-

cations in the offshore and dredging industry.

Features7 Presents an up to date overview on motion

control for the offshore and dredging industry

Fields of interestVibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Offshore

Engineering; Engineering Design

Target groupsCivil and hydraulical engineers and designers of

new drive mechanisms

S. Ao, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, USA

Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative Computing

Applied Time Series Analysis and Innovative

Computing contains the applied time series

analysis and innovative computing paradigms,

with frontier application studies for the time series

problems based on the recent and current works

at the Time Series Center, Initiative in Innovative

Computing, Harvard University, the University of

Hong Kong, the Chinese University of Hong Kong

and the Oxford University Computing Labora-

tory, University of Oxford. It provides a systematic

introduction to the use of innovative computing

paradigms as an investigative tool for applications

in time series analysis. Applied Time Series Anal-

ysis and Innovative Computing offers the state of

art of tremendous advances in applied time series

analysis and innovative computing paradigms

and also serves as an excellent reference work

for researchers and graduate students working

on applied time series analysis and innovative

computing paradigms.

Features7 With comprehensive introductory chapter to

the time series analysis 7 With detailed descrip-

tions of some current innovative computing

paradigms 7 With detailed descriptions of some

tailor-made innovative computing paradigms for

specific time series problems 7 With frontier

case studies based on the recent and current works

at top universities such as University of Oxford

and Harvard University

From the contents1. Introduction. 2. Applied Time Series Analysis.

3. Advances in Innovative Computing Paradigms.

4. Real-Word Application I: Developing Innovative

Computing Algorithms for Business Time Series.

Fields of interestAppl.Mathematics/Computational Methods of

Engineering; Fourier Analysis; Electronics and

Microelectronics, Instrumentation

Target groupsExcellent reference for researchers and graduate

students working on applied time series analysis

and innovative computing paradigms

S. Ao, Harvard University, Cambridge, MA, USA;

L. Gelman, Cranfield University, UK (Eds.)

Electronic Engineering and Computing Technology

Electronic Engineering and Computing Tech-

nology contains sixty-one revised and extended

research articles written by prominent researchers

participating in the conference. Topics covered

include Control Engineering, Network Manage-

ment, Wireless Networks, Biotechnology, Signal

Processing, Computational Intelligence, Compu-

tational Statistics, Internet Computing, High

Performance Computing, and industrial applica-

tions. Electronic Engineering and Computing

Technology will offer the state of art of tremendous

advances in electronic engineering and computing

technology and also serve as an excellent refer-

ence work for researchers and graduate students

working with/on electronic engineering and

computing technology.

Features7 Offers the state of art of tremendous advances

in electronic engineering and computing tech-

nology 7 Serves as an excellent reference work

for researchers and graduate students working

with/on electronic engineering and computing

technology 7 Contains revised and extended

research articles written by prominent researchers

Fields of interestElectronics and Microelectronics, Instrumenta-

tion; Computer Hardware; Software Engineering

Target groupsReference work for researchers and graduate

students working on electronic engineering and

computing technologyDiscount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8802-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 180 p. (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engi-

neering, Volume 59) Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8767-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. (Lecture Notes in Electrical Engi-

neering, Volume 60) Hardcover

7 $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8775-1

springer.com/librarybooks 33Springer News 2/2010 Engineering

V. P. Astakhov, Michigan State University, East

Lansing, MI, USA

Geometry of Single-Point Turning Tools and DrillsFundamentals and Practical Applications

Geometry of Single-Point Turning Tools and Drills

outlines clear objectives of cutting tool geom-

etry selection and optimization, using multiple

examples to provide a thorough explanation. It

addresses several urgent problems that many

present-day tool manufacturers, tool application

specialists, and tool users, are facing. It is both a

practical guide, offering useful, practical sugges-

tions for the solution of common problems, and

a useful reference on the most important aspects

of cutting tool design, application, and trouble-

shooting practices.

Covering emerging trends in cutting tool design,

cutting tool geometry, machining regimes, and

optimization of machining operations, Geom-

etry of Single-Point Turning Tools and Drills is

an indispensable source of information for tool

designers, manufacturing engineers, research

workers, and students.

Features7 Addresses many urgent problems face tool

manufacturers, application specialists and users

within the automotive industry today 7 Formu-

lates and explains clear objectives of cutting tool

geometry selection, using multiple examples

ContentsWhat Does It Mean “Metal Cutting”?.- Basics Defi-

nitions and Cutting Tool Geometry, Single Point

Cutting Tools.- Fundamentals of the Selection of

the Cutting Tool Geometry Parameters.- Straight

Flute and Twist Drills.- Deep-Hole Tools.

Fields of interestManufacturing, Machines, Tools; Machinery and

Machine Elements; Operating Procedures, Mate-

rials Treatment

Target groupsTool designers, manufacturing engineers; research

workers, undergraduate and postgraduate students

B. J. Baliga, North Carolina State University, Raleigh,

NC, USA

Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts

During the last decade many new concepts have

been proposed for improving the performance of

power MOSFETs. The results of this research are

dispersed in the technical literature among journal

articles and abstracts of conferences. Conse-

quently, the information is not readily available to

researchers and practicing engineers in the power

device community. There is no cohesive treatment

of the ideas to provide an assessment of the relative

merits of the ideas.

Advanced Power MOSFETs Concepts provides an

in-depth treatment of the physics of operation of

advanced power MOSFETs. Analytical models for

explaining the operation of all the advanced power

MOSFETs will be developed. The results of numer-

ical simulations will be provided to give additional

insight into the device physics and validate the

analytical models. The results of two-dimensional

simulations will be provided to corroborate the

analytical models and give greater insight into the

device operation.

Features7 Covers the CC-MOSFETs and the

GD-MOSFET and applications in all lower voltage

circuits, especially the automotive electronics

area 7 Includes numerical simulation examples

to explain the operating physics and validate the

models 7 Eoverage of the role of silicon carbide

in the design and structure of power rectifiers

From the contentsThe SSCFET (silicon semiconductor corp FET).-

The JBSFET (junction barrier controlled Schottky

FET).- The CC-MOSFET (charge-coupled

MOSFET).- The GD-MOSFET (graded-doped

MOSFET).

Fields of interestPower Engineering; Circuits and Systems; Elec-

tronics and Microelectronics, Instrumentation

Target groupsResearchers and practicing engineers in the power

semiconductor device community

L. Benyoucef, INRIA Nancy-Grand Est, Metz, France;

B. Grabot, LGP-ENIT, Tarbes, France (Eds.)

Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Networked Manufacturing Enterprises Management

Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Networked

Manufacturing Enterprises Management addresses

prominent concepts and applications of AI

technologies in the management of networked

manufacturing enterprises.

The aim of this book is to align latest practices,

innovation and case studies with academic

frameworks and theories, where AI techniques

are used efficiently for networked manufacturing

enterprises. More specifically, it includes the latest

research results and projects at different levels

addressing quick-response system, theoretical

performance analysis, performance and capability

demonstration. The role of emerging AI technolo-

gies in the modelling, evaluation and optimisation

of networked enterprises’ activities at different

decision levels is also covered.

Artificial Intelligence Techniques for Networked

Manufacturing Enterprises Management is a valu-

able guide for postgraduates and researchers in

industrial engineering, computer science, automa-

tion and operations research.

Features7 Aligns latest practice, innovation and case

studies with academic frameworks and theories

7 Includes most up-to-date research

Fields of interestManufacturing, Machines, Tools; Industrial and

Production Engineering

Target groupsPostgraduates and researchers in industrial

engineering, computer science, automation and

operation research

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. XXII, 564 p. 451 illus. (Springer Series in Advanced

Manufacturing) Hardcover

7 $209.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-052-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5916-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. XXVI, 510 p. 228 illus. (Springer Series in Advanced

Manufacturing) Hardcover

7 $209.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-118-9


M. L. Bucalem, University of São Paulo, Brazil;

K. Bathe, MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA

The Mechanics of Solids and StructuresHierarchical Modeling

In the recent decades, computational procedures

have been applied to an increasing extent in

engineering and the physical sciences. Mostly, two

separate fields have been considered, namely, the

analysis of solids and structures and the analysis of

fluid flows. These continuous advances in analyses

are of much interest to physicists, mathematicians

and in particular, engineers. Also, computational

fluid and solid mechanics are no longer treated

as entirely separate fields of applications, but

instead, coupled fluid and solid analysis is being

pursued. The objective of the Book Series is to

publish monographs, textbooks, and proceedings

of conferences of archival value, on any subject

of computational fluid dynamics, computational

solid and structural mechanics, and computa-

tional multi-physics dynamics. The publications

are written by and for physicists, mathematicians

and engineers and are to emphasize the modeling,

analysis and solution of problems in engineering.

ContentsHierarchical modeling with mathematical models

and the finite element solution.- Mathematical

models used in engineering structural analysis.-

The finite element solution process.- Effective finite

elements.- Modeling in static analysis.- Modeling

in dynamic analysis.- Modeling for nonlinear

analysis. An aperçu.

Fields of interestTheoretical and Applied Mechanics


M. G. Davies, A. B. Lumsden, Methodist Hospital,

Houston, TX, USA; W. E. Kline, ExxonMobile

Upstream Research Company, Houston, TX, USA;

I. Kakadiaris, University of Houston, TX, USA (Eds.)

Pumps and PipesProceedings of the Annual Conference

The Pumps and Pipes collaboration and confer-

ence brings together energy, medicine, and higher

education in a unique shared effort, exploring

ideas and research common to these important

fields and stimulating discussion and sharing

technologies that can further the reach and goals

of each individual area. The Proceedings explores

the common attributes of oil and gas technology,

computational sciences and cardiovascular medi-

cine and probe the areas where there is room to

cross-fertilize and develop research and commer-

cial programs.

Features7 Offers a unique perspective on the collabora-

tion between medicine, petroleum technology

and computational science 7 Discusses the

cross-disciplinary nature of hydraulics conduits

and pumps, atherosclerosis, corrosion and scale

management, piping and stenting, imaging and

monitoring and robotics and much more

ContentsAnatomy and physiology of the vascular system.-

Geology and physics of hydrocarbon produc-

tion.- Computational sciences.- Hydraulics

conduits and pumps.- CPB and VAD.- Subsurface

pumps.- Modeling flow.- Atherosclerosis.- Corro-

sion and scale management.- Down hole coring

and sampling.- Atherectomy and plaque analysis.-

Navigating and viewing.- Geosteering a drill bit.

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Control, Robotics,

Mechatronics; Cardiology

Target groupsMicrowave engineers and academic researchers

E. J. Davison, University of Toronto, ON, Canada;

A. G. Aghdam, Concordia University, Montreal, QC,

Canada

Decentralized Control of Large-Scale Systems

Large-scale system refers to a system that consists

of several interconnected subsystems. In large-

scale systems it is often desired to have some form

of decentralization in control structure. In fact, for

such systems it is not realistic to assume that all

output measurements can be transmitted to every

local control station. Problems of this kind appear

for example in electric power systems, commu-

nication networks, large space structures, robotic

systems, economic systems and traffic networks,

to name only a few. Typical large-scale control

systems have several local control stations which

observe only local outputs and control only local

outputs. All controllers are involved, however, in

the control operation of the overall system.

Decentralized Control of Large-Scale Systems

provides various analysis and design techniques

for decentralized control of large-scale systems.

A systematic study of multi-input, muti-output

systems with a special focus on industrial applica-

tions is given.

Features7 Discusses different analysis and synthesis tech-

niques, not focused on a particular method

7 Provides industrial system application prob-

lems to give a focus to realistic real world problems

7 Presents systematic design techniques to clarify

important results

Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Vibration,

Dynamical Systems, Control; Systems Theory,

Control

Target groupsResearchers in the area of control systems, particu-

larly large-scale systems; graduate students in the

area of systems control who have background in

linear systems

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due February 2010

2009. Approx. 400 p. (Computational Fluid and Solid

Mechanics) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00

ISBN 978-3-540-26331-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 approx. $189.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6011-5

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due June 2010


7 $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6013-9


A. Demirbas, Sirnak University, Turkey;

M. F. Demirbas, Sila Science and Energy, Trabzon,

Turkey

Algae EnergyAlgae as a New Source of Biodiesel

Algae Energy covers the production of algae

culture and the usage of algal biomass conversion

products. It also reviews modern biomass-based

transportation fuels, including biodiesel, bio-oil,

biomethane and biohydrogen.

Each chapter opens with fundamental explanations

suitable for those with a general interest in algae

energy and goes on to provide in-depth scientific

details for more expert readers. Algae energy is

discussed within the wider context of green energy,

with chapters covering topics such as: green energy

facilities, algae technology, energy from algae and

biodiesel from algae.

Algae Energy addresses the needs of energy

researchers, chemical engineers, fuel and envi-

ronmental engineers, postgraduate and advanced

undergraduate students, and others interested

in a practical tool for pursuing their interest in

bio-energy.

Features7 Discusses algae's potential as a new source of

biodiesel 7 Examines the economic, political and

environmental impacts of algae

ContentsGreen Energy Facilities.- Biofuels.- Algae Tech-

nology.- Energy from Algae.- Biodiesel from

Algae.- Biorefinery.- Future Developments.

Fields of interestRenewable Energy Sources; Biochemical Engi-

neering; Environmental Engineering/Biotech-

nology

Target groupsChemical engineers, energy researchers, fuel

and environmental engineers, postgraduate and

advanced undergraduate students

I. Djordjevic, W. Ryan, B. Vasic, University of Arizona,

Tucson, USA

Coding for Optical Channels

In order to adapt to the ever-increasing demands

of telecommunication needs, today’s network oper-

ators are implementing 100 Gb/s per dense wave-

length division multiplexing (DWDM) channel

transmission. At those data rates, the performance

of fiberoptic communication systems is degraded

significantly due to intra- and inter-channel fiber

nonlinearities, polarization-mode dispersion

(PMD), and chromatic dispersion. In order to deal

with those channel impairments, novel advanced

techniques in modulation and detection, coding

and signal processing are needed.

This unique book represents a coherent and

comprehensive introduction to the fundamentals

of optical communications, signal processing and

coding for optical channels. It is the first to inte-

grate the fundamentals of coding theory with the

fundamentals of optical communication.

Features7 Integrates the fundamentals of coding theory

with the fundamentals of optical communication

7 Provides detailed coverage of joint coding

and modulation for optical communications

7 Applies turbo equalization to integrate channel

equalizers and soft iterative decoding for optical

channels 7 Includes coverage of both fiber-optics

and free-space optical (FSO) channels

From the contentsIntroduction.- Fundamentals of Optical Commu-

nications.- Channel Impairments and Optical

Communication Systems Engineering.- Channel

Coding for Optical Channels.- Graph-Based

Codes.- Coded Modulation.- Turbo Equaliza-

tion in Fiber Optics Communication Systems.-

Constrained Coding for Optical Channels.-

Constrained Coding for Optical Communication.

Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Signal,

Image and Speech Processing; Microwaves, RF and

Optical Engineering

Target groupsPractitioners in communications engineering;

optical communications

S. Doi, Kyoto University, Japan; J. Inoue, Kyoto Koka

Women’s University, Osaka, Japan; Z. Pan,

K. Tsumoto, Osaka University, Japan

Computational ElectrophysiologyA First Course in “in Silico” Medicine vol.2

Biological systems inherently possess much

ambiguity or uncertainty. Computational electro-

physiology is the one area, from among the vast

and rapidly growing discipline of computational

and systems biology, in which computational or

mathematical models have succeeded. This book

provides a practical and quick guide to both

computational electrophysiology and numerical

bifurcation analysis. Bifurcation analysis is a

very powerful tool for the analysis of such highly

nonlinear biological systems. Bifurcation theory

provides a way to analyze the effect of a param-

eter change on a system and to detect a critical

parameter value when the qualitative nature of the

system changes. Included in this work are many

examples of numerical computations of bifurcation

analysis of various models as well as mathematical

models with different abstraction levels from

neuroscience and electrophysiology. This volume

will benefit graduate and undergraduate students

as well as researchers in diverse fields of science.

Contents1. Introduction. 2. A short course of mathematical

modeling and analysis. 3. Computational and

mathematical models of biology. 4. The Hodgkin-

Huxley theory of neuronal excitation and spikes.

5. Whole system analysis of various Hodgkin-

Huxley systems. 6. Computational biology of cells,

tissues and organs.

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Molecular Medicine;

Medicinal Chemistry

Target groupsGraduate students, undergraduates, specialists

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due July 2010

2010. XXIV, 280 p. 45 illus. (Green Energy and Tech-

nology) Hardcover

7 $169.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-049-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5568-5

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $75.00

ISBN 978-4-431-53861-5


D. Dornfeld, University of California, Berkeley, CA,

USA (Ed.)

Green ManufacturingFundamentals and Applications

Green Manufacturing: Fundamentals and

Applications introduces the basic definitions and

constraints/issues surrounding green manu-

facturing at the process, machine and system

(including supply chain) levels; shows, by way of

several examples from different industry sectors,

the potential for substantial improvement and

the paths to achieve the improvement. Discusses

regulatory and government motivations for green

manufacturing and outlines the path for greening

of manufacturing to more sustainable production.

Features7 Discusses: 7 New engineering approaches

for manufacturing and provides a path from

traditional manufacturing to green manufacturing

7 Regulatory and economic issues surrounding

green manufacturing 7 New supply chains that

need to be in place before going green 7 State

of the art case studies in the areas of automotive,

semiconductor and medical areas as well as in the

supply chain and packaging areas

ContentsRegulatory, social and business environment for

green manufacturing.- Metrics and analytical

tools.- Green supply chains.- Present state of green

manufacturing.- Case study 1: Automotive.- Case

study 2: Semiconductor.- Case study 3: Alterna-

tive energy supplies.- Case study 4: Supply chain

and packaging.- Case study 5: Manufacturing

technology for green production.- Future oppor-

tunities.

Fields of interestPower Engineering; Manufacturing, Machines,

Tools; Sustainable Development

Target groupsGraduate students, academic researchers,

practicing engineers and scientists in the fields

of mechanical engineering, manufacturing and

environmental engineering interested in sustain-

able manufacturing

A. Eroglu, Indiana University-Purdue University, Fort

Wayne, IN, USA

Wave Propagation and Radiation in Gyrotropic and Anisotropic Media

Wave Propagation and Radiation in Gyrotropic

and Anisotropic Media fills the gap in the area of

applied electromagnetics for the design of micro-

wave and millimeter wave devices using composite

structures where gyrotropic, anisotropic materials

are used. The book provides engineers with the

information on theory and practical skills they

need to understand wave propagation and radia-

tion characteristics of materials and the ability to

design devices at higher frequencies with optimum

device performance.

Features7 Offers a comprehensive treatment of wave

propagation and radiation characteristics of gyro-

tropic and anisotropic media 7 Discusses the

design of devices using composite structures made

of gyrotropic and anisotropic media 7 Hands-on

advice on how to design specific devices such as

microstrip directional couplers, microstrip filters,

and nonreciprocal phase shifters 7 Simulation of

composite multi-layered devices using CAD

ContentsIntroduction.- Wave propagation and dispersion

characteristics in anisotropic medium.- Wave

propagation and dispersion characteristics in

gyrotropic medium.- Method of dyadic Green’s

function.- Radiation in anistotropic medium.-

Radiation in gyrotropic medium.- Wave theory of

composite multilayered structures.- Microwave

devices using anisotropic and gyrotropic media.

Fields of interestMicrowaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Magne-

tism, Magnetic Materials; Physics, general

Target groupsMicrowave engineers and academic researchers

K. Gopalakrishnan, Iowa State University, Ames, IA,

USA; S. Peeta, Purdue University, West Lafayette, IN,

USA (Eds.)

Sustainable and Resilient Critical Infrastructure SystemsSimulation, Modeling, and Intelligent

Engineering

This edited book is motivated by recent advances

in simulation, modeling, sensing, communica-

tions/information, and intelligent and sustainable

technologies that have resulted in the development

of sophisticated methodologies and instruments

to design, characterize, optimize, and evaluate

critical infrastructure systems, their resilience, and

their condition and the factors that cause their

deterioration.

Specific topics discussed in this book include, but

are not limited to: optimal infrastructure invest-

ment allocation for sustainability, framework

for manifestation of tacit critical infrastructure

knowledge, interdependencies between energy

and transportation systems for national long term

planning, intelligent transportation infrastructure

technologies, emergent research issues in infra-

structure interdependence research, framework

for assessing the resilience of infrastructure and

economic systems, maintenance optimization for

heterogeneous infrastructure systems, and more.

Features7 Presents recent advances in sustainable infra-

structures engineering 7 Integrated perspective

in engineering sustainable infrastructure for the

future 7 Brings together in one place recent

research advances made in diverse disciplines

Fields of interestCivil Engineering; Sustainable Development;

Renewable Energy Sources

Target groupsResearchers and practitioners engaged in devel-

oping, designing, and monitoring sustainable

and resilient critical infrastructure systems and

those interested in the application of multi-scale

modeling methods, simulations, intelligent tech-

nologies, and stochastic optimization techniques

to the study of sustainable and resilient critical

infrastructure systems

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 275 p. (Green Energy and Technology)

Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6015-3

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6023-8

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11404-5


R. Hammoud, Delphi Electronics & Safety World,

Kokomo, IN, USA; F. Porikli, Mitsubishi Electric

Research Laboratories, Cambridge, MA, USA; L. Davis,

University of Maryland, College Park, MD, USA (Eds.)

Advanced Tracking SystemsComputational Approaches

Modern visual tracking systems implement a

computational process that is often divided into

several modules such as localization, tracking,

recognition, behavior analysis and classification

of events. This book will focus on recent advances

in computational approaches for detection and

tracking of human body, road boundaries and lane

markers as well as on recognition of human activi-

ties, drowsiness and distraction state.

The book is composed of seven distinct parts. Part

I covers people localization algorithms in video

sequences. Part II describes successful approaches

for tracking people and body parts. The third part

focuses on tracking of pedestrian and vehicles in

outdoor images. Part IV describes recent methods

to track lane markers and road boundaries. In part

V, methods to track head, hand and facial features

are reviewed. The last two parts cover the topics of

automatic recognition and classification of activity,

gesture, behavior, drowsiness and visual distrac-

tion state of humans.

Features7 Detailed introduction into modern Tracking

systems 7 Shows latest developments and future

trends 7 Written by research experts from

industry

ContentsPeople Finding.- People and Body Parts Tracking.-

Vehicle and Pedestrian tracking.- Lane and Road

Boundaries tracking.- Head/Hand and Facial

features tracking.- Activity, Gesture, and Behavior

Recognition.- Driver Drowsiness and Visual

distraction Recognition.- Attached code: pseudo-

code, Matlab, c++, book webpage.

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Pattern

Recognition


D. S. Hardin, Rockwell Collins Inc., Cedar Rapids, IA,

USA (Ed.)

Design and Verification of Microprocessor Systems for High-Assurance Applications

Microprocessors increasingly control and monitor

our most critical systems, including automobiles,

airliners, medical systems, transportation grids,

and defense systems. The relentless march of

semiconductor process technology has given engi-

neers exponentially increasing transistor budgets

at constant recurring cost. This has encouraged

increased functional integration onto a single die,

as well as increased architectural sophistication

of the functional units themselves. Additionally,

design cycle times are decreasing, thus putting

increased schedule pressure on engineers. Not

surprisingly, this environment has led to a number

of uncaught design flaws. Traditional simulation-

based design verification has not kept up with the

scale or pace of modern microprocessor system

design. Formal verification methods offer the

promise of improved bug-finding capability, as

well as the ability to establish functional correct-

ness of a detailed design relative to a high-level

specification.

Features7 Offers practical case studies of the successful

application of formal methods at several different

levels of microprocessor system design

7 Discusses high-robustness design techniques

that support formal verification 7 Shows how

"Design for Verification" can become "Design With

Verification" 7 Features chapters written by prac-

titioners who have achieved the highest assurance

Evaluation Assurance Level (EAL) certifications

defined by the Common Criteria

Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided Engi-

neering (CAD, CAE) and Design; Quality Control,

Reliability, Safety and Risk

Target groupsResearchers and practitioners in embedded

systems, electronic design automation concerned

with design and verification of high-assurance

microprocessor systems

A. Hartzell, Boston Micromachines Corporation,

Cambridge, MA, USA; M. da Silva, Exponent, Natick,

MA, USA

MEMs Reliability

The successful launch of viable MEMs product

hinges on MEMS reliability, the reliability and

qualification for MEMs based products is not

widely understood. Companies that have a deep

understanding of MEMs reliability view the

information as a competitive advantage and are

reluctant to share it.

MEMs Reliability, focuses on the reliability and

manufacturability of MEMS at a fundamental level

by addressing process development and character-

ization, material property characterization, failure

mechanisms and physics of failure (POF), design

strategies for improving yield, design for reliability

(DFR), packaging and testing.

Features7 Demonstrates how to design MEMs for reli-

ability during the product life cycle focusing CAD

methodologies and system level architecture

7 Provides detailed information on the different

types of failure modes, including but not limited

to, design failures, manufacturing failures, and

material failure, and how to avoid them

ContentsIntroduction.- Reliability /Weibull, bathtub curve,

basics (What is reliability?).- Failure Modes and

Physics of Failure (POF).- Strategies for identifying

root cause (FMEA).- Manufacturing Processes &

Procedures.- Testing & Qualification Processes &

Procedures.- Improving Reliability: Techniques

and Tools.- Design for Reliability (DFR).


tion; Circuits and Systems; Optical and Electronic

Materials

Target groupsEngineers and researchers in industry, academia

and research involved in the design, production

and manufacturing of MEMs

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

2010. 350 p. (Augmented Vision and Reality, Volume 2)

Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-3-642-04932-3

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1538-2

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 350 p. (MEMS Reference Shelf ) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6017-7


R. A. Huggins, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, USA

Energy Storage

This is a comprehensive overview of energy storage

concepts, methodologies and applications.

Students will find chapters exploring the under-

lying energy storage fundamentals under various

conditions, such as organic fuels, phase transi-

tions and heat capacity, in addition to reversible

chemical reactions. Important energy storage types

such as mechanical, hydrogen and electromagnetic

energy storage are discussed in a pedagogical

language and structure accessible to students and

researchers alike. Valuable coverage of various

types of batteries are included, such as metal

hydride / “nickel”, lithium, lead-acid and primary

batteries, in addition to a variety of current appli-

cations.

Features7 Covers the fundamentals of energy storage

7 Describes various forms of energy including

hydrogen storage, thermal energy and batteries

7 Provides comprehensive coverage on current

applications

From the contentsGeneral Concepts.- Thermal Energy Storage.-

Reversible Chemical Reactions.- Energy Storage

in Organic Fuels.- Mechanical Energy Storage.-

Reversible Chemical Reactions.- Energy Storage

in Organic Fuels.- Mechanical Energy Storage.-

Electromagnetic Energy Storage.- Hydrogen

Storage.- Introduction to Electrochemical Energy

Storage.- Principles Determining the Voltages and

Capacities of Electrochemical Cells.- Binary Elec-

trodes Under Equilibrium and Near-Equilibrium

Conditions.- Ternary Electrodes Under Equilib-

rium and Near-Equilibrium Conditions.- Insertion

Reaction Electrodes.- Electrode Reactions That

Deviate From Complete Equilibrium.

Fields of interestPower Engineering; Electrochemistry; Renewable

Energy Sources

Target groupsStudents and professionals involved with energy

storage

C. Hwu, National Cheng Kung University, Tainan,

Taiwan R.O.C.

Anisotropic Elastic Plates

As structural elements, anisotropic elastic plates

find wide applications in modern technology. The

plates here are considered to be subjected to not

only inplane load but also transverse load. In other

words, both plane and plate bending problems as

well as the stretching-bending coupling problems

are all explained in this book.

In addition to the introduction of the theory of

anisotropic elasticity, several important subjects

have are discussed in this book such as interfaces,

cracks, holes, inclusions, contact problems, piezo-

electric materials, thermoelastic problems and

boundary element analysis.

Features7 Connects topics in a systematic approach, such

as anisotropic elasticity, mechanics of composite

materials and boundary element analysis, unlike

previous books on this subject 7 Provides a

collection of problem solutions for engineers and

scientists to understand derivation details

ContentsLinear Anisotropic Elastic Materials.- Lekhnitskii

Formalism.- Stroh Formalism.- Infinite Space,

Half-Space and Bimaterials.- Wedges & Interface

Corners.- Holes.- Cracks.- Inclusions.- Contact

Problems.- Thermoelastic Problems.- Piezoelec-

tric Materials.- Plate Bending Analysis.- Coupled

Stretching-Bending Analysis.- Holes/Cracks/Inclu-

sions in Laminates.- Boundary Element Analysis.-

Appendix A: Symbols, Sign Convention and

Units.- Appendix B: Hilbert Problem.- Appendix

C: Summary of Stroh formalism.- Appendix D:

Collection of Problem Solutions.

Fields of interestTheoretical and Applied Mechanics; Continuum

Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials; Electrical

Engineering

Target groupsEngineers and researchers in composite materials

A. Karasaridis, AT&T Labs, Middletown, NJ, USA

DNS Security

This book provides a comprehensive coverage

of DNS security. It gives the reader an in-depth

understanding of how DNS works securely.

After reading the book, the reader will be able to

complete the setup of DNS knowing which archi-

tecture and what type of software and configu-

ration is needed in certain environments (e.g.,

large, medium or small corporation, educational

organization, government).

Features7 Supported by a website which will cover

addenda and corrections, as well as additional

configuration scripts and code that implement

algorithms presented in the book 7 Includes

illustrations of various concepts, architecture

plots, graphs 7 Contains examples of uses and

configurations, results of simulations, installation

and setup instructions

ContentsIntroduction: Why DNS Security is important.-

DNS Overview: Protocol, Architecture and Appli-

cations.- Protocol Security Extensions-DNSSEC

and beyond.- DNS Vulnerabilities.- Monitoring

and Detection of Security Breaches.- Prevention,

Protection and Mitigation of DNS attacks.

Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Data

Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory;

Data Encryption

Target groupsNetwork and system administrators, operations

personnel, and network design/architecture

professionals as well as researchers in the applied

network security community

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 $99.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1023-3

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5914-0

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 $49.95

ISBN 978-0-387-76545-7


W. Lacarbonara, Sapienza University of Rome, Italy

Nonlinear Structural MechanicsTheory, Computational Approaches and

Phenomena

Nonlinear Structural Mechanics: Theory, Compu-

tational Approaches and Phenomena offers a

concise, integrated and coherent presentation of

the theoretical framework of nonlinear mechanics,

computational methods, applications, parametric

investigations of nonlinear phenomena and their

mechanical interpretation towards design. The

theoretical and computational tools that enable

the formulation, solution, and interpretation of

nonlinear structures are presented in a systematic

fashion so as to gradually attain an increasing level

of complexity of structural behaviors, under the

prevailing assumptions on the geometry of defor-

mation, the constitutive aspects and the loading

scenarios. Readers will find a unified treatment of

the foundational elements of nonlinear structural

mechanics, in addition to its modern computa-

tional aspects and the prominent nonlinear struc-

tural phenomena, tackling both the mathematical

and applied sciences.

Features7 Covers all leading aspects of nonlinear struc-

tural problems in a single volume 7 Provides a

wide spectrum of problem solutions in nonlinear

structural mechanics and dynamics 7 Presents

new developments in computational method-

ology, combining asymptotics with path following

techniques

Fields of interestStructural Mechanics; Statistical Physics, Dynam-

ical Systems and Complexity; Civil Engineering

Target groupsGraduate students in various branches of engi-

neering (civil, aeronautical, mechanical, applied

mathematics), engineers, researchers and scientists

involved with nonlinear structural mechanics

K. Mollenhauer, Berlin; H. Tschöke,

Otto-von-Guericke-Universität, Magdeburg (Eds.)

Handbook of Diesel EnginesWith contributions by numerous experts

Translated from the German into English by:

K. G. Johnson

The diesel engine continues to be the most cost-

effective internal combustion engine for motor

vehicles as well as road and nonroad engine

applications. The diesel engine is superior to all

other drive engines in terms of flexibility, perfor-

mance, emissions and ruggedness, particularly in

the context of the current CO2 discussions. The

intensive search for alternative drive concepts, e. g.

hybrid or purely electric drives, has demonstrated

the indispensability of diesel engines for cost-

effective long-distance operation and wherever

energy carriers have high energy densities, i. e. fuel

storage capacities are limited.

This English edition of the Handbook of Diesel

Engines provides a comprehensive overview

of diesel engines of all sizes from small single

cylinder engines up to large two-stroke marine

engines.

Features7 The German standard book regarding diesel

engines 7 Completely and up to date with the

most latest developments 7 Prestigious authors

from industry and research (BMW, Daim-

lerChrysler, Deutz AG, Volkswagen AG, Robert

Bosch, MAN et al.)

Fields of interestAutomotive Engineering; Power Engineering;

Machinery and Machine Elements

Target groupsEngineers in development or research, but also in

service and operation

S. Nair, M. Marchetti, Southern Methodist University,

Dallas, TX, USA; J. Hopkinson, Information and

Infrastructure Technologies, Herndon, VA, USA;

S. Fogie, Airscanner Corporation, PA, USA

Enterprise SecurityCompliance v. Competence

This book examines dual perspectives of enterprise

security, compliance and business continuity, and

offers a pathway to their convergence. Irrespective

of their sizes, companies are forced to be complaint

to various security standards, to maintain their

good standings with government agencies as

well as clients. There is enormous overlap and

contradictions across the standards and one size

does not fit all. The book will provide a compara-

tive discussion on popular standards and suggest

the suitability and requirements for various

segments in industry and government. Further, the

book will highlight widely existent “compliance

paralysis” and analyze its etiology. While compli-

ance is necessary, the big question is whether it is

sufficient to ensure business continuity, often the

answer is no. Finally, the book will delineate a 7

step process to achieve both compliance and busi-

ness continuity as repeatable enterprise character-

istics.

Features7 Examines enterprise security, compliance and

business continuity, and offers a pathway to their

convergence 7 Provides a comparative discussion

on popular standards and suggests the suitability

and requirements for various segments in industry

and government 7 Delineates a 7-step process to

achieve both compliance and business continuity

as repeatable enterprise characteristics

Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Manage-

ment of Computing and Information Systems;

Computer Communication Networks

Target groupsProfessionals for corporate operations or security;

senior executives who want guidance establishing,

measuring, and monitoring the security profile of

external organizations on which they depend, such

as suppliers, service providers, or manufacturers

and developers; security consultants and auditors

as well as students in an introductory graduate

course in security process or enterprise security

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due February 2010


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1275-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

Translation of Mollenhauer/Tschöke, Handbuch Diesel-

motoren, 3rd ed. 2007


7 $269.00

ISBN 978-3-540-89082-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 approx. $39.95

ISBN 978-0-387-74434-6


P. A. Naylor, N. D. Gaubitch, Imperial College,

London, UK. (Eds.)

Speech Dereverberation

Speech Dereverberation gathers together an over-

view, a mathematical formulation of the problem

and the state-of-the-art solutions for dereverbera-

tion.

Speech Dereverberation presents current

approaches to the problem of reverberation. It

provides a review of topics in room acoustics and

also describes performance measures for derever-

beration. The algorithms are then explained with

mathematical analysis and examples that enable

the reader to see the strengths and weaknesses of

the various techniques, as well as giving an under-

standing of the questions still to be addressed.

Techniques rooted in speech enhancement are

included, in addition to a treatment of multi-

channel blind acoustic system identification and

inversion. The TRINICON framework is shown in

the context of dereverberation to be a generaliza-

tion of the signal processing for a range of analysis

and enhancement techniques.

Speech Dereverberation is suitable for students at

masters and doctoral level, as well as established

researchers.

Features7 Provides an overview and a mathematical

formulation of the problem and the state of the art

solutions for speech dereverberation

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Data

Structures, Cryptology and Information Theory;

Computational Intelligence

Target groupsPostgraduate university students (MSc and PhD)

and university research staff in signal processing,

telecommunications and speech recognition;

members of commercial research laboratories in

telecommunications (especially mobile devices)

and speech recognition

A. Neustein, Linguistic Technology Systems, Fort Lee,

NJ, USA (Ed.)

Speech Technology in Healthcare, Call Centers and Mobile Settings

This volume is comprised of contributions from

eminent leaders in the speech industry, and pres-

ents a comprehensive and in depth analysis of the

progress of speech technology in the topical areas

of mobile settings, healthcare and call centers. The

material addresses the technical aspects of voice

technology within the framework of societal needs,

such as the use of speech recognition software to

produce up-to-date electronic health records, not

withstanding patients making changes to health

plans and physicians. Included will be discus-

sion of speech engineering, linguistics, human

factors analysis, medical informatics, business and

information technology, electronics and communi-

cations engineering, all integrated into a cohesive

work.

Features7 Examines new and advanced deployments

of speech in healthcare, call centers and mobile

settings 7 Addresses technical aspects of voice

technology within the framework of societal needs

7 Provides a broad examination of speech tech-

nology from various vantage points, including the

needs of the user, the constraints of the developer

and the visions of the speech architects

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Language

Translation and Linguistics; User Interfaces and

Human Computer Interaction

Target groupsSpeech software developers and speech engineers

in speech technology

R. Noé, University of Paderborn, Germany

Essentials of Modern Optical Fiber Communication

This concise introduction into optical fiber

communication. It covers the important aspects

from the physics of optical wave propagations to

the essentials of Receivers and Amplifiers. This

combination of a solid coverage of the necessary

fundamentals with an in-depth discussion of

recent relevant research results provides the reader

with the necessary theory of optical fiber systems.

It serves both, graduate students and profes-

sionals. The book includes many worked examples,

problems and provides lecturers with a solutions

manual.

Features7 Very concisely written 7 Focuses on the

physical essentials of fiber communication systems

7 Includes many worked examples, problems and

provides a solutions manual for Lecturers

ContentsIntroduction.- Optical waves in fibers and compo-

nents.- Optical fiber communication systems.

Fields of interestMicrowaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Optics,

Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and Optical Devices

Target groupsReseachers and professionals

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. XVIII, 398 p. 126 illus. (Signals and Communication

Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-055-7

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due July 2010

2010. XV, 350 p. 25 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5950-8

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $99.00

ISBN 978-3-642-04871-5


Y. Oka, S. Koshizuka, Y. Ishiwatari, A. Yamaji,

University of Tokyo, Japan

Super Light Water Reactors and Super Fast ReactorsSupercritical-Pressure Light Water Cooled

Reactor

Super Light Water Reactors and Super Fast

Reactors provides an overview of the design

and analysis of nuclear power reactors. Readers

will gain the understanding of the conceptual

design elements and specific analysis methods

of supercritical-pressure light water cooled reac-

tors. Nuclear fuel, reactor core, plant control,

plant stand-up and stability are among the topics

discussed, in addition to safety system and safety

analysis parameters.

Providing the fundamentals of reactor design

criteria and analysis, this volume is a useful refer-

ence to engineers, industry professionals, and

graduate students involved with nuclear engi-

neering and energy technology.

Features7 Offers a comprehensive overview of the design

analysis of supercritical-pressure light water

cooled reactors 7 Covers the fundamentals of

nuclear reactor design and analysis such as fuel,

core, and control safety 7 Describes the concepts

behind water cooled reactors in a multidisciplinary

manner

ContentsIntroduction.- Fuel and Core Design.- Fuel Rod

Behaviors During Normal Operations.- Plant

System Design.- Plant Dynamics and Control.-

Plant Startup and Stability.- Safety.- Design of Fast

Neutron Reactors.- Conclusion and Prospect.

Fields of interestNuclear Engineering; Nuclear Chemistry; Nuclear

Physics, Heavy Ions, Hadrons

Target groupsNuclear professionals in designing, constructing,

regulating, and operating super light water and

super fast reactors; graduate students in nuclear

engineering

I. Pilatowsky, R. Romero, C. Isaza, S. Gamboa,

P. Sebastian, W. Rivera

Cogeneration Fuel Cell- Sorption Air Conditioning Systems

Cogeneration Fuel Cell-Sorption Air Conditioning

Systems examines the thermodynamic principles

of fuel cell performance and sorption air condi-

tioning systems, and gives relevant information

about the state of the art of these technologies. It

also provides the reader with the theoretical bases

and knowledge needed to understand the opera-

tion of these new cogeneration systems, as well as

discussing the design basis and economical evalu-

ation. Topics covered include: selected fuel cells

for cogeneration CHP processes, state-of-the-art

sorption refrigeration systems, potential applica-

tions in demonstration projects and profitability

assessment of the cogeneration system.

Air conditioning and fuel cell engineers, post-

graduates and researchers in energy fields, and

designers of cooling, heating and power cogenera-

tion systems will find Cogeneration Fuel Cell-

Sorption Air Conditioning Systems a useful and

informative reference.

Features7 Allows the reader to understand the operation,

design basis and economical evaluation of novel

cogeneration systems

ContentsEnergy and Cogeneration.- Thermodynamics of

Fuel Cells.- Selected Fuel Cells for Cogeneration

CHP Processes.- State of the Art Sorption Refrig-

eration Systems.- Sorption Refrigeration Systems.-

Cogeneration Fuel Cells-Air Conditioning

Systems.- Potential Applications in Demonstration

Projects.- Profitability Assessment of the Cogen-

eration System.

Fields of interestPower Electronics, Electrical Machines and

Networks

Target groupsAir conditioning and fuel cell engineers, postgrad-

uates and researchers in energy fields, designers of

cooling, heating and power cogeneration systems

K. Popovici, The MathWorks, Inc., Natick, MA, USA;

F. Rousseau, Laboratoire TIMA, Grenoble, France;

A. A. Jerraya, CEA-LETI, MINATEC, Grenoble, France;

M. Wolf, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta,

GA, USA

Embedded Software Design and Programming of Multi-processor System-on-ChipSimulink and System C Case Studies

Current multimedia and telecom applications

require complex, heterogeneous multiprocessor

system on chip (MPSoC) architectures with

specific communication infrastructure in order to

achieve the required performance. Heterogeneous

MPSoC includes different types of processing

units (DSP, microcontroller, ASIP) and different

communication schemes (fast links, non standard

memory organization and access).

Programming an MPSoC requires the generation

of efficient software running on MPSoC from a

high level environment, by using the character-

istics of the architecture. This task is known to

be tedious and error prone, because it requires a

combination of high level programming environ-

ments with low level software design.

This book gives an overview of concepts related to

embedded software design for MPSoC. It details a

full software design approach, allowing systematic,

high-level mapping of software applications on

heterogeneous MPSoC.

Features7 Provides a comprehensive presentation of a full

software design methodology, allowing system-

atic, high-level mapping of software applications

on heterogeneous MPSoC 7 Demonstrates in

a step-by-step format how to program heteroge-

neous MPSoC with detailed examples developed

in Simulink and SystemC 7 Includes realistic

programming examples and practice exercises in

every chapter


neering (CAD, CAE) and Design

Target groupsResearchers and practitioners in embedded systems,

electronic design automation concerned with

programming multiprocessor system-on-chips

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6034-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. XIV, 174 p. 55 illus. (Green Energy and Technology)

Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-1-84996-027-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 134 illus. (Embedded Systems)

Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5566-1


K. Popp, W. Schiehlen, University of Stuttgart,

Germany

Ground Vehicle Dynamics

Ground Vehicle Dynamics is devoted to the

mathematical modelling and dynamical analysis

of ground vehicle systems composed of the vehicle

body, the propulsion, guidance and suspen-

sion devices and the corresponding guideway.

Automobiles on uneven roads and railways on

flexible tracks are prominent representatives of

ground vehicle systems. All these different kinds

of systems are treated in a common way by means

of analytical dynamics and applied control. As a

particular result of this integrated approach the

state equations of the global systems are obtained

including the complete interactions between the

subsystems considered as independent modules.

In addition to a detailed modelling of vehicles as

multibody systems, the contact theory for rolling

wheels and the modelling of guideways by Finite

Element systems and stochastic processes as well

as the fundamentals of vehicle dynamics for longi-

tudinal, lateral and vertical motions and vibrations

of automobiles and railways are presented.

Features7 Introduction to the mechanical modelling

of automotive and railway vehicles 7 Strong

emphasis on the computational methods

7 With newest results from multibody dynamics,

numerical simulation, and optimization

ContentsSystem Definition and Modeling.- Vehicle

Models.- Models for Support and Guidance

Systems.- Guideway Models.- Models for Vehicle-

Guideway-Systems.- Assessment Criteria.- compu-

tational Methods.- Longitudinal Motions.- Lateral

Motions.- Vertical Motions.

Fields of interestVibration, Dynamical Systems, Control; Automo-

tive Engineering; Control, Robotics, Mechatronics

Target groupsGraduate students and researchers in mechanical

engineering

R. Prasad, Aalborg University, Denmark;

F. J. Velez, Universidade da Beira Interior, Portugal

WiMAX NetworksTechno-Economic Vision and Challenges

Ignited by the mobile phone’s huge success at

the end of last century, the demand for wire-

less services is constantly growing. To face this

demand, wireless systems have been and are

deployed at a large scale. These include mobility-

oriented technologies such as GPRS, CDMA

or UMTS, and Local Area Network-oriented

technologies such as WiFi. WiMAX Networks

covers aspects of WiMAX quality of service (QoS),

security, mobility, radio resource management,

multiple input multiple output antenna, planning,

cost/revenue optimization, physical layer, medium

access control (MAC) layer, network layer, and

so on.

Features7 WiMAX Handbook: Critical Wireless Standard

is a complete & comprehensive book covering all

aspects of WiMAX from introductory material on

Broadband Wireless Systems to the deployment of

WiMAX 7 Explains applications, history, spec-

trum options, technical and business challenges,

and competitive technologies of WiMAX 802.16

standards 7 Also discusses the core technicalities

of Physical and MAC layers

Contents1: The Evolution towards WiMAX. 2: OFDMA

WiMAX Physical Layer. 3: Medium Access Control

Layer. 4: Quality of Service. 5: Security Sublayer.

6: Mobility Management Architecture for WiMAX

Networks. 7: Radio Resource Management in

WiMAX networks. 8: Radio and Network Plan-

ning. 9: System Capacity. 10: Business Models and

Cost/revenue Optimization. 11: Multiple Antenna

Technology. 12: WiMAX and Wireless standards.

Fields of interestCommunications Engineering, Networks; Signal,

Image and Speech Processing; Microwaves, RF and

Optical Engineering

Target groupsGraduate students in the field of wireless commu-

nications and engineers / professionals active in

the telecommunications industry

J. C. Principe, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL,

USA

Information Theoretic LearningRenyi’s Entropy and Kernel Perspectives

This book presents the first cohesive treatment of

Information Theoretic Learning (ITL) algorithms

to adapt linear or nonlinear learning machines

both in supervised or unsupervised paradigms.

ITL is a framework where the conventional

concepts of second order statistics (covariance, L2

distances, correlation functions) are substituted by

scalars and functions with information theoretic

underpinnings, respectively entropy, mutual infor-

mation and correntropy.

ITL quantifies the stochastic structure of the

data beyond second order statistics for improved

performance without using full-blown Bayesian

approaches that require a much larger computa-

tional cost. This is possible because of a non-para-

metric estimator of Renyi’s quadratic entropy that

is only a function of pairwise differences between

samples. The book compares the performance of

ITL algorithms with the second order counter-

parts in many engineering and machine learning

applications.

ContentsInformation theory, machine learning and repro-

ducing kernel Hilbert spaces.- Renyi’s entropy,

divergence and their nonparametric estimators.-

Adaptive information filtering with error entropy

and error correntropy criteria.- Algorithms for

entropy and correntropy adaptation with applica-

tions to linear systems.- Nonlinear adaptive

filtering with MEE, MCC and applications.- Clas-

sification with EEC, divergence measures and

error bounds.- Clustering with ITL principles.-

Self-organizing ITL principles for unsupervised

learning.- A reproducing kernel Hilbert space

framework for ITL.

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Compu-

tational Intelligence; Statistics for Engineering,

Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth

Sciences

Target groupsResearchers

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

Original German edition published by B.G.Teubner,

Stuttgart, 1993


7 $169.00

ISBN 978-3-540-24038-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8751-5

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. XIV, 448 p. (Information Science and Statistics)

Hardcover

7 $89.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1569-6


S. Ray, University of Texas, Austin, TX, USA

Scalable Techniques for Formal Verification

This book presents state-of-the-art approaches

to formal verification techniques to seamlessly

integrate different formal verification methods

within a single logical foundation. It should

benefit researchers and practitioners looking to

get a broad overview of the spectrum of formal

verification techniques, as well as approaches to

combining such techniques within a single frame-

work. Coverage includes a range of case studies

showing how such combination is fruitful in

developing a scalable verification methodology for

industrial designs. This book outlines both theo-

retical and practical issues involved in integrating

different reasoning methods to work in concert,

and current approaches to their resolution.

Features7 Provides a tutorial introduction to the state of

the art in formal verification 7 The first authori-

tative reference to discuss disparate reasoning

techniques and how they work with each other in

solving different application problems 7 Assumes

no previous knowledge of formal reasoning and

logic and includes numerous case studies to

facilitate appreciation of the diversity of domains

in which the techniques can be applied

From the contentsIntroduction.- Overview of Formal Verificaiton.-

ACL2.- Sequential Programs.- Analysis of Proof

Strategies.- Using Theorem Proving for Verifica-

tion Condition Generation.- Formalizing Reactive

Programs.- Concurrent Programs as a Reactive

System.- Rewriting and Abstract Interpreta-

tion.- Integrating Deductive and Algorithmic

Reasoning.- A Formally Verified Compositional

Model Checking Procedure.

Fields of interestCircuits and Systems; Computer-Aided

Engineering (CAD, CAE) and Design

Target groupsResearchers and practitioners in circuit design,

embedded systems, electronic design automation

concerned with formal verification/software design

validation

X. Shi, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai,

China

Blind Signal ProcessingTheory and Practice

“Blind Signal Processing: Theory and Practice” not

only introduces related fundamental mathematics,

but also reflects the numerous advances in the

field, such as probability density estimation-

based processing algorithms, underdetermined

models, complex value methods, uncertainty of

order in the separation of convolutive mixtures in

frequency domains, and feature extraction using

Independent Component Analysis (ICA). At the

end of the book, results from a study conducted

at Shanghai Jiao Tong University in the areas of

speech signal processing, underwater signals,

image feature extraction, data compression, and

the like are discussed.

This book will be of particular interest to advanced

undergraduate students, graduate students, univer-

sity instructors and research scientists in related

disciplines. Dr. Xizhi Shi is a Professor at Shanghai

Jiao Tong University.

Features7 Comprehensive treatise of the topic 7 Most

recent results with applications

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Information

and Communication, Circuits; Communications

Engineering, Networks

Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate students, graduate

students, university instructors and research

scientists in related disciplines

P. Strauß, W. Minker, University of Ulm, Germany

Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in Multi-Party Environments

Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in Multi-

Party Environments describes spoken dialogue

systems that act as independent dialogue partners

in the conversation with and between users. The

resulting novel characteristics such as proactive-

ness and multi-party capabilities pose new chal-

lenges on the dialogue management component of

such a system and require the use and administra-

tion of an extensive dialogue history. In order to

assist the proactive spoken dialogue systems devel-

opment, a comprehensive data collection seems

mandatory and may be performed in a Wizard-of-

Oz environment. Such an environment builds also

the appropriate basis for an extensive usability and

acceptance evaluation.

Proactive Spoken Dialogue Interaction in Multi-

Party Environments is a useful reference for

students and researchers in speech processing.

Features7 Presents novel methods for dialogue history

and dialogue management 7 Investigates

how spoken language dialogue systems may be

improved in terms of usability and user friendli-

ness 7 Demonstrates how conventional spoken

language dialogue systems may become technical

companions 7 Describes exhaustive user tests to

evaluate the presented approaches

ContentsIntroduction.- Fundamentals.- Development of

a Corpus of Multi-Party Dialogues.- Dialogue

Management for a Multi-Party Spoken Dialogue

System.- Evaluation.- Conclusion.

Fields of interestSignal, Image and Speech Processing; Language

Translation and Linguistics; User Interfaces and

Human Computer Interaction

Target groupsAdvanced level students and researchers in speech

processing

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010


7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5997-3

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

Distribution rights in China: Shanghai Jiao Tong Univer-

sity Press

Jointly published with Shanghai Jiao Tong University

Press. Based on an original Chinese edition published by

Shanghai Jiao Tong University Press, 2008


7 approx. $189.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11346-8

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due February 2010

2010. XX, 180 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5991-1


K. P. Valavanis, R. Beard, P. Oh, A. Ollero, L. Piegl,

H. Shim (Eds.)

Selected papers from the 2nd International Symposium on UAVs, Reno, U.S.A. June 8-10, 2009

This volume includes selected peer reviewed

papers from the 2nd International Symposium on

Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, June 8-10, 2009, Reno

Nevada, USA.

The book focuses on UAV advances and current

state-of-the-art. The annual meeting discusses the

most recent advances in the field worldwide, thus,

the book serves the purpose on publishing the

latest findings.

The book reflects the latest research findings in

UAVs, focusing on modeling, navigation, target

tracking, planning, vision, simulation platforms,

training, landing systems, and several applications.

It may serve as a reference for the most recent

advances in UAV research.

Features7 The latest research findings, not published

anywhere else 7 Presents current status of

unmanned aviation 7 Discusses levels of

autonomy and sensor-based navigation

7 Includes real case studies

ContentsA: UAS Modeling, Control and Identification; B:

UAS Navigation, Path Planning and Tracking; C:

UAS Vision and Vision-Based Systems; D: Landing

and Forced Landing; E: Simulation Platforms and

Testbeds; F: UAS Applications.

Fields of interestControl, Robotics, Mechatronics; Systems Theory,

Control; Engineering Design

Target groupsAcademics, scientists and researchers, engineers

and practitioners

A. Vardelle, J. V. Heberlein (Eds.)

Recent Advances in Modeling and Numerical Simulation of Thermal Spray Processes

This volume highlights the most recent advances

in fundamental understanding and modeling

approaches to thermal spray technologies. It

contains several review papers as well as original

and research articles in aspects of modeling and

numerical simulations in thermal spray science

and technology, including processes, coating

formation, properties, testing and use.

Fields of interestEngineering, general; Materials Science, general;

Tribology, Corrosion and Coatings

Target groupsEngineers and researchers involved in the develop-

ment and application of thermal spray coating

technologies.

M. Velev, Aries Design Automation, LLC, Chicago, IL,

USA

Formal Verification of MicroprocessorsAutomatic and Scalable Methods for

Pipelined, Superscalar, and VLIW Designs

Microprocessors are the most important compo-

nents in computer systems, and are increasingly

being used in safety-critical applications, e.g.,

to monitor the health of patients, to control the

engines and breaks of cars, to drive autonomous

vehicles and fly autonomous aircraft, and to

control weapons systems.

Statistics from industrial microprocessor designs

indicate that up to 90% of the engineering effort is

spent on verification, which increasingly becomes

the bottleneck in developing new products. Formal

verification has the potential to significantly reduce

the design time, while also guaranteeing complete

correctness. However, previous approaches for

formal verification of microprocessors either

do not scale for complex designs or require

prohibitive amounts of manual effort by experts. In

contrast, this book presents a highly automatic and

scalable method for formal verification of complex

processors, including pipelined, superscalar, and

VLIW designs.

Features7 Presents a highly automatic and scalable

method for formal verification of a wide variety

of modern microprocessors 7 Includes a

companion software tool flow for design and

formal verification of pipelined, superscalar, and

VLIW microprocessors 7 Provides exercises

and projects to use the tool flow to design and

verify microprocessors of increasing complexity

7 Includes a large collection of student bugs from

past implementations of the projects to design and

verify processors


neering (CAD, CAE) and Design

Target groupsGraduate students in courses on formal verifica-

tion as well practicing verification engineers

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010

Reprinted from JOURNAL OF INTELLIGENT AND ROBOTIC

SYSTEMS, 57:1-4, 2010


7 $209.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8763-8

Discount groupP

Due February 2010

Only available in print

Reprinted from JOURNAL OF THERMAL SPRAY TECH-

NOLOGY (JTST),10:5/6, 2009


7 approx. $150.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5926-3

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010


7 approx. $99.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-0955-8


W. Wang, Wang Consulting International,

Burlingame, CA, USA; H. W. Stoll, J. G. Conley,

Northwestern University, Evanston, IL, USA

Rapid Tooling Guidelines For Sand Casting

Rapid Tooling Guidelines for Sand Casting

describes the guidelines for the sand casting

industry in using rapid tooling processes. Topics in

the seven chapters include sand casting processes,

tool design and construction, fast freeform fabri-

cation processes, rapid tooling processes, sand

casting dimension control, rapid tooling evaluation

methods and decision making processes. Twelve

case studies will also be examined in the book.

Features7 Provides guidelines in selecting the right rapid

tooling processes as the sand casting industry is

facing more pressure to shorten the lead time and

improve the dimensional quality 7 Not many

books on this subject in the marketplace

ContentsSand Casting Processes.- Tool Design and

Construction For Sand Casting.- Fast Freeform

Fabrication Methods and Processes.- Rapid

Tooling Processes.- Sand Casting Dimensional

Control.- Evaluating Tooling Alternatives.- Tooling

Alternative Selection Case Studies.

Fields of interestManufacturing, Machines, Tools; Control;

Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials

Target groupsEngineers, researchers and students in the sand

casting and rapid tooling industry

J. Yoon, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ, USA;

L. J. Lucas, Areté Associates, Tucson, AZ, USA

BiosensorsFrom Electric Circuits to Immunosensors

This book aims to provide an interdisciplinary

approach to biosensors that will be appreciated

by biomedical engineers and electrical engineers.

It discusses underlying circuitry of sensors for

biomedical engineers and biomedical sensing

modalities for electrical engineers while providing

applications based approach to the study of

biosensors with over 13 extensive hands-on labs.

The material is presented using a building block

approach beginning with the fundamentals of

sensor design and temperature sensors and ending

with more complicated biosensors.

Features7 Provides electrical engineers with the specific

knowledge they need to understand biological

sensing modalities 7 Provides biomedical

engineers with a solid background in circuits

and systems 7 Includes complete coverage of

temperature sensors, electrochemical sensors,

DNA and immunosensors, piezoelectric sensors

and immunosensing in a micofluidic device

ContentsFundamentals of electric circuits.- Temperature

sensors.- Signal conditioning and amplifica-

tion.- Electrochemical sensors.- Optoelectronics.-

Biosensors: glucose meter.- Biosensors: DNA

and immunosensor.- Piezoelectric sensors.- Data

acquisition.- Biochips.

Fields of interestBiomedical Engineering; Circuits and Systems;

Nanotechnology

Target groupsSenior and first year graduate students in

biomedical engineering, electrical engineering and

mechanical engineering

M. I. Younis, State University of New York,

Binghamton, NY, USA

MEMS Linear and Nonlinear Statics and Dynamics

MEMs: Linear and Non Linear Statics and

Dynamics presents the necessary analytical and

computational tools for MEMS designers to model

and simulate most known MEMS devices, struc-

tures, and phenomena. In addition, it provides

an in-depth analysis and treatment for the most

common static and dynamic phenomena in MEMS

that are encountered. Coverage includes nonlinear

modeling approaches to model various MEMS

phenomena of nonlinear nature, such as those due

to electrostatic forces, squeeze-film damping, and

large deflection of structures.

Features7 Includes examples of numerous MEMS devices

and structures that require static or dynamic

modeling 7 Provides code for programs in

Matlab, Mathematica, and ANSYS for simulating

the behavior of MEMS structures 7 Provides

real world problems related to the dynamics of

MEMS that have not been covered in other books,

including Dynamics of electrostatically actuated

devices, stiction and adhesion of microbeams due

to electrostatic and capillary forces and mechanical

shock of microstructures 7 Provides provides

comprehensive coverage for the analytical and

computational approaches to model MEMS struc-

tures and devices


tion; Circuits and Systems; Nanotechnology

Target groupsResearchers and academics active in MEMs and

first year graduate level students in MEMS, static

and dynamic modeling courses

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due February 2010


7 approx. $129.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5730-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. XX, 330 p. Hardcover

7 approx. $89.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6021-4

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. (Microsystems, Volume 20)

Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6019-1


A. A. Youssef, J. Haslett, University of Calgary, AB,

Canada

Nanometer CMOS RFICs for Mobile TV Applications

Nanometer CMOS RFICs for Mobile TV Appli-

cations focuses on how to break the trade-off

between power consumption and performance

(linearity and noise figure) by optimizing the

mobile TV front-end dynamic range in three

hierarchical levels: the intrinsic MOSFET level,

the circuit level, and the architectural level. It

begins by discussing the fundamental concepts of

MOSFET dynamic range, including nonlinearity

and noise. It then moves to the circuit level intro-

ducing the challenges associated with designing

wide-dynamic range, variable-gain, broadband

low-noise amplifiers (LNAs). The book gives a

detailed analysis of a new noise-canceling tech-

nique that helps CMOS LNAs achieve a sub - 2 dB

wideband noise figure. Lastly, the book deals with

the front-end dynamic range optimization process

from the systems perspective by introducing the

active and passive automatic gain control (AGC)

mechanism.

Features7 Discusses the challenges associated with

using modern nanometre CMOS technology for

designing RFICs 7 Gives detailed analysis for

the state-of-the-art of CMOS low noise amplifiers

(LNAs) and provides new techniques to improve

their performance (i.e., new noise and distortion

cancelling techniques) 7 Exposes students to the

practical steps needed to develop successful RFICs

for the wireless market

Fields of interestMicrowaves, RF and Optical Engineering; Solid

State Physics; Spectroscopy and Microscopy

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students as well as RFIC

and SoC design engineers

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Analog Circuits and Signal

Processing) Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8603-7

springer.com/librarybooks 47Springer News 2/2010 Physics/Astronomy

J. M. Amigó, Universidad Miguel Hernandez,

Alicante, Spain

Permutation Complexity in Dynamical SystemsOrdinal Patterns, Permutation Entropy and

All That

The study of permutation complexity can be envi-

sioned as a new kind of symbolic dynamics whose

basic blocks are ordinal patterns, that is, permuta-

tions defined by the order relations among points

in the orbits of dynamical systems.

Since its inception in 2002 the concept of permuta-

tion entropy has sparked a new branch of research

in particular regarding the time series analysis of

dynamical systems that capitalizes on the order

structure of the state space. Indeed, on one hand

ordinal patterns and periodic points are closely

related, yet ordinal patterns are amenable to

numerical methods, while periodicity is not.

Another interesting feature is that since it can be

shown that random (unconstrained) dynamics has

no forbidden patterns with probability one, their

existence can be used as a fingerprint to identify

any deterministic origin of orbit generation.

The presentation is a compromise between math-

ematical rigor and pedagogical approach.

ContentsWhat is This all About?.- First Applications.-

Ordinal Patterns.- Ordinal Structure of the Shifts.-

Ordinal Structure of the Signed Shifts.- Metric

Permutation Entropy.- Topological Permutation

Entropy.- Discrete Entropy.- Detection of Deter-

minism.- Space-Time Dynamics.- Conclusion and

Outlook.

Fields of interestStatistical Physics, Dynamical Systems and

Complexity; Mathematical Methods in Physics;

Data Structures, Cryptology and Information

Theory

Target groupsTheoretical physicists, applied mathematicians,

computer scientists

G. Beutler, University of Bern, Switzerland

Methods of Celestial MechanicsVolume I: Physical, Mathematical, and

Numerical Principles

This first volume gives a thorough treatment of

celestial mechanics and presents all the necessary

mathematical details that a professional would

need. The reader will appreciate the well-written

chapters on numerical solution techniques for

ordinary differential equations, as well as that

on orbit determination. In the second volume

applications to the rotation of earth and moon,

to artificial earth satellites and to the planetary

system are presented. The author addresses all

aspects that are of importance in high-tech appli-

cations, such as the detailed gravitational fields

of all planets and the earth, the oblateness of the

earth, the radiation pressure and the atmospheric

drag. The concluding part of this monumental

treatise explains and details state-of-the-art profes-

sional and thoroughly-tested software for celestial

mechanics. The accompanying online files enable

readers to employ this software themselves and

also serves as to illustrate and reinforce the related

theoretical concepts.

Features7 Broad range 7 Gives a detailed introduction

into the theoretical concepts of celestial mechanics

as used in planetary sciences and satellite naviga-

tion 7 Addresses numerical techniques and gps

navigation 7 G. Beutler is an internationally

renowned expert

Fields of interestAstronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Extra-

terrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Mechanics

Target groupsStudents and lecturers

A. Biswas, Delaware State University, Dover, DE, USA;

D. Milovic, University of Nis, Serbia; M. Edwards,

Alabama A & M University, Normal, AL, USA

Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed Optical Solitons

Mathematical Theory of Dispersion-Managed

Optical Solitons discusses recent advances

covering optical solitons, soliton perturbation,

optical cross-talk, Gabitov-Turitsyn Equations,

quasi-linear pulses, and higher order Gabitov-

Turitsyn Equations. Focusing on a mathematical

perspective, the book bridges the gap between

concepts in engineering and mathematics, and

gives an outlook to many new topics for further

research.

The book is intended for researchers and graduate

students in applied mathematics, physics and engi-

neering and also it will be of interest to those who

are conducting research in nonlinear fiber optics.

Features7 Focuses on a mathematical perspective

7 Bridges the gap between concepts in engi-

neering and mathematics 7 Gives an outlook to

many new topics for further research

ContentsIntroducation.- The Nonlinear Schrödinger’s

Equation.- Polarization Preserving Fibers.- Bire-

fringent.- Multiple Channels.- Gabitov-Turitsyn

Equation.- Quasi-Linear Pulses.- Higher Order

Gabitov-Turitsyn Equations.

Fields of interestQuantum Optics; Microwaves, RF and Optical

Engineering;

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in applied

mathematics, physics and electrical engineering

Discount groupP

Physics and Astronomy

Due March 2010

2010. X, 280 p. (Springer Series in Synergetics) Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-04083-2

Discount groupP

Due February 2010


1st ed. 2004. 2nd printing 2010. XVI, 464 p. With online

files/update. (Astronomy and Astrophysics Library)

Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10529-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

Distribution rights in China: Higher Education Press

Jointly published with Higher Education Press

2010. Approx. 160 p. 23 illus. (Nonlinear Physical

Science) Hardcover

7 approx. $239.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10219-6

springer.com/booksellers48 Springer News 2/2010Physics/Astronomy

L. M. Blinov, Shubnikov Institute of Crystallography,

Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow, Russia

Structure and Properties of Liquid Crystals

This book introduces the reader to the most

important concepts related to the structure and

physical properties of liquid crystals, including

some of the theoretical aspects. It consists of three

parts: structure, physical properties, and electro-

optic behavior.

Liquid crystals have an important place in modern

life. We see them in our clocks, computer displays,

TV screens, telephones and calculators, car dash-

boards, photo-cameras. Other applications include

slide projection systems, spatial light modulators,

temperature sensors and even liquid crystal lasers.

Scientists working on the liquid crystals include

chemists, physicists, engineers especially in the

fields of radio and optoelectronics.

This book addresses those who do not have a

strong background in the mathematical apparatus

of modern physics, but still wish to learn about

the structure and properties of liquid crystals that

are relevant to experimental sciences and applied

research.

Features7 Offers the approach of an experimentalist to

teaching the applied physics of liquid crystals

7 Has a tutorial approach, and avoids cumber-

some mathematics 7 Simple analogies are

often used as an explanatory tool 7 Numerous

illustrations help understanding the problems

under discussion 7 Coverage extends to topics

related to the most recent results and applications

of liquid crystal research

Fields of interestSoft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids and

Microfluidics; Physical Chemistry; Surface and

Interface Science, Thin Films

Target groupsExperimental scientists, graduate and undergrad-

uate students in soft matter

W. Demtröder, University of Kaiserslautern, Germany

Atoms, Molecules and PhotonsAn Introduction to Atomic- Molecular- and

Quantum Physics

This introduction to Atomic and Molecular Physics

explains how our present model of atoms and

molecules has been developed over the last two

centuries, both by many experimental discoveries

and, from the theoretical side, by the introduction

of quantum physics to the adequate description

of micro-particles. It illustrates the wave model of

particles by many examples and shows the limits of

classical description. The interaction of electro-

magnetic radiation with atoms and molecules

and its potential for spectroscopy is outlined in

great detail and, in particular, lasers as modern

spectroscopic tools are discussed thoroughly.

Many examples and problems with solutions are

offered to encourage readers to actively participate

in applying and adapting the theory to specific

situations.

Features7 Provides a unique joint introduction to atomic,

molecular and quantum physics with numerous

examples of applications 7 Completely revised

new edition with new sections covering all current

developments, such as x-ray optics, ion-cyclotron-

resonance spectrometer, attosecond lasers, ultra-

precission frequency measurement and atomic

interferometry

Fields of interestAtomic, Molecular, Optical and Plasma Physics;

Condensed Matter Physics; Physical Chemistry

Target groupsUndergraduate and graduate students in physics

and physical chemistry

B. Duplantier, CEA Saclay, Gif-sur-Yvette, France;

V. Rivasseau, Université de Paris Sud, Orsay, France

(Eds.)

Bio-PhysicsPoincaré Seminar 2009

The book contains articles from leading experts in

different areas of biophysics. Topics ranging from

cell dynamics to the evolution of multicellularity

to conscious versus non-conscious evidence accu-

mulation are reviewed and discussed, both from

a theoretical and an experimental perspective.

Furthermore, current developments of practical

applications like magnetic tweezers for the study of

DNA replication and brain imaging are presented.

Features7 Articles from leading reserachers in the field

7 Up-to-date results from theory and experi-

ments 7 Topics of great interest in biophysics

Fields of interestPhysics, general; Biophysics and Biological Physics

Target groupsTheoretical and mathematical physicists with a

special interest in biological systems (graduates,

post graduates and researchers)

Discount groupP


Due November 2010

2011. IV, 270 p. 366 illus., 10 in color. (Topics in Applied

Physics, Volume 123) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8828-4

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

Originally published as a monograph

2nd ed. 2010. XVI, 620 p. 500 illus. in color. (Graduate

Texts in Physics) Hardcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10297-4

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 150 p. (Progress in Mathematical Physics,


7 approx. $109.00

ISBN 978-3-0346-0427-7


M. Gargaud, J. Cernicharo, H. J. Cleaves II, D. Pinti,

R. Amils (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Astrobiology

The interdisciplinary field of Astrobiology consti-

tutes a joint arena where provocative discoveries

are coalescing concerning, e.g. the prevalence of

exoplanets, the diversity and hardiness of life, and

its increasingly likely chances for its emergence.

Biologists, astrophysicists, biochemists, geoscien-

tists and space scientists share this exciting mission

of revealing the origin and commonality of life

in the Universe. The members of the different

disciplines are used to their own terminology and

technical language.

Fields of interestAstrobiology; Bioorganic Chemistry; Biochem-

istry, general

Target groupsResearchers and students of astrobiology,

astronomy, life sciences, chemistry, planetary

sciences, geosciences

Y. Grigoriev, Russian Academy of Sciences, SBRAS,

Novosibirsk, Russia; N. H. Ibragimov, Blekinge

Institute of Technology, Karlskrona, Sweden;

V. F. Kovalev, Russian Academy of Sciences, Moscow,

Russia; S. V. Meleshko, Suranaree University of

Technology, Nakhon Ratchasima, Thailand

Symmetries of Integro-Differential EquationsWith Applications in Mechanics and Plasma

Physics

This book aims to coherently present applications

of group analysis to integro-differential equations

in an accessible way. The book will be useful to

both physicists and mathematicians interested in

general methods to investigate nonlinear problems

using symmetries.

Differential and integro-differential equations,

especially nonlinear, present the most effective

way for describing complex processes. Therefore,

methods to obtain exact solutions of differen-

tial equations play an important role in physics,

applied mathematics and mechanics. This book

provides an easy to follow, but comprehensive,

description of the application of group analysis

to integro-differential equations. The book is

primarily designed to present both fundamental

theoretical and algorithmic aspects of these

methods. It introduces new applications and exten-

sions of the group analysis method. The authors

have designed a flexible text for postgraduate

courses spanning a variety of topics.

Fields of interestMathematical Methods in Physics; Atoms and

Molecules in Strong Fields, Laser Matter Interac-

tion; Plasma Physics

Target groupsPostdoctoral researchers and specialists in

nonlinear physics – mathematicians and non-

matematicians – interested in methods of applied

group analysis for investigating nonlinear prob-

lems in physical, engineering and natural sciences;

textbook on symmetries of integro-differential,

stochastic and delay equaitons for graduate

students in applied mathematics, physics and

engineering

D. Helbing, ETH Zürich, Switzerland

Quantitative SociodynamicsStochastic Methods and Models of Social

Interaction Processes

By incorporating decision-theoretical approaches

a very fundamental dynamic model is obtained

which seems to open new perspectives in the

social sciences. It includes many established

models as special cases, e.g. the logistic equa-

tion, the gravity model, some diffusion models,

the evolutionary game theory and the social field

theory, but it also implies numerous new results.

Examples concerning opinion formation, migra-

tion, social field theory; the self-organization of

behavioral conventions as well as the behavior of

customers and voters are presented and illustrated

by computer simulations. This new edition adds

chapters on Dynamic Decision Behavior, Optimal

Self-Organization, Self-Organization in Space and

Induced by Fluctuations, Drift- or Fluctuation-

Induced Ordering and Self-Organization in Driven

Many Particle Systems, Pattern Formation, Social

Forces and Diffusion Instability in Games with

Success-Driven Motion.

Features7 Unified and comprehensive overview of

stochastic methods to describe quantitatively

behavioral changes based on social interaction

processes 7 Presents numerous applications of

the theoretical concepts 7 The key source in

sociodynamics from one of the founders of this

interdisciplinary field crossing boundaries of

physics, mathematics and social sciences

Fields of interestSocio- and Econophysics, Population and Evolu-

tionary Models; Operations Research/Decision

Theory; Game Theory, Economics, Social and

Behav. Sciences

Target groupsSocial scientists and natural scientists who are

interested in the application of stochastic and

synergetics concepts to interdisciplinary topics

Discount groupP


Due July 2011

2011. Approx. 1350 p. (In 2 volumes, not available

separately) Hardcover

7 approx. $499.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11271-3

2011. eReference.

7 approx. $499.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11274-4

2011. Print + eReference. (In 2 volumes, not available

separately)

7 approx. $629.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11279-9

Discount groupP


Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 330 p. (Lecture Notes in Physics, Volume

806) Hardcover

7 approx. $159.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3796-1

Discount groupP


Due August 2010

Originally published by Springer Netherlands

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 420 p. 40 illus. Hardcover

7 $159.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11545-5


V. Méndez, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona,

Spain; S. Fedotov, University of Manchester, UK;

W. Horsthemke, Southern Methodist Universtity,

Dallas, TX, USA

Reaction-Transport SystemsMesoscopic Foundations, Fronts, and Spatial

Instabilities

This book is an introduction to the dynamics of

reaction-diffusion systems, with a focus on fronts

and stationary spatial patterns. Emphasis is on

systems that are non-standard in the sense that

either the transport is not simply classical diffusion

(Brownian motion) or the system is not homo-

geneous. A important feature is the derivation of

the basic phenomenological equations from the

mesoscopic system properties.

Topics addressed include transport with inertia,

described by persistent random walks and hyper-

bolic reaction-transport equations and transport

by anomalous diffusion, in particular subdiffusion,

where the mean square displacement grows sublin-

early with time. In particular reaction-diffusion

systems are studied where the medium is in turn

either spatially inhomogeneous, compositionally

heterogeneous or spatially discrete.

Features7 Introduces the reader to reaction-diffusion

systems beyond the classical Brownian diffusion

process 7 Derives the physically and mathemati-

cally correct basic phenomenological equations by

examining the mesoscopic transport properties of

the system 7 Exercises at the end of each chapter

make the book suitable for use in classrooms

7 Describes appplications to a variety of fields


Complexity; Physical Chemistry; Theoretical

Ecology/Statistics

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students working in

fundamental and applied sciences related to

complex diffusion processes

M. Nakazawa, Tohoku University, Sendai, Japan;

K. Kikuchi, University of Tokyo, Japan; T. Miyazaki,

NICT, Tokyo, Japan (Eds.)

High Spectral Density Optical Communication Technologies

The latest hot topics of high-spectral density

optical communication systems using digital

coherent optical fibre communication technologies

are covered by this book. History and meaning of

a “renaissance” of the technology, requirements to

the Peta-bit/s class “new generation network” are

also covered in the first part of this book. The main

topics treated are electronic and optical devices,

digital signal processing including forward error

correction, modulation formats as well as trans-

mission and application systems. The book serves

as a reference to researchers and engineers.

Features7 Summarizes the state of the art in optical

communication technology 7 Presents the latest

developments in high-spectral density optical

communication 7 Hottest topics in optical fiber

communication covered for electronic and optical

devices, digital signal processing, modulation

formats and transmission systems 7 Useful refer-

ence to optical engineers, researchers and graduate

students

ContentsIntroduction.- Coherent Optical Communications:

Historical Perspectives and Future Directions.-

Ultimate HSDOC Technologies.- “Quasi Ultimate”

Technique.- High-Speed, High-Capacity Optical

Transmission Systems.- Advanced Modulation

Formats.- QPSK-Based Transmission System.-

Opto-Electronic Devices.- Semiconductor Lasers.-

Forward Error Correction.

Fields of interestLaser Technology, Photonics; Quantum Optics;

Optics, Optoelectronics, Plasmonics and Optical

Devices

Target groupsOptical engineers, scientists, graduate students

A. Romano, A. Marasco, Università degli Studi di

Napoli “Federico II”, Napoli, Italy

Continuum MechanicsAdvanced Topics and Research Trends

This book offers a broad overview of the potential

of continuum mechanics to describe a wide range

of macroscopic phenomena in real-world prob-

lems. Building on the fundamentals presented in

the authors’ previous book Continuum Mechanics

using Mathematica, this new work explores inter-

esting models of continuum mechanics having

applications in a wide variety of fields.

Aimed at advanced graduate students, applied

mathematicians, mathematical physicists, and

engineers, the work will be an excellent self-study

reference or supplementary textbook in graduate-

level courses focusing on advanced topics and

research trends in continuum mechanics.

Features7 May be used as a textbook for graduate courses

in continuum mechanics, nonlinear elasticity,

mixture, theory, phase changes, and electromag-

netism in continuum 7 Mathematica® notebooks

accompanying the text are available for download

at http://www/birkhauser.com/978-0-8176-4869-5

7 For a broad audience of graduate students,

researchers and practitioners in applied math-

ematics, mathematical physics, and engineering

From the contentsNonlinear Elasticity.- Micropolar Elasticity.-

Continuous Systems with Nonmaterial Interface.-

Phase Equilibrium.- Stationary and Time-depen-

dent Phase Changes.- An Introduction to Mixture

Theory.- Electromagnetism in Matter.- Introduc-

tion to Magneto-Fluid Dynamics.

Fields of interestMechanics; Continuum Mechanics and Mechanics

of Materials; Mathematical Modeling and Math-

ematics in Industry

Target groupsGraduate students, researchers and practitioners

in applied mathematics, mathematical physics, and

engineeringDiscount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. X, 450 p. (Springer Series in Synergetics) Hardcover

7 $159.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11442-7

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 240 p. 130 illus., 10 in color. (Optical and

Fiber Communications Reports, Volume 6) Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10418-3

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 335 p. 50 illus. (Modeling and Simulation

in Science, Engineering and Technology) Hardcover

7 approx. $119.00

ISBN 978-0-8176-4869-5


F. Sabath, Armed Forces Scientific Institute for

Protection Technologies, Munich, Germany; D. Giri,

Pro-Tech, Alamo, CA, USA; F. Rachidi, Swiss Federal

Institute of Technology, Lausanne, Switzerland;

A. Kaelin, Meteolab AG, Wetzikon, Switzerland (Eds.)

Ultra-Wideband, Short Pulse Electromagnetics 9

Ultra-wideband (UWB), short-pulse (SP) electro-

magnetics are now being used for an increasingly

wide variety of applications, including collision

avoidance radar, concealed object detection, and

communications. Notable progress in UWB and

SP technologies has been achieved by investiga-

tions of their theoretical bases and improvements

in solid-state manufacturing, computers, and digi-

tizers. UWB radar systems are also being used for

mine clearing, oil pipeline inspections, archeology,

geology, and electronic effects testing. Ultra-

wideband Short-Pulse Electromagnetics 9 presents

selected papers of deep technical content and high

scientific quality from the UWB-SP9 Confer-

ence, which was held from July 21-25, 2008, in

Lausanne, Switzerland. The wide-ranging coverage

includes contributions on electromagnetic theory,

time-domain computational techniques, modeling

techniques, antennas, pulsed-power, UWB inter-

actions, radar systems, UWB communications,

broadband systems and components.

Features7 Focuses on advanced technologies for the

generation, radiation and detection of ultra-wide-

band short pulse signals 7 Reports on develop-

ments in supporting mathematical and numerical

methods and describes current and potential

future applications of the technology 7 Written

by leading researchers and experts in the field of

ultra-wideband short pulse electromagnetics

Fields of interestOptics and Electrodynamics; Circuits and Systems;

Microwaves, RF and Optical Engineering

Target groupsScientists and engineers in electrical engineering,

physics, radar technology, and antenna theory

working in academia, industry, and government

labs

F. Scheck, University of Mainz, Germany

MechanicsFrom Newton’s Laws to Deterministic Chaos

This book covers all topics in mechanics from

elementary Newtonian mechanics, the principles

of canonical mechanics and rigid body mechanics

to relativistic mechanics and nonlinear dynamics.

It was among the first textbooks to include

dynamical systems and deterministic chaos in due

detail. As compared to the previous editions the

present fifth edition is updated and revised with

more explanations and additional examples.

Symmetries and invariance principles, the basic

geometric aspects of mechanics as well as elements

of continuum mechanics also play an important

role. The book will enable the reader to develop

general principles from which equations of motion

follow, to understand the importance of canonical

mechanics and of symmetries as a basis for

quantum mechanics, and to get practice in using

general theoretical concepts and tools that are

essential for all branches of physics.

Features7 Enables the reader to develop general principles

from which equations of motions may be derived

7 Highlights the importance of the concept of

symmetries as a basis for quantum mechanics

7 Contains over 120 problems with complete

solutions and practical examples 7 Completely

revised and updated new edition, including new

sections on Noether and Steiner's theorem, early

introduction of phase space and "bra and ket"

symbolics

ContentsElementary Newtonian Mechanics.- The Principles

of Canonical Mechanics.- The Mechanics of Rigid

Bodies.- Relativistic Mechanics.- Geometric

Aspects of Mechanics.- Stability and Chaos.-

Continuous Systems.- Exercises.- Solution of

Exercises.

Fields of interestMechanics; Theoretical and Applied Mechanics;

Applications of Mathematics

Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate students in physics,

applied mathematics and engineering

M. Thiel, University of Aberdeen, UK; J. Kurths,

Universität Potsdam, Germany; M. C. Romano,

A. Moura, G. Károlyi, University of Aberdeen, UK

(Eds.)

Nonlinear Dynamics and Chaos: Advances and Perspectives

This book is a collection of contributions on

various aspects of active frontier research in the

field of dynamical systems and chaos.

Each chapter examines a specific research topic

and, in addition to reviewing recent results, also

discusses future perspectives.

The result is an invaluable snapshot of the state of

the field by some of its most important researchers.

The first contribution in this book, “How did

you get into Chaos?”, is actually a collection of

personal accounts by a number of distinguished

scientists on how they entered the field of chaos

and dynamical systems, featuring comments and

recollections by James Yorke, Harry Swinney,

Floris Takens, Peter Grassberger, Edward Ott, Lou

Pecora, Itamar Procaccia, Michael Berry, Giulio

Casati, Valentin Afraimovich, Robert MacKay,

and last but not least, Celso Grebogi, to whom this

volume is dedicated.

From the contents“How Did you Get Into Chaos?”- Singular Pertur-

bations of Complex Analytic Dynamical Systems.-

Heteroclinic Switching in Coupled Oscillator

Networks: Dynamics on Odd Graphs.- Dynamics

of Finite-Size Particles in Chaotic Fluid Flows.-

Langevin Equation for Slow Degrees of Freedom

of Hamiltonian Systems.- Stable Chaos.- Superper-

sistent Chaotic Transients.- Synchronization and

Climate Dynamics.


Complexity; Dynamical Systems and Ergodic

Theory; Vibration, Dynamical Systems, Control

Target groupsScientists

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $299.00

ISBN 978-0-387-77844-0

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

5th ed. 2010. XVI, 547 p. 174 illus. (Graduate Texts in

Physics) Hardcover

7 $109.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05369-6

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. XVI, 320 p. 16 illus. in color. (Understanding

Complex Systems) Hardcover

7 $159.00

ISBN 978-3-642-04628-5


J. Wang, Fudan University, Shanghai, China

Modern ThermodynamicsBased on the Extended Carnot Theorem

Modern Thermodynamics- Based on the Extended

Carnot Theorem provides comprehensive defini-

tions and mathematical expressions of both

classical and modern thermodynamics. The

goal is to develop the fundamental theory on an

extended Carnot theorem without incorporating

any extraneous assumptions. In particular, it offers

a fundamental thermodynamic and calculational

methodology for the synthesis of low-pressure

diamonds. It also discusses many “abnormal

phenomena”, such as spiral reactions, cyclic reac-

tions, chemical oscillations, low-pressure carat-size

diamond growth, biological systems, and more.

The book is intended for chemists and physicists

working in thermodynamics, chemical thermo-

dynamics, phase diagrams, biochemistry and

complex systems, as well as graduate students in

these fields.

Features7 Provides comprehensive definitions and math-

ematical expressions of both classical and modern

thermodynamics 7 Develops the fundamental

thermodynamic and calculational methodology

for the synthesis of low-pressure diamonds

7 Discusses many 'abnormal phenomena', such

as spiral reactions, cyclic reactions, chemical oscil-

lations, low-pressure carat-size diamond growth,

biological systems, and more

Fields of interestThermodynamics; Physical Chemistry; Character-

ization and Evaluation of Materials

Target groupsChemists and physicists

J. Wolberg, Israel Institute of Technology, Haifa, Israel

Designing Quantitative ExperimentsPrediction Analysis

The method of Prediction Analysis is applicable

for anyone interested in designing a quantitative

experiment. The design phase of an experiment

can be broken down into problem dependent

design questions (like the type of equipment to

use and the experimental setup) and generic ques-

tions (like the number of data points required,

range of values for the independent variables and

measurement accuracy). This book is directed

towards the generic design phase of the process.

The methodology for this phase of the design

process is problem independent and can be applied

to experiments performed in most branches

of science and technology. The purpose of the

prediction analysis is to predict the accuracy of

the results that one can expect from a proposed

experiment. Prediction analyses can be performed

using the REGRESS program which was developed

by the author and can be obtained free-of-charge

through the author’s website.

Features7 Enables scientists to apply the method to their

specific problem 7 Concentrates on the generic

design phase of the experimental process

7 Includes designing experiments with Bayesian

estimators

ContentsPart I : Basic Concepts.- Introduction.- Statistical

Background.-Least Squares.- Prediction Analysis.-

Part II : Analysis of Experiments.- Experiments

with a Single Independent Variable.- Experiments

with Several Independent Variables.- Experiments

with Several Dependent Variables.

Fields of interestMeasurement Science and Instrumentation;

Engineering, general; Statistics for Engineering,

Physics, Computer Science, Chemistry and Earth

Sciences

Target groupsWorking engineers and researchers, graduate

students, scientists

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

Distribution rights in China: Science Press.

Jointly published with Science Press


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11348-2

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $79.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11588-2

springer.com/librarybooks 53Springer News 2/2010 Materials Science

B. Albers, TU Berlin, Germany (Ed.)

Continuous Media with Microstructure

The contributions to the book concern various

aspects of extension of classical continuum

models. These extensions are related to the appear-

ance of microstructures both natural as well as

these created by processes. To the first class belong

various thermodynamic models of multicompo-

nent systems such as porous materials, composites,

materials with microscopic heterogeneities. To

the second class belong primarily microstructures

created by phase transformations. Invited authors

cover both fields of thermodynamic modeling

and mathematical analysis of such continua with

microstructure.

Features7 Discusses the extension of classical continuum

models 7 In honor to Professor Wilmansky

Fields of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-

rials; Soft and Granular Matter, Complex Fluids

and Microfluidics; Ceramics, Glass, Composites,

Natural Materials

Target groupsResearchers in solid mechanics

A. A. Ignatiev, Saratov State University, Russia;

A. V. Lyashenko, JSC Research Institute Tantal,

Saratov, Russia

Heteromagnetic MicroelectronicsMicrosystems of Active Type

The book is devoted to a new direction - hetero-

magnetic microelectronics, microsystems of active

type, research and development which will lead

to the creation of new types of devices, CHIP’S,

including intellectual. Polyvalent, multiple param-

eter magnetosemiconductor microsystems are

described; extensive experimental and theoretical

results of researches in a range of frequencies up to

1000GHz of such microsystems in active modes -

generation, amplification, parametrical multiplica-

tion and division, direct multipurpose synthesis of

signals on a crystal, generation equidistant grids

of frequencies, reduction of noise are resulted, and

applications of the above are discussed.

The book is also based on original material from

the author’s programs of designing heteromagnetic

microsystems of various types. For the first time

the direction of satisfying criteria, burst technolo-

gies which can make a subject of discovery, are

discussed in great volume.

Features7 Includes new, pioneering results of research

on magnetoelectronics of millimetric waves

7 Shows how the methods on heteromagnetic

microelectronics in the radio range can also be

applied to the optical range 7 Provides chapter-

end references for additional information on the

topics discussed

Fields of interestMagnetism, Magnetic Materials; Optics and

Electrodynamics; Microwaves, RF and Optical

Engineering

Target groupsResearchers specializing in design and application

of heteromagnetic materials and devices, graduate

students specializing in complex heteromagnetic

structures

A. Maceri, Università di Roma tre, Italy

Theory of Elasticity

The Theory of Elasticity moves freely within a

unified mathematical framework that provides the

analytical tools for calculating stresses and defor-

mations in a strained elastic body. All the elastic

problems can be exactly analyzed employing the

classical Mathematical analysis, with only the

exception of the unilateral problems for which it is

mandatory to use the Functional analysis.

This book focuses on the practical application of

the theoretical results. It gives to engineers, in a

simple form, a clear indication of the necessary

fundamental knowledge of the Theory of elasticity.

The author develops the subjects in a classical way,

but in light of the modern Mathematical theory of

the elasticity and with more accented relief to the

connections with the Thermodynamics. To give a

clear justification of the fundamental equations of

thermoelasticity, he applies a technique of analysis

proper of the Fluid dynamics.

Features7 Practical application of the theoretical results

7 Gives clear indication of the necessary funda-

mental knowledge

ContentsThe Three-dimensional Problem.- The Problem of

Saint Venant.- The Two-Dimensional Problems.-

The One-Dimensional Problems.- Thermoelas-

ticity.- Stability.- Anisotropy.- Nonlinear elasticity.

Field of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Materials

Target groupsPractising engineers and graduate students

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010


7 $169.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11444-1

Discount groupP

Physics & Astronomy

Due May 2010


7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-6001-6

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. I, 750 p. Hardcover

7 $269.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11391-8

springer.com/booksellers54 Springer News 2/2010Materials Science

C. Mei, J. Zhou, X. Peng, N. Zhou, P. Zhou, Central

South University, Changsha, Hunan, China

Simulation and Optimization of Furnaces and Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering

“Simulation and Optimization of Furnaces and

Kilns for Nonferrous Metallurgical Engineering” is

based on advanced theories and research methods

for fluid flow, mass and heat transfer, and fuel

combustion. It introduces a hologram simula-

tion and optimization methods for fluid field,

temperature field, concentration field, and electro-

magnetic field in various kinds of furnaces and

kilns. Practical examples and a detailed introduc-

tion to methods for simulation and optimization

of complex systems are included as well. These

new methods have brought significant economic

benefits to the industries involved.

The book is intended for researchers and technical

experts in metallurgical engineering, materials

engineering, power and thermal energy engi-

neering, chemical engineering, and mechanical

engineering.

Chi Mei, Jiemin Zhou, Xiaoqi Peng, Naijun Zhou

and Ping Zhou are all professors at School of

Energy Science and Engineering, Central South

University, Changsha, Hunan Province, China.

Features7 Hologram simulation conception and method

characteristics 7 Simulation and optimization

examples of several main nonferrous metallurgical

furnaces 7 Nonferrous metallurgical and thermal

technical process artificial intelligence simulation

7 Multiple mathematical simulations

Fields of interestMetallic Materials; Operating Procedures, Mate-

rials Treatment; Industrial Chemistry/Chemical

Engineering

Target groupsResearchers and institutes in thermal engineering,

metallurgic engineering, power engineering, archi-

tecture engineering, and chemical engineering

K. Park, Purdue University, IN, USA; T. Okano, Tokyo

Women’s Medical College, Japan (Eds.)

Biomedical Applications of Hydrogels Handbook

Hydrogels are networks of polymer chains which

can produce a colloidal gel containing over 99 per

cent water. The superabsorbency and permeability

of naturally occurring and synthetic hydrogels

give this class of materials an amazing array of

uses. These uses range from wound dressings and

skin grafts to oxygen-permeable contact lenses

to biodegradable delivery systems for drugs or

pesticides and scaffolds for tissue engineering and

regenerative medicine. Biomedical Applications

of Hydrogels Handbook provides a comprehen-

sive description of this diverse class of materials,

covering both synthesis and properties and a broad

range of research and commercial applications.

The Handbook is divided into four sections:

Stimuli-Sensitive Hydrogels, Hydrogels for Drug

Delivery, Hydrogels for Tissue Engineering, and

Hydrogels with Unique Properties

Features7 First comprehensive handbook since 1987 on

the basic science and applications of an important

and diverse class of materials 7 Covers applica-

tions to medicine and drug delivery, cosmetics and

other consumer products, foods, agriculture, nano-

technology, and environment-sensitive sensing

devices 7 Describes both naturally occuring

and synthetic hydrogels 7 Edited and written by

world leaders in the field

Fields of interestBiomaterials; Materials Science, general; Polymer

Sciences

Target groupsAcademic, industrial/corporate (including

pharmaceutical companies), medical school and

government libraries and research laboratories

V. P. Shastri, G. Altankov, A. Lendlein (Eds.)

Advances in Regenerative Medicine: Role of Nanotech-nology, and Engineering PrinciplesProceedings of the NATO Advanced Research

Workshop on Nanoengineered Systems for

Regenerative Medicine

Varna, Bulgaria

21-24 September 2007

The contributions to this book, all written by

leading experts in their respective disciplines,

describe and explore the various facets of

regenerative medicine and highlight the role of

the “the nano length scale” and of “nano-scale

systems” in defining and controlling cell and tissue

environments. The development of novel tissue-

regeneration strategies requires the integration of

new insights emerging from studies of cell-matrix

interactions, cellular signalling processes, and

developmental and systems biology, into bioma-

terials design, ideally via a systems approach. The

chapters cover a wide spectrum of topics ranging

from stem cell biology, developmental biology,

cell-matrix interactions, and matrix biology to

surface science, materials processing and drug

delivery.

Fields of interestBiomaterials; Biomedical Engineering; Physical

Chemistry

Target groupsMaterials scientists, bioengineers, biomedical engi-

neers, cell biologists, polymer scientists, clinicians

(surgeons), molecular biologists, pharmaceutical

scientists

Discount groupP

Chemistry & Material Science

Due April 2010

Co-published with Metallurgical Industry Press


7 approx. $299.00

ISBN 978-3-642-00247-2

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. 206 illus., 115 in color. (In 2

volumes, not available seperately) Hardcover

7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5918-8

Discount groupP


Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 485 p. (NATO Science for Peace and Secu-

rity Series A: Chemistry and Biology) Hardcover

7 $229.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8788-1

Also available as softcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8789-8

springer.com/librarybooks 55Springer News 2/2010 Materials Science

I. G. Vardoulakis, D. Eftaxiopoulos, National

Technical University, Athens, Greece

Engineering Continuum MechanicsWith Applications from Fluid Mechanics,

Solid Mechanics, and Traffic Flow

This is a book designed for an introductory course

in mathematical modeling in engineering. The

content of the book will be mainly built on the

three main principles of Mechanics: Conserva-

tion of Mass, Conservation of Linear and Angular

Momentum, Conservation of Energy. Mainly one

dimensional problems, which lead to the formula-

tion and solution of elementary partial differential

equations, w.r.t the spatial coordinate x and time t,

will be treated. The principle of Mass conservation

will be used for the formulation of the continuity

equation for hydromechanics and specifically for

Traffic Flow. The Conservation of Momentum

Principle will be explained using examples from

the reference volume method and from waves in

inviscid fluids. An elementary discussion on the

Navier - Stokes equation, with applications from

the boundary layer theory, will be presented.

Finally, the principle of Energy Conservation will

be used for the formulation of the elementary

theory of heat transfer in fluids and solids.

Features7 Introductory course in mathematical modeling

for engineering continuum mechanics 7 Stems

from a lecture for 5th semester students

7 Elementary traffic flow theory is presented

7 Contains solved problems and a number of

selected exercises 7 The author is an experienced

lecturer and an internationally recognized scientist

Fields of interestContinuum Mechanics and Mechanics of Mate-

rials; Mechanics; Fluid- and Aerodynamics

Target groupsStudents of civil and mechanical engineering

J. von Byern, I. Grunwald (Eds.)

Adhesion Phenomena in NatureFrom Structure to Application

Biological adhesives are object of extensive

research in order to develop materials with similar

properties. Therefore potentially interesting

adhesives need to be analysed and the common

underlying principles as well as the unique features

of specific functional innovations in nature have to

be understood.

In the first part of this volume chemical-related

bonding systems of plants and animals are

described and compared. In the centre of atten-

tion is the morphology of these systems and

the synthesis, secretion and composition of the

adhesives.

The second part provides an overview of the

practical implementation of biological glues.

Contributions from leading companies in the field

demonstrate how natural adhesives were modified

and led towards biomimetic applications.

Glandular systems are characterized by ultra-

structural and histochemical illustrations and are

presented by 3D-reconstructions or μ-computer

tomography. A DCD visualizing the glandular

structures more prominently by animations is

enclosed.

Features7 First comprehensive presentation of chemical-

related bonding systems in plants and animals

7 Applicability and practicability of biological

adhesives for research and industry 7 3D

computer-based reconstruction models as stan-

dard method for other disciplines and research

fields

Fields of interestBiomaterials; Animal Anatomy / Morphology /

Histology; Characterization and Evaluation of

Materials

Target groupsBiologists, chemists, biochemists, material

scientists, physicians

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due February 2010


7 approx. $84.95

ISBN 978-3-540-25204-7

Discount groupP


Due October 2010


7 approx. $209.00

ISBN 978-3-7091-0141-4

springer.com/booksellers56 Springer News 2/2010Earth Science/Geography

M. A. Ainslie, TNO, The Hague, Netherlands and

University of Southampton, UK

Principles of Sonar Performance Modelling

Sonar performance modelling (SPM) is concerned

with the prediction of quantitative measures of

sonar performance, such as probability of detec-

tion. It is a multi-disciplinary subject, requiring

knowledge and expertise in the disparate fields of

underwater acoustics, acoustical oceanography,

sonar signal processing and statistical detection

theory. No books have been published on this

subject, however, since the 3rd edition of Urick’s

classic work 25 years ago and so Dr Ainslie’s

book will fill a much-needed gap in the market.

Currently, up-to-date information can only be

found, in different forms and often with conflicting

information, in various journals, conference and

textbook publications.

Features7 Covers for the first time in a single book the

multiple disciplines involved in sonar performance

modelingMakes the most up-to-date knowledge

available to a wide audience 7 Considers in

depth each discipline of acoustics, oceanography,

signal processing and detection theory

7 Provides thorough and self-consistent defini-

tions

Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Oceanography; Acoustics

Target groupsAcoustic and underwater researchers, designers

and contractors, undergraduate and graduate

students

V. Barale, Joint Research Centre, European Commis-

sion, Ispra, Italy; J. Gower, Fisheries and Oceans

Canada, Institute of Ocean Sciences, Sidney, BC,

Canada; L. Alberotanza, ISMAR CNR, Venice, Italy

(Eds.)

Oceanography from SpaceRevisited

This volume collects a series of key-note lectures

delivered at the fourth “Oceans from Space”

Symposium, held in Venice, Italy, in 2010. The

“Revisited” postscript in the title identifyes it as an

ideal follow-up of the legendary “Oceanography

from Space”, edited by J.F.R. Gower and published

in 1980, following the very first edition of “Oceans

from Space”. This series of conferences, which are

held every 10 years only, is designed as a periodical

state-of-the-art review of satellite oceanography,

providing both an outline of current research,

as well as a forum to debate topical issues. The

“Oceans from Space” Venice 2010 lectures,

authored by a unique group of prominent scien-

tists, address virtually every facet of oceanographic

remote sensing.

Features7 Collection of invited lectures from the "Oceans

from Space, Venice 2010" Symposium 7 Unique

group of authors, all top scientists in their field

7 Complete and thorough review of Oceano-

graphic Remote Sensing techniques 7 Ideal

follow-up of the legendary "Oceanography from

Space", J.F.R. Gower, 1980

Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Oceanography;

Applied Earth Sciences

Target groupsScientists and researchers working in the field of

earth and marine science, lecturers and tutors,

(graduate) students, in the same field, academic

libraries

K. Bjorlykke, University Oslo, Norway

Petroleum Geology

Petroleum geoscience comprises those geosci-

entific disciplines which are of greatest signifi-

cance for the exploration and recovery of oil and

gas. These include petroleum geology, of which

sedimentary geology is the main foundation along

with the contextual and modifying principles of

regional, tectonic and structural geology. Addi-

tionally, biostratigraphy and micropalaeontology,

organic geochemistry, and geophysical exploration

techniques are all important tools for petroleum

geoscientists in the 21st century. This comprehen-

sive textbook aims to conduct a state-of-the-art

and detailed understanding of petroleum geosci-

ence for geologists destined for the petroleum

industry. Each chapter is accompanied by excer-

cises and summaries.

Features7 Petroleum Geoscience provides the state of the

art knowledge required by geoscienctists seeking a

career in the petroleum industry

Fields of interestGeology; Geophysics/Geodesy; Sedimentology

Target groupsGeoscience students aiming for a career in the

petroleum industry

Discount groupP

Earth and Environmental Science

Due March 2010

Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK

2010. Approx. 800 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Geophys-

ical Sciences) Hardcover

7 $269.00

ISBN 978-3-540-87661-8

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8680-8

Discount groupP


Due January 2010

2010. X, 340 p. 210 illus., 60 in color. Hardcover

7 approx. $69.95

ISBN 978-3-642-02331-6

springer.com/librarybooks 57Springer News 2/2010 Earth Science/Geography

P. Clark, M. Rilee, NASA/GSFC, USA

Remote Sensing Tools for ExplorationObserving and Interpreting the

Electromagnetic Spectrum

This will be a comprehensive book on remote

sensing, covering the entire spectrum of energies,

wave and particle interactions and field generation,

spectrum and image production, from magneto-

sphere to surface, from high energy gamma-rays

to low energy sonic waves, for the Earth and

planets. Software and hardware tools specific to

each spectral region for capturing, analyzing, and

combining data will also be discussed. Earlier

remote sensing books and methodologies focused

on reviewing relatively limited parts of the

electromagnetic spectrum or particular systems

(surface, atmosphere). To understand behavior and

origin of complex systems (e.g., global warming)

data from different systems and different parts

of the spectrum must be combined. This book

reviews and creates the basis for those experts in

one energy region or one system to gain insight

in understanding and combining data from other

regions and systems (data fusion).

Features7 This book reviews and creates the basis for

those experts in one energy region or one system

to gain insight in understanding and combining

data from other regions and systems 7 There are

software tools (on CD) to simulate spectra/images

for certain spectral regions

Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Aerospace

Technology and Astronautics; Astrophysics and

Astroparticles

Target groupsAcademic libraries, aerospace companies and

corporate libraries, graduate students

N. Crosby, Belgian Institute of Aeronomy, Brussels,

Belgium

Interplanetary Travel and Space WeatherScientific, Technological and Biological Issues

The goal of this textbook is to provide an interdis-

ciplinary approach to the subject of space weather,

so as to benefit anybody aiming to work in a space

related field, be it a scientist, an engineer, a medical

doctor or a future manager of a space project.

A main introduction is followed by four parts:

the space environment, technical and biological

effects, mitigation techniques, and mission

scenarios. The book aims to improve the quality

of traditional space related educational material,

taking into consideration the skills required for

modern space industry and science. In addition,

it is useful for those already working in the space

industry.

Features7 While several monographs and contributed

volumes are available on our local space weather

7 Some emphasizing the science aspects, others

highlighting the technical issues 7 This is the

first textbook dedicated to the space weather in

interplanetary space and its related issues, with an

interdisciplinary approach

Fields of interestMeteorology/Climatology; Planetology; Extrater-

restrial Physics, Space Sciences

Target groupsGraduate and advanced undergraduate students

in science, engineering and other space related

majors (such as space law and economics)

S. G. Evans, University of Waterloo, ON, Canada;

R. L. Hermanns, Geological Survey of Norway,

Trondheim, Norway; A. L. Strom, Russian Academy of

Sciences, Moscow, Russia; G. Scarascia-Mugnozza,

University of Rome, Italy (Eds.)

Natural and Artificial Rockslide Dams

In the last one hundred years, a number of

catastrophic events associated with rockslide

dam formation and failure have occurred in the

mountain regions of the world. This book presents

a global view of the formation, characteristics and

behaviour of natural and artificial rockslide dams.

Chapters include a comprehensive state-of-the-art

review of our global understanding natural and

artificial rockslide dams, overviews of approaches

to rockslide dam risk mitigation, regional studies

of rockslide dams in India, Nepal, China, Pakistan,

New Zealand, and Argentina. Rockslide dams

associated with large-scale instability of volcanoes

are also examined. Detailed case histories of well-

known historic and prehistoric rockslide dams

provide examples of investigations of rockslide

dam behaviour, stability, and characteristics. The

formation and behaviour of rockslide-dammed

lakes (“Quake Lakes”) formed during the 2008

Wenchuan Earthquake, China are also comprehen-

sively summarised.

Fields of interestStructural Geology; Physical Geography; Moni-

toring/Environmental Analysis

Target groupsLibraries, geologists and geomorphologists and

engineers interested in natural hazards, earth

scientists

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 570 p. (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences,


7 $179.00

ISBN 978-3-642-04763-3

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 $159.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5679-8

Discount groupP


Due July 2010


7 $129.00

ISBN 978-3-540-74877-9


M. N. Fardis, University of Patras, Greece (Ed.)

Advances in Performance-Based Earthquake Engineering

Performance-based Earthquake Engineering has

emerged before the turn of the century as the most

important development in the field of Earthquake

Engineering during the last three decades. It has

since then started penetrating codes and standards

on seismic assessment and retrofitting and making

headway towards seismic design standards for

new structures as well. The US has been a leader

in Performance-based Earthquake Engineering,

but Europeans are major contributors as well. Two

Workshops on Performance-based Earthquake

Engineering, held in Bled (Slovenia) in 1997 and

2004 are considered as milestones. The ACES

Workshop in Corfu (GR) of July 2009 builds on

them, attracting as contributors world-leaders in

Performance-based Earthquake Engineering from

North America, Europe and the Pacific rim (Japan,

New Zealand, Taiwan, China).

Features7 Contributing authors are among the world’s

leaders in their field 7 The subject is of prime

importance and at the top of international interest

7 The state-of-the-art on the subject will be

presented

ContentsPreface. Ground motions for performance-based

earthquake engineering. Performance-based

seismic design and retrofitting - Methodologies.

Performance-based seismic design and retrofitting

- Implementation. Advanced seismic testing for

performance-based earthquake engineering.

Fields of interestCivil Engineering; Structural Mechanics; Geotech-

nical Engineering

Target groupsLibraries, researchers, university professors,

advanced practitioners in structural earthquake

engineering, geotechnical earthquake engineering,

engineering seismology, and experimental

dynamics

V. Ferronsky, Water Problems Institute of the Russian

Academy, Moscow, Russia; S. Ferronsky

Dynamics of the EarthTheory of Planet Motion Based on

Dynamical Equilibrium

In their solutions on the Earth dynamics the

authors apply fundamentals of Jacobi Dynamics

(1987, Reidel) because of two reasons. First, as

it was proved by satellite observations the Earth

doesn’t stay in hydrostatic equilibrium, which

is physical basis of to-day’s geodynamics. And

secondly, it was found by satellite data that there

is relationship between the gravitational moments

(moment of the planet’s inertia) and the potential

of the Earth’s outer force field (potential energy),

which proves the basic point in construction of

Jacobi dynamics. That second reason has allowed

to the authors to come back to derivation of

the classical virial theorem and by introducing

to derivation the volumetric moment to obtain

generalized virial theorem in the form of Jacobi’s

equation. Thus it was found explanation of

physical meaning of the famous Jacobi’s equation

in dynamics and to obtaining its rigorous solution.

Features7 The first book describing the nature and mecha-

nism of generation of the inner and outer force

field, explaining the physical meaning of gravity

Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Astronomy, Astrophysics

and Cosmology; General Law/Fundamentals

Target groupsResearchers, professors in theoretical and

experimental research in astronomy (astrophysics,

celestial mechanics, stellar dynamics and radio-

physics), geophysics (physics and dynamics of the

Earth body, atmosphere and oceans), planetology

and cosmogony; graduate students of celestial,

statistical, quantum and relativistic mechanics and

hydrodynamics

F. M. Flechtner, M. Mandea, Helmholtz-Zentrum

Potsdam, Germany; T. Gruber, Technische Universität

München, Germany; M. Rothacher, J. Wickert,

A. Güntner, T. Schöne, Helmholtz-Zentrum,

Potsdam, Germany (Eds.)

System Earth via Geodetic-Geophysical Space Techniques

The Earth’s magnetic and gravity field play an

important role in global and regional geody-

namics. Satellite exploration of these fields has

received great attention in recent years. Research

satellites such as CHAMP and GRACE as well as

the ESA explorer GOCE apply new measurement

techniques, thus allowing the recovery of the

gravitational and magnetic field with unprec-

edented accuracy and resolution, spatial as well as

temporal. Combined with terrestrial observations

and computer models, this data will help develop

a more detailed understanding of the Earth as

a system. In Germany, many of the processing,

modelling and interpreting methodologies for

these new observation techniques are developed

under the umbrella of the R&D-programme

GEOTECHNOLOGIEN, funded by the Federal

Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF).

Features7 Results of recent satellite missions applying

novel technology, new methodology in satellite

gravimetry 7 Monitoring and analysis of Earth

system processes from space with unprecedented

resolution and accuracy

Fields of interestRemote Sensing/Photogrammetry; Physics,

general; Geographical Information Systems/

Cartography

Target groupsLibraries, institutes, researchers, scientists

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 480 p. 325 illus. (Geotechnical, Geological,

and Earthquake Engineering, Volume 13) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8745-4

Discount groupP


Due June 2010


7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8722-5

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 550 p. 70 illus., 20 in color. (Advanced

Technologies in Earth Sciences, Volume) Hardcover

7 $209.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10227-1


J. Glinski, J. Horabik, J. Lipiec, Institute of

Agrophysics, Lublin, Poland (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Agrophysics

This Encyclopedia of Agrophysics will provide

up-to-date information on the physical properties

and processes affecting the quality of the environ-

ment and plant production. It will be a “first-

up” volume which will nicely complement the

recently published Encyclopedia of Soil Science,

(November 2007) which was published in the same

series.

Fields of interestAgriculture; Soil Science & Conservation; Biogeo-

sciences

Target groupsCollege and university libraries in soil science,

crop science, biophysics, ecology, hydrology,

environmental sciences and life sciences

S. D. Golding, M. Glikson, The University of

Queensland, Brisbane, Australia (Eds.)

Early Life on Earth: Habitats, Environments and Methods of Detection

This volume integrates the latest findings on

earliest life forms, identified and characterised in

some of the oldest rocks on Earth. New mate-

rial from prominent researchers in the field is

presented and evaluated in the context of previous

work. Emphasis is placed on the integration of

analytical methods with observational techniques

and experimental simulations. The opening section

focuses on submarine hot springs that the majority

of researchers postulate served as the cradle of life

on Earth. In subsequent sections, evidence for life

in strongly metamorphosed rocks such as those

in Greenland is summarised and early ecosys-

tems identified in the well preserved Barberton

and Pilbara successions in Southern Africa and

Western Australia. The final section includes a

number of papers from authors with alternate

perspectives on the evidence and record of early

life on Earth.

Features7 Takes the reader to the habitats of the most

ancient preserved organisms on earth 7 Shows

how we can identify early life forms from their

physical and chemical remains 7 Determines

what these early life forms and ecosystems were

like 7 Compares early life forms with existing

species today in similar niche environments

Fields of interestBiogeosciences; Astrophysics and Astroparticles;

Evolutionary Biology

Target groupsLibraries, researchers, and graduate students

in biogeosciences, geochemistry, paleontology,

geology, etc. interested in the origin of life on earth

H. Ieda (Ed.)

Sustainable Urban Transport in an Asian Context

Systems of transportation long ago developed

out of the profound human need to connect and

communicate. Transport today is still the only

means for the physical movement of goods and

people. Alongside the evolution of transportation

and communication technologies, the astounding

phenomenon of urbanization has taken place.

Cities have grown faster and larger, absorbing

vast influxes of dwellers who seek convenient

and comfortable lifestyles with the required fast,

cheap, and safe systems of transport. Of the world’s

megacities, with populations of more than ten

million, over half are in Asia. While enjoying

large-scale economic power, Asian megacities also

face serious challenges. They suffer from too-rapid

urbanization, with the resulting congestion, pollu-

tion, and destruction of traditional local cultures

and industries. Written by experts from Asian

academic institutes, this book addresses the urgent

question of how to achieve sustainability in the

still-growing cities of Asia.

Fields of interestLandscape/Regional and Urban Planning

Target groupsGraduates, scientists, researchers, academic

libraries

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. Approx. 450 p. 170 illus. (cSUR-UT Series: Library

for Sustainable Urban Regeneration, Volume 9)

Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-4-431-93953-5

Discount groupP


Due October 2011

2011. Approx. 920 p. 450 illus., 50 in color. (Encyclopedia

of Earth Sciences Series) Hardcover

7 approx. $549.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3584-4

2011 eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)

7 approx. $549.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3585-1

2011. Approx. 920 p. 450 illus., 50 in color. Print + eRefer-

ence. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)

7 approx. $689.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3586-8

Discount groupP


Due July 2010


7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8793-5


R. Lasaponara, CNR-IMAA, Potenza, Italy; N. Masini,

CNR-IBAM, Potenza, Italy (Eds.)

Satellite Remote SensingA New Tool for Archaeology

This book provides an excellent overview of the

satellite archaeology and it is an invaluable text for

archaeologists, scientists, and manager interested

in using satellite Earth Observation (EO) to

improve traditional approach for archaeological

investigation, protection and management of

Cultural Heritage.

The recent increasing development of EO tech-

niques and the tremendous advanced of Informa-

tion and Communication Technologies (ICT) have

focused a great interest in the use of EO and ICT

for supporting Cultural Heritage applications. The

book focuses on new challenging prospective for

the use of EO in archaeology not only for probing

the subsurface to unveil sites and artifacts, but

also for the management and valorization as well

as for the monitoring and preservation of cultural

resources. The book provides an excellent under-

standing of this revolutionary scenario which was

unthinkable several years ago.

Features7 The book is focused on new challenging

prospective for the use of EO in archaeology not

only for probing the subsurface to unveil sites and

artifacts, but also for the management and valori-

zation as well as for the monitoring and preserva-

tion of cultural resources 7 Excellent examples

of the high potentiality of the Integration of EO

multitemporal, multiscale, multisensors techniques

Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage; Remote Sensing/

Photogrammetry

Target groupsScientists and researchers

M. Leppäranta, University of Helsinki, Finland

The Drift of Sea Ice

The Second Edition of The Drift of Sea Ice presents

the fundamental laws of sea ice drift which come

from the material properties of sea ice and the

basic laws of mechanics. The resulting system of

equations is analysed for the general properties

of sea ice drift, the free drift model and analytical

models for ice drift in the presence of internal fric-

tion, and the construction of numerical ice drift

models is detailed. This second edition of a much

lauded work, unique on this topic in the English

language, has been revised, updated and expanded

with much new information and outlines recent

results, in particular in relation to the climate

problem, mathematical modelling and ice engi-

neering applications.

The current book presents the theory, observa-

tions, mathematical modelling techniques, and

applications of sea ice drift science.

Features7 Presents the theory, observations, mathematical

modelling techniques and applications of sea

ice drift science 7 Details analytical modelling

in one chapter to increase the understanding of

the physics of this topic 7 Gives a collection of

worked examples on sea ice dynamics 7 Details

the derivation of the fundamental laws of sea ice

dynamics in an understandable form

Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Oceanography; Environ-

mental Physics

Target groupsResearchers, lecturers and postgraduate students

working and studying in sea-ice geophysics, polar

oceanography, engineering and environmental

fields in universities and research centres, climate

modelers, research staff in ice engineering in ice-

covered waters, particularly connected to shipping

and oil and gas platforms

P. Meusburger, University of Heidelberg, Germany;

D. Livingstone, Queen’s University Belfast, UK;

H. Jöns, Loughborough University, Leics., UK (Eds.)

Geographies of Science

This collection of essays aims to further the

understanding of historical and contemporary

geographies of science. It offers a fresh perspective

on comparative approaches to scientific knowledge

and practice as pursued by geographers, sociolo-

gists, anthropologists, and historians of science.

The authors explore the formation and changing

geographies of scientific centers from the sixteenth

to the twentieth centuries and critically discuss the

designing of knowledge spaces in early museums,

in modern laboratories, at world fairs, and in the

periphery of contemporary science. They also

analyze the interactions between science and the

public in Victorian Britain, interwar Germany, and

recent environmental policy debates. The book

provides a genuine geographical perspective on the

production and dissemination of knowledge and

will thus be an important point of reference for

those interested in the spatial relations of science

and associated fields.

Features7 Highlights the spatial and temporal complexity

and contingency of past, present, and future inter-

disciplinary geographies of science 7 Presents

a balance of historical and contemporary case

studies

Fields of interestGeography (general); History of Science; Sociology

Target groupsHuman geographers, historians of science, sociolo-

gists

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. XVI, 359 p. 120 illus., 90 in color. (Remote Sensing

and Digital Image Processing, Volume 16) Hardcover

7 approx. $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8800-0

Discount groupP


Due April 2010



(Springer Praxis Books / Geophysical Sciences) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00

ISBN 978-3-642-04682-7

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. (Knowledge and Space, Volume 3)

Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8610-5


I. S. Robinson, University of Southampton, UK

Discovering the Oceans from SpaceThe unique applications of satellite

oceanography

The remote sensing of oceans from space has

developed rapidly since 1978 when the first

dedicated ocean viewing sensors were launched.

In 1991 the first European Space Agency remote

sensing satellite carried sensors primarily for the

ocean, heralding the widespread use of satellite

data by oceanographers. In the mid 1990s the US/

French TOPEX-Poseidon mission revolutionised

the performance of satellite altimetry and since

1997 NASA’s SeaWiFS mission has delivered

operational measurements of ocean colour. The

new millennium has seen the launch of several

very large remote sensing platforms and a number

of smaller missions by ESA, NASA and NASDA,

providing almost comprehensive worldwide

measurements of sea surface waves and wind,

temperature, colour, currents and other ocean

properties. The increasing availability of so much

satellite data has undoubtedly changed the way the

science of oceanography has developed.

Features7 Explores the aspects of oceanography which

have benefited most from the advent of satel-

lite remote sensing techniques 7 A book about

ocean remote sensing which is organised about

oceanographic topics rather than the instruments

and sensing techniques

Fields of interestGeophysics/Geodesy; Hydrogeology; Oceanog-

raphy

Target groupsUndergraduate and postgraduate students studying

both ocean science and the applications of earth

observation technology, and members of the

oceanographic research community

V. P. Singh, Texas A & M University, College Station,

TX, USA; P. Singh, Hydro Tasmania Consulting, New

Delhi, India; U. K. Haritashya, University of Dayton,

OH, USA (Eds.)

Encyclopedia of Snow, Ice and Glaciers

The earth’s cryosphere, which includes snow,

glaciers and ice caps, ice sheets, ice shelves, sea

ice, river and lake ice, and frozen ground, contains

about 75% of the earth’s fresh water.

Fields of interestHydrogeology; Physical Geography; Climate

Change

Target groupsUndergraduate and post-graduate students;

researchers/scientists; academic professionals

B. Singhal, Emeritus, Indian Institute of Technology,

Roorkee, India; R. Gupta, Indian Institute of

Technology, Roorkee, India

Applied Hydrogeology of Fractured Rocks

Hydrogeology is a topical and growing subject as

the earth’s water resources become scarcer and

more vulnerable. Although more than half the

surface area of continents is covered with hard

fractured rocks, there has until now been no single

book available dealing specifically with fractured

rock hydrogeology.

This book deals comprehensively with the

fundamental principles for understanding the

hydrogeological characteristics of these rocks, as

well as exploration techniques and assessment. It

also provides in depth discussion on structural

mapping, remote sensing, geophysical exploration,

GIS, groundwater flow modelling and contaminant

transport, field hydraulic testing including tracer

tests, groundwater quality, geothermal reservoirs,

managed aquifer recharge, and resources assess-

ment and management.

Features7 Specifically covers hydrogeological problems

of fractured rocks 7 A total methodology of

investigations covered in an integrated manner

7 Discusses in detail estimation of hydraulic

properties from field tests 7 Separate chapters on

fracture studies, remote sensing, GIS, groundwater

quality, contaminant transport, flow modelling and

groundwater resources management

Fields of interestHydrogeology; Applied Earth Sciences; Remote

Sensing/Photogrammetry

Target groupsGraduate students in the geosciences

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 455 p. 254 illus., 4 in color. With

4-page colour section. Hardcover

7 approx. $99.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8798-0

Discount groupP


Due February 2010


2010. Approx. 400 p. 50 illus., 20 in color. (Springer Praxis

Books / Geophysical Sciences) Hardcover

7 $199.00

ISBN 978-3-540-24430-1

Discount groupP


Due March 2011

2011. Approx. 1000 p. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences

Series) Hardcover

7 approx. $549.00

ISBN 978-90-481-2641-5

2011. eReference. (Encyclopedia of Earth Sciences Series)

7 approx. $549.00

ISBN 978-90-481-2642-2

2011. Approx. 1000 p. Print + eReference. (Encyclopedia

of Earth Sciences Series)

7 approx. $689.00

ISBN 978-90-481-2643-9


K. Stigter, Agromet Vision, The Netherlands (Ed.)

Applied Agrometeorology

This handbook reviews regional operational

applications of agrometeorology in the form of

case studies of agrometeorological services and

information that prepare farmers of different

income levels for extreme weather and climate

events and for the use of weather and climate

“windows of opportunity” under conditions of

a changing climate. In a review of operational

agrometeorological knowledge, fields of applica-

tion will be covered: crops (for which aspects of

soils, pests, diseases, water, fertilizers and labour

are discussed, in so far as their interaction with

agrometeorological factors), forestry, livestock, and

fisheries, and all with an emphasis on applications

of current knowledge. Supportive methods that are

operationally applied are reviewed and exemplified

through case studies of their applications in the

above mentioned fields. This applies to field quan-

tifications, modelling, decision-support systems,

remote sensing, geographic information systems

and other approaches to problem solving.

Features7 Combination of the theoretical background of

agricultural meteorology with practical probblem

solving and case studies and as such appealing

to both scientists, end users (farmers) and policy

makers

Fields of interestMeteorology/Climatology; Agriculture; Applied

Earth Sciences

Target groupsAgricultural meteorologists and other agricultural

scientists, agricultural consultants and extension-

ists, intermediaries between weather and climate

products of NMHSs, Research Institutes, Universi-

ties, Commercial Groups and the end users in the

agricultural sectors, undergraduate and graduate

agrometeorology students

X. Wang, Nanjing Institute of Geology and

Palaeontology, Beijing, China

The Dawn Angiosperms

This book is about fossil plants of so-called “pre-

historic” angiosperms. It reflects the newest prog-

ress in research on the origin of angiosperms, and

will definitely trigger many new ideas in research.

It emphasizes the early Cretaceous and Jurassic

materials, rather than later ones, as they are the

key periods for the origin of angiosperms.

The author integrates multiple techniques,

including SEM, TEM, light microscopy, peeling

and cladistics, to study the morphology, anatomy

and phylogeny of the fossils. Several Jurassic mate-

rials of angiosperms that have never been reported

before are included, these used to be thought as

pre-historic for flowering plants. Two more fossils

angiosperms from the Yixian Formation, where

Archaefructus was excavated, are reported. Newer

and stricter criterion for identifying fossil angio-

sperms is proposed.

Fields of interestBiogeosciences

Target groupsLibraries, professionals, scientists, graduates

I. S. Zonn, Egineering Scientific Production Center

for Water Economy, Moscow, Russia; A. Kostianoy,

Shirshov Institute of Oceanology, Moscow, Russia;

A. N. Kosarev, Moscow State University, Russia

The Caspian Sea Encyclopedia

The Caspian Sea is a unique natural feature, the

world’s largest landlocked water body. Historically

the Caspian was one of the key zones where the

interests of great powers such as Russia, Britain

and Persia clashed. And the reason was and still is

the oil – the “black gold” of the Caspian and also

the natural riches of the sea, its other gold – the

sturgeons with their black caviar.

With this encyclopedia attempt to relate the

Caspian story via an objective approach to the

past and present of the sea where even today many

geopolitical, economic, social and environmental

issues are focused. These issues are vital not only

to the Caspian countries, but other countries of the

world as well.

Features7 First Springer Series on encyclopaedias of the

seas

Fields of interestHistorical Geology; Physical Geography; Land-

scape/Regional and Urban Planning

Target groupsLibraries, institutes, researchers, scientists

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $229.00

ISBN 978-3-540-74697-3

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 250 p. 54 illus., 8 in color. (Lecture Notes in

Earth Sciences, Volume 121) Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-01160-3

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. XII, 400 p. 72 illus. Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11523-3

springer.com/librarybooks 63Springer News 2/2010 Environmental Sciences

B. Bhatta, Jadavpur University, Kolkata, India

Analysis of Urban Growth and Sprawl from Remote Sensing Data

This book provides a comprehensive discussion

on urban growth and sprawl, and how they can

be analyzed using remote sensing imageries. It

compiles views of numerous researchers that help

in understanding the urban growth and sprawl;

their patterns, process, causes, consequences,

and countermeasures; how remote sensing data

and geographic information system techniques

can be used in mapping, monitoring, measuring,

analyzing, and simulating the urban growth and

sprawl and what are the merits and demerits of

available methods and models.

This book will be of value for the scientists and

researchers engaged in urban geographic research,

especially using remote sensing imageries. This

book will serve as a rigours literature review for

them. Post graduate students of urban geography

or urban/regional planning may refer this book as

additional studies. This book may help the acade-

micians for preparing lecture notes and delivering

lectures.

Contents1. Pattern and Process of Urban Growth and

Sprawl.- 2. Causes and Consequences of Urban

Growth and Sprawl.- 3. Sustainable Development

and Smart Growth.- 4. Sustainable Development

and Smart Growth.- 5. Mapping and Monitoring

Urban Growth.- 6. Simulation of Urban Growth.-

7. Modelling and Simulation of Urban Growth.-

8. Limitations of Urban Growth Analysis.

Fields of interestComputer Applications in Earth Sciences; Envi-

ronmental Management; Information Systems

Applications (incl.Internet)

Target groupsScientists and researchers, lecturers and students,

as well as libraries

A. Doicu, T. Trautmann, F. Schreier, Deutsches

Zentrum für Luft-und Raumfahrt, Wessling, Germany

Numerical Regularization for Atmospheric Inverse Problems

The subject of this book is a hot topic with

currently no monographic support. It is more

advanced, specialized and mathematical than its

competitors, and a comprehensive book on regu-

larization techniques for atmospheric science is

much needed for further development in this field.

Written by brilliant mathematicians, this research

monograph presents and analyzes numerical algo-

rithms for atmospheric retrieval, pulling together

all the relevant material in a consistent, very

powerful manner.

The first chapter presents the typical retrieval

problems encountered in atmospheric remote

sensing. Chapter 2 introduces the concept of ill-

posedness for linear discrete equations, illustrating

the difficulties associated with the solution of the

problems by considering a temperature retrieval

test problem and analyzing the solvability of the

discrete equation by using the singular value

decomposition of the corresponding matrix.

Fields of interestMonitoring/Environmental Analysis; Climate

Change; Mathematical Methods in Physics

Target groupsGraduate students, post-doctoral scientists and

researchers in the field of physics, atmosphere,

meteorology and environmental sciences;

physicists and engineers with some background in

numerical linear algebra and matrix computations

W. H. Hager, ETH-Zentrum, Zürich, Switzerland

Wastewater HydraulicsTheory and Practice

The second, enlarged edition of this established

reference integrates many new insights into waste-

water hydraulics. This work serves as a reference

for researchers but also is a basis for practicing

engineers. It can be used as a text book for grad-

uate students, although it has the characteristics

of a reference book. It addresses mainly the sewer

hydraulician but also general hydraulic engineers

who have to tackle many a problem in daily life,

and who will not always find an appropriate solu-

tion. Each chapter is introduced with a summary

to outline the contents. To illustrate application

of the theory, examples are presented to explain

the computational procedures. Further, to relate

present knowledge to the history of hydraulics,

some key dates on noteworthy hydraulicians are

quoted. A historical note on the development of

wastewater hydraulics is also added. References are

given at the end of each chapter, and they are often

helpful starting points for further reading.

Features7 Provides up to date information 7 Important

reference for practicing engineers 7 Introduces

basics and fundamentals of water hydraulics

7 New edition includes sideweirs with throttling

pipes, drop shafts with an account on the two-

phase flow features, as well as conduit choking due

to direct or undular hydraulic jumps

Fields of interestStructural Foundations, Hydraulic Engineering;

Waste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-

trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution;

Fluid- and Aerodynamics

Target groupsPractitioners

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. X, 300 p. 43 illus., 6 in color. (Advances in

Geographic Information Science) Hardcover

7 $169.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05298-9

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


2010. Approx. 400 p. (Springer Praxis Books / Environ-

mental Sciences) Hardcover

7 approx. $209.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05438-9

Discount groupP

Engineering

Due April 2010

2010. I, 700 p. Hardcover

7 $159.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11382-6

springer.com/booksellers64 Springer News 2/2010Environmental Sciences

R. R. Jurin, University of Northern Colorado, Greeley,

CO, USA; D. Roush, Odyssey School, Denver, CO, USA;

J. Danter, The Nature Conservancy, Florida Chapter,

Altamonte Springs, FL, USA

Environmental Communica-tion. Second EditionSkills and Principles for Natural Resource

Managers, Scientists, and Engineers

Environmental professionals can no longer simply

publish research in technical journals. Informing

the public is now a critical part of the job. Envi-

ronmental Communication demonstrates, step by

step, how it’s done, and is an essential guide for

communicating complex information to groups

not familiar with scientific material. It addresses

the entire communications process, from message

planning, audience analysis and media relations

to public speaking – skills a good communicator

must master for effective public dialogue.

Features7 A revised edition of a successful book on envi-

ronmental communication focusing on providing

the environmental professional with knowledge

and tools 7 Providing a summary of important

communication principles, advice on dealing with

the mass media, explaining risks, planning effec-

tive communication campaigns, communicating

across cultures, managing conflict and numerous

skill-building and other practical exercises

Fields of interestEnvironmental Management; Environmental

Health; Organization/Planning

Target groupsEnvironmental professionals, scientists, lecturers

and students, industry, government and non-profit

groups dealing with communication issues

M. Lazaridis, Technical University of Crete, Chania,

Greece; I. Colbeck, University of Essex, Colchester,

UK (Eds.)

Human Exposure to Pollutants via Dermal Absorption and Inhalation

The human body is exposed to pollution on a daily

basis via dermal exposure and inhalation. This

book reviews the information necessary to address

the steps in exposure assessment relevant to air

pollution. The aim is to identify available informa-

tion including data sources and models, and show

that an integrated multi-route exposure model can

be built, validated and used as part of an air quality

management process.

Many epidemiological studies have focused on

inhalation exposure. Whilst this is appropriate for

many substances, failure to consider the impor-

tance of exposure and uptake of material deposited

on the skin may lead to an over/underestimation

of the risk. Hence dermal exposure is also consid-

ered. Drinking water contamination by disinfec-

tion by-products is also discussed.

Written by leading experts in the field, this book

provides a comprehensive review of ambient

particulate matter.

Features7 Reviews information necessary to address the

steps in exposure assessment relevant to air pollu-

tion 7 Chapters on exposure modelling will be

of key interest 7 Written by international experts

in the field

Fields of interestEnvironment, general; Atmospheric Protection/

Air Quality Control/Air Pollution; Environmental

Health

Target groupsGraduate students, researchers and policymakers

involved in air quality management, environ-

mental health and related disciplines, as well

as environmental consultants and ventilation

engineers

M. Leroux, Université Jean Moulin, Lyon, France

Dynamic Analysis of Weather and ClimateAtmospheric circulation, Perturbations,

Climatic evolution

Beginning with a review of the dire hypotheses for

climate trends, the author describes the history

of the 1998 Intergovernmental Panel on Climate

Change (IPCC) and many subsequent confer-

ences. He discusses the main conclusions of the

three IPCC reports and the predicted impact on

global temperatures, rainfall, weather and climate,

while highlighting the mounting confusion and

sensationalism of reports in the media. After

taking a hard look at the reality of the greenhouse

effect, the ‘evidence’ from climate models, and the

models’ limitations, Leroux postulates alternate

causes of climate change and analyzes the trends

for global temperatures, rainfall patterns, and sea

level. He poses the ‘heretical’ question if warming

may be considered a benefit in some regions.

Finally Leroux suggests a number of priorities

for climatologists to better understand processes

of climate change, to integrate them into climate

models, and to predict accurately future changes

in climate.

Features7 Anybody who speaks about climate change

needs to know the basis for understanding the

weather and climate and have a critical knowledge

on events and replace media sensasionalism in

context

Fields of interestMeteorology/Climatology; Climate Change;

Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air

Pollution

Target groupsResearchers, professionalsDiscount group

P


Due April 2010

Originally published by Pearson Custom Publishing,

2000

2nd ed. 2010. 18 illus. Hardcover

7 $59.95

ISBN 978-90-481-3986-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. IX, 350 p. (Environmental Pollution, Volume 17)

Hardcover

7 $169.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8662-4

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

Jointly published with Praxis Publishing, UK. Originally

published by Wiley and Praxis


(Springer Praxis Books / Environmental Sciences)

Hardcover

7 $169.00

ISBN 978-3-642-04679-7


D. Lobell, M. Burke, Stanford University, Stanford,

CA, USA (Eds.)

Climate Change and Food SecurityAdapting Agriculture to a Warmer World

Roughly a billion people around the world

continue to live in state of chronic hunger and

food insecurity. Unfortunately, efforts to improve

their livelihoods must now unfold in the context

of a rapidly changing climate, in which warming

temperatures and changing rainfall regimes could

threaten the basic productivity of the agricultural

systems on which most of the world’s poor directly

depend. But whether climate change represents

a minor impediment or an existential threat to

development is an area of substantial controversy,

with different conclusions wrought from different

methodologies and based on different data.

This book aims to resolve some of the controversy

by exploring and comparing the different method-

ologies and data that scientists use to understand

climate’s effects on food security. In explains the

nature of the climate threat, the ways in which

crops and farmers might respond, and the poten-

tial role for public and private investment to help

agriculture adapt to a warmer world.

Features7 Chapters from leading experts in several fields

7 Over 50 figures and tables to illustrate key

points 7 Accessible descriptions of modelling

techniques 7 Extended discussion of adaptation

opportunities and constraints

Fields of interestClimate Change; Agriculture; Earth Sciences,

general

Target groupsResearchers in climate change, agriculture, and

food security, graduate students in environmental

and earth science, agriculture, undergraduate

students

H. Plachter, University of Marburg, Germany;

U. Hampicke, University of Greifswald, Germany

(Eds.)

Large-scale Livestock GrazingA Management Tool for Nature Conservation

One of the main objectives of nature conservation

in Europe is to protect valuable cultural landscapes

characterized by a mixture of open habitats and

hedges, trees and patchy woodland (semi-open

landscapes).The development of these landscapes

during the past decades has been characterized

by an ongoing intensification of land use on the

one hand, and an increasing number of former

meadows and pastures becoming fallow as a

result of changing economic conditions on the

other hand. Since species adapted to open and

semi-open landscapes contribute to biodiversity

in Europe in a major way, this development is of

great concern to nature conservation. In several

countries largescale, nature-adapted pastoral

systems have been recognized as one solution to

this problem. These systems could offer an alterna-

tive to industrial livestock raising and keep a high

biodiversity on the landscape level.

Features7 Against the background of livestock diseases

such as BSE and Foot and Mouth Disease and the

efforts to reform the Common Agricultural Policy

in the EU by changing the criteria for agricultural

subsidies, these concepts gain particular signifi-

cance 7 They could also represent an alternative

to the established, costly habitat management tools

Fields of interestGeoecology/Natural Processes; Biogeosciences;

Geography (general)

Target groupsScientists, researchers, institutes, libraries

D. Rapp, South Pasadena, CA, USA

Assessing Climate ChangeTemperatures, Solar Radiation and

Heat Balance

Despite the inadequacies of the temperature

measurement network, there is little doubt

that much of the Earth has been undergoing a

moderate warming since about the start of the 20th

century, although this warming has been more

pronounced in some areas, and it wavered in mid-

century. A critical question facing mankind is: Has

this global warming been primarily due to natural

fluctuations (e.g. increases in total solar irradiance

(TSI) coupled to positive feedback effects, changes

in ocean heat transport flows, or other variations)

or anthropogenic impacts (primarily greenhouse

gas production)?

Global warming alarmists believe that the

increases in 20th century temperatures are mainly

due to increases in greenhouse gases and offer

the “hockey stick” picture of global temperature

history as evidence of the uniqueness of the 20th

century. Nay-sayers dispute these predictions,

claiming that the recent rise in temperature has

significant regional exceptions.

Fields of interestClimate Change; Meteorology/Climatology;

Atmospheric Protection/Air Quality Control/Air

Pollution

Target groupsEnvironmental scientists, climatologists, meteo-

rologists and atmospheric physicists, intermediate

and advanced undergraduates, postgraduate

students and researchers studying global warming,

climate change, and anthropogenic impacts on the

environment

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. VI, 199 p. 50 illus. (Advances in Global Change

Research, Volume 37) Softcover

7 $49.95

ISBN 978-90-481-2952-2

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. XVIII, 478 p. Hardcover

7 $169.00

ISBN 978-3-540-68666-8

Discount groupP


Due February 2010


2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 410 p. (Springer Praxis Books /

Environmental Sciences) Hardcover

7 $169.00

ISBN 978-3-642-01987-6

springer.com/booksellers66 Springer News 2/2010Environmental Sciences

J. Reitner, N. Quéric, G. Arp, University of Göttingen,

Germany

Advances in Stromatolite Geobiology

Stromatolites are the most intriguing geobiological

structures of the entire earth history since the

beginning of the fossil record in the Archaean.

Stromatolites and microbialites are interpreted

as biosedimentological remains of biofilms and

microbial mats. These structures are important

environmental and evolutionary archives which

give us information about ancient habitats, biodi-

versity, and evolution of complex benthic ecosys-

tems. However, many geobiological aspects of

these structures are still unknown or only poorly

understood. The present proceedings highlight the

new ideas and information on the formation and

environmental setting of stromatolites presented at

the occasion of the Kalkowsky Symposium 2008,

held in Göttingen, Germany.

Fields of interestBiogeosciences; Microbial Ecology; Geoecology/

Natural Processes


S. Srivastava, Dayalbagh, Agra, India; P. Goyal,

G.L. Bajaj Insitute of Technology and Managment,

Greater Noida, India

Novel BiomaterialsDecontamination of Toxic Metals from

Wastewater

Current research revolves around trends to bring

technology into harmony with the natural environ-

ment and in order to protect the ecosystem.

Bioremediation involves processes which reduce

the overall treatment costs by using agricultural

residues. Regeneration of the biosorbent further

increases the cost effectiveness of the process,

thus warranting its future success in solving water

quality problems. Special emphasis is paid to

chemical modifications resulting in tailored novel

biomaterials which improve its sorption efficiency

and environmental stability. In this way it can be

used commercially as a simple, fast, economical,

ecofriendly green technology, for the removal of

toxic metals from waste water particularly in rural

and remote areas of the country.

Features7 Deals with bioremediation which involves

processes that reduce overall treatment cost

through the application of agricultural residues

ContentsHeavy Metals.- Metal Detoxification.- Metal

Decontamination.- Existing Metal Removal Tech-

nologies.- Hyper Accumulation.- Biosorption.-

Sorption Isotherms and Kinetics.- Reusability of

Biomaterial.- Novel Biomaterials.

Fields of interestWaste Water Technology / Water Pollution Con-

trol / Water Management / Aquatic Pollution;

Ecotoxicology; Biomaterials

Target groupsScientists and postgraduate students dealing with

wastewater treatment

T. Tscharntke, C. Leuschner, E. Veldkamp, H. Faust,

University of Göttingen, Germany; E. Guhardja,

Institut Pertanian Bogor, Indonesia; A. Bidin,

Universitas Tadulako, Tondo Palu, Indonesia (Eds.)

Tropical Rainforests and Agro-forests under Global ChangeEcological and Socio-economic Valuations

Tropical rainforests are disappearing due to agri-

cultural intensification and climate change, causing

irreversible losses in biodiversity and associated

ecosystem functioning. Ecosystem properties

and human well-being are profoundly influ-

enced by environmental change, which is often

not considered during land use intensification.

Understanding these processes needs an integrated

scientific approach linking ecological, economic

and social perspectives at different scales, from

the household and village level to landscapes and

regions. The chapters in this book cover a broad

range of topical research areas, from sustain-

able agroforestry management, climate change

effects on rainforests and agroforests to integrated

concepts of land use in tropical landscapes.

Features7 Provides an integrated scientific approach

linking ecological, economic and social approaches

at different scales

Fields of interestClimate Change; Nature Conservation; Sustainable

Development

Target groupsProfessionals in the fields of agroforestry and

tropical ecology, biodiversity-ecosystem service

management

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Lecture Notes in Earth Sciences,


7 $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10414-5

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. X, 190 p. (Environmental Science and Engineering

/ Environmental Science) Hardcover

7 $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11328-4

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. XVI, 531 p. (Environmental Science and Engi-

neering / Environmental Science) Hardcover

7 approx. $219.00

ISBN 978-3-642-00492-6


M. A. Uqaili, H. Khanji, Mehran Univ., Jamshoro,

Pakistan

Energy, Environment and Sustainable Development

New information and strategies for managing

the energy crisis from the perspective of growing

economies are presented. Numerous case studies

illustrate the particular challenges that devel-

oping countries, many of which are faced with

insufficient resources, encounter. As a result,

many unique strategies to the problems of energy

management an conservation, environmental

engineering, clean technologies, biological and

chemical waste treatment and waste management

have been developed.

Features7 Numerous case studies are included

7 Includes a broad scope of interest from basic

researchers to policy makers interested in environ-

mental issues and sustainable energy solutions

Fields of interestSustainable Development; Environmental

Economics; Renewable Energy Sources


Discount groupP


Due June 2010


7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-3-7091-0108-7

springer.com/booksellers68 Springer News 2/2010Life Sciences

J. Braman, Stratagene, An Agilent Technologies

Division, La Jolla, CA, USA (Ed.)

In Vitro Mutagenesis ProtocolsThird Edition

In the post-genomic era, in vitro mutagenesis

has emerged as a critically important tool for

establishing the functions of components of the

proteome. The third edition of In Vitro Muta-

genesis Protocols represents a practical toolbox

containing protocols vital to advancing our under-

standing of the connection between nucleotide

sequence and sequence function. Fully updated

from the previous editions, this volume contains a

variety of specialty tools successfully employed to

unravel the intricacies of protein-protein interac-

tion, protein structure-function, protein regulation

of biological processes, and protein activity, as well

as a novel section on mutagenesis methods for

unique microbes as a guide to the generalization

of mutagenesis strategies for a host of microbial

systems.

Features7 Establishes protein structure, function,

activity, and interrelationships by authors of peer

reviewed articles published in respected journals

7 Describes mutagenesis in various microbial

backgrounds: Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Brucella

species, Campylobacter and Helicobacter species,

Herpesviruses, Plasmodium falciparum

Fields of interestHuman Genetics; Proteomics

Target groupsMolecular biologists, cell biologists, biochem-

ists, developmental biologists, virologists, protein

engineers, genetic engineers, and pharmaceutical

chemists

A. Ciancio, C.N.R., Bari, Italy; K. Mukerji, University of

Delhi, India (Eds.)

Integrated Management of Arthropod Pests and Insect Borne Diseases

The fifth and last Volume of this IPMD series

reviews, in a multi-disciplinary approach, recent

achievements in crop protection and integrated

management of arthropod pests. It is organized

in a first Section covering IPM in citrus produc-

tions, a Second one dealing with advacements in

the integratioon of management technologies and

a last Section covering mites and their biological

control agents. As for the previous volumes, we

attempted to provide an informative coverage for a

broad range of agricultural systems and situations.

The chapters are mainly organized and centered on

crops, with a particular emphasis on citrus.

Features7 Updated reviews on IPM in citrus produc-

tion 7 Review of remote sensing technologies

7 IPM of urticating lepidopterans 7 Updated

reviews of mites management through biological

control agents

ContentsI. IPM in Citrus Groves. 1.Citrus Pest Manage-

ment in the Northern Mediterranean Basin (Spain,

Italy and Greece). 2.Main Arthropod Pests of

Citrus Culture and Pest Management in Greece.

3.Biological Control in Citrus in Spain: from Clas-

sical to Conservation Biological Control. 4.Citrus

Integrated Pest Management in Italy. 5.Entomo-

pathogenic Nematode Ecology and Biological

Control in Florida Citrus Orchards. - II- Advanced

IPM Technologies. 6.Integration of Insect and Mite

Management with Disease and Weed Control in

Pecan Production. 7.Locust Habitat Monitoring

and Risk Assessment Using Remote Sensing and

GIS Technologies.

Fields of interestPlant Pathology; Entomology; Agriculture

Target groupsPractitioners, professionals, scientists, researchers,

lecturers, tutors, graduates, undergraduates

S. Ding, The Scripps Research Institute, La Jolla, CA,

USA (Ed.)

Cellular Programming and ReprogrammingMethods and Protocols

Before the therapeutic potential of cell replace-

ment therapy or the development of therapeutic

drugs for stimulating the body’s own regenera-

tive ability to repair cells damaged by disease and

injury can be fully realized, control of stem cell

fate, immuno-rejection, and limited cell sources

must be overcome. In Cellular Programming and

Reprogramming: Methods and Protocols, expert

researchers cover the most recent technologies

and their related mechanisms involved in the

programming and reprogramming of cell fate.

Written in the highly successful Methods in

Molecular Biology™ series format, chapters include

introductions to their respective topics, lists of the

necessary materials and reagents, step-by-step,

laboratory protocols, and notes to highlight tips on

troubleshooting and avoiding known pitfalls.

Features7 Provides authoritative protocols and insights in

generating various essential cell types as written

by leading researchers in the field 7 Details the

process of producing functional cell types for

high-throughput screens 7 Covers the most

recent technologies and their related mechanisms

involved in the programming and reprogramming

of cell fate

Fields of interestCell Biology; Stem Cells; Cell Culture

Target groupsStem cell scientists, regenerative medicine special-

ists, molecular and cellular biologists

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010

3rd ed. 2010. Approx. 400 p. 92 illus., 9 in color. (Methods

in Molecular Biology, Volume 634) Hardcover

7 approx. $139.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-651-1

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. XIV, 362 p. (Integrated Management of Plant Pests

and Diseases, Volume 5) Hardcover

7 $199.00

ISBN 978-90-481-2463-3

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010



7 $139.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-690-0

springer.com/librarybooks 69Springer News 2/2010 Life Sciences

Y. Gherbawy, Taif University, Taif, Saudi Arabia;

K. Voigt, University of Jena, Germany (Eds.)

Molecular Identification of Fungi

Fungi enjoy great popularity in pharmaceutical,

agricultural, and biotechnological applications.

Recent advances in the decipherment of whole

fungal genomes promise an acceleration of these

trends.

This timely book links scientists from different

parts of the world who are interested in the

molecular identification of fungi combined with

the exploration of the fungal biodiversity in

different ecosystems. It provides a compendium for

scientists who rely on a rapid and reliable detec-

tion of fungal specimens in environmental as well

as clinical resources in order to ensure the benefit

of industrial and clinical applications.

Chapters focus on the opportunities and limits of

the molecular marker-mediated identification of

fungi. Various methods, procedures and strate-

gies are outlined. Furthermore, the book offers an

update of the current progress in the development

of fungal molecular techniques, and draws atten-

tion to potential and associated problems, as well

as integrating theory and practice.

Features7 Highlights the applications of molecular tech-

niques in basic and applied mycology 7 Elabo-

rately illustrated including more than 30 colour

figures and many other exemplifications

Fields of interestFungus Genetics; Biological Techniques; Eukary-

otic Microbiology

Target groupsResearchers and advanced students

R. Hell, R. Mendel, University of Heidelberg,

Germany (Eds.)

Cell Biology of Metals and Nutrients

Plants are composed of 17 essential and at least 5

beneficial elements, and these must be taken up as

metal or nutrient ions to allow for growth and cell

division. Much effort has been devoted to studying

the physiology and biochemistry of metals and

nutrients in plants. The aspect of cell biology,

however, is an emerging new field and much

needs to be learned about sensing, long-distance

communication within plants, and cellular signal

transduction chains in response to environmental

stress. Cellular malfunction and consequently

disease result when any of the key steps in metal

and nutrient homeostasis are disrupted.

Working together, leading experts in their

respective fields provide a new concept that

reaches beyond plant nutrition and plasmalemma

transport into cellular physiology. Each chapter

contains basic information on uptake, physiolog-

ical function, deficiency and toxicity syndromes,

long-distance and intracellular transport.

Features7 State-of-the-art review of current knowledge on

function and metabolism of metal sand nutrients

7 Critical assessment of achievements and deficits

7 Cross-referencing to other biological systems

7 Fundamental reference for metal and nutrient

functions, plant nutrition and cellular mechanisms

of homeostatic control

Fields of interestPlant Physiology; Cell Biology; Plant Biochemistry

Target groupsLibraries, institutes, scientists

M. S. Khan, A. Zaidi, J. Musarrat (Eds.)

Microbes for Legume Improvement

Microbes for Legume Improvement provides

comprehensive information on concepts of

microbial technology for the improvement of

legumes grown in different agro-ecosystems. The

role of microbes including symbiotic nitrogen

fixers, asymbiotic nitrogen fixing bacteria

(like Azotobacter/Azospirillum), plant growth

promoting rhizobacteria (PGPR), phosphate-

solubilizing microbes, arbuscular mycorrhizal

fungi and biocontrol agents in the improvement of

both conventional and forage legumes growth is

discussed. Furthermore, recent findings of legume-

pathogen and legume-rhizobial interactions and

proteomic analysis of legume–microbe interac-

tions are addressed.

Features7 Utility of microbes for improvement of legumes

growth both in conventional and derelict soils

7 First of its kind addressing recent advances

in microbial technology and their application in

sustainability of legume productivity 7 Unique

collection of data

From the contents1. Microbes-Legume Interaction: A genomic

perspective.- 2. Phosphate Solubilizing microbes

affecting legume growth and yields in different

agro-ecosystems.- 3. Plant Growth Promoting

Rhizobacteria and Sustainable Legume Produc-

tion.- 4. Strategies and Development of microbial

inoculants for their use in legume cultivation.-

5. Functional Diversity in nitrogen fixing microor-

ganisms and factors affecting their colonization in

different ecological niches.- 6. Proteomic Analysis

of Microbes-Legume Interaction: Current Status.

Fields of interestPlant Ecology; Microbiology; Applied Ecology

Target groupsStudents, teachers and scientists

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 $229.00

ISBN 978-3-642-05041-1

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. XV, 285 p. 23 illus., 15 in color. (Plant Cell Mono-

graphs, Volume 17) Hardcover

7 $179.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10612-5

Discount groupP


Due July 2010


7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-3-211-99752-9

springer.com/booksellers70 Springer News 2/2010Life Sciences

S. Mancuso, University of Firenze, Sesto Fiorentino,

Italy; S. Shabala, University of Tasmania, Hobart,

Australia (Eds.)

Waterlogging Signalling and Tolerance in Plants

Waterlogging is a major problem for plant cultiva-

tion in many regions of the world.

This book combines both academic and practical

aspects of this topic. Based on recent progress in

cell and molecular biology, various facets of water-

logging signalling and tolerance are addressed,

starting from the molecular level, through

membrane transport, cells and plant organs, up to

the whole organism. Leading scientists contribute

13 chapters grouped into the following main parts:

whole-plant regulation, intracellular signalling,

membrane transporters in waterlogging tolerance

and agronomical and environmental aspects.

This work offers a universal handbook for any

researcher or agronomist interested in the impact

of waterlogging in plants.

Features7 Investigates waterlogging, one of the major

problems for plant cultivation 7 The first book

considering both agronomical/environmental and

cellular aspects of waterlogging stress perception

and tolerance

From the contentsOxygen Transport in Waterlogged Plants.- Water-

logging and Plant Nutrient Uptake.- Strategies

for Adaptation to Waterlogging and Hypoxia in

Nitrogen Fixing Nodules of Legumes.- Oxygen

Transport in the sSapwood of Trees.- pH Signaling

During Anoxia.-Programmed Cell Death and

Aerenchyma Formation Under Hypoxia.- Oxygen

Deprivation, Metabolic Adaptations and Oxidative

Stress.- Root Water Transport Under Waterlogged

Conditions and the Roles of Aquaporins in Trans-

port of Water and Other Molecules Relevant to

Oxygen Deficient Conditions.

Fields of interestPlant Physiology; Agriculture; Forestry

Target groupsResearchers, agronomists and advanced students

M. Rai, SGB Amravati University, Maharashtra,

India; University of Debrecen, Debrecen University,

Debrecen, Hungary (Eds.)

Progress in Mycology

There has been tremendous biotechnological

advancement in the field of fungi in the last two

decades. The present book is aimed to provide

the readers with current trends in the field of

Mycology in general and fungal biotechnology in

particular.

The book would be of utmost importance to

students, researchers and teachers of botany,

mycology, microbiology, medical microbiology,

fungal biotechnology and nanotechnology. The

readers should find the book full of information

and reader friendly.

Features7 Presents current trends in the field of mycology

in general and fungal biotechnology in particular

7 Provides new insights in the field of genetic

improvement, transformations and phyllogenetic

relationship of different genera and species

From the contents1.Better Yeast for Better Wine - Genetic Improve-

ment of Saccharomyces cerevisiae Wine Strains.-

2.Genetics and Genomics of Aspergillus.- 3.Gen-

etic Transformation of Zygomycetes Fungi.- 4.Cur-

rent Advances in Aspergillosis.- 5.Fungal Infec-

tions of The Central Nervous System.- 6.Otomy-

cosis in Turkey: A Review.- 7.Current Trends in

Fungal Sinusitis.- 8.Biodiversity of Filamentous

Fungi on Soils and Sands.- 9.Role of Mycorrhizal

Fungi in Growth Promotion of Crop Plants.-

10.Ectomycorrhizal Symbiosis: Possibilities and

Prospects.- 11.Higher Basidiomycetes Mushrooms

as a Source of Antioxidants.

Fields of interestPlant Sciences; Plant Physiology; Microbiology

Target groupsStudents, researchers and teachers of botany,

mycology, microbiology, medical microbiolodgy,

fungal biotechnology and nanotechnology

A. Sharon, Tel-Aviv University, Tel-Aviv, Israel (Ed.)

Molecular and Cell Biology Methods for Fungi

With the development of fungal transformation

systems and the deciphering of an increasing

number of fungal genomes, this diverse clade of

heterotrophic eukaryotic organisms has proven to

be ideal for molecular work and highly service-

able as model systems to study basic processes

with results that are applicable to many organisms,

including humans. In Molecular and Cell Biology

Methods for Fungi, experts in the field provide

an up-to-date set of practical protocols covering

a range of frequently used methods used to study

molecular and cellular aspects of fungal biology.

The included classical protocols such as transfor-

mation systems and traditional protein analysis

methods, which have been widely used for many

years, alongside the most advanced techniques

such as genome amplification, whole genome

knockout methods, and sophisticated in vivo

imaging techniques will prove to be easily adapt-

able and useful in a wide range of species.

Features7 Provides a comprehensive set of methods used

in fungal molecular and cell biology written by

leading researchers in the field 7 Presents the

most popular methods alongside highly advanced

technologies 7 Methods cover all types of

molecular and cellular research from single cell

analyses to high throughput methods

Fields of interestCell Biology; Eukaryotic Microbiology

Target groupsCell biologists, biochemists, molecular biologists,

plant and human pathologists as well as people

interested in environmental issues

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $199.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10304-9

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

Scientific Publishers has distribution rights for India

Jointly published with Scientific Publishers (India)


7 approx. $179.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3712-1

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010



7 $119.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-610-8

springer.com/librarybooks 71Springer News 2/2010 Life Sciences

R. Sunkar, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, OK,

USA (Ed.)

Plant Stress ToleranceMethods and Protocols

A number of abiotic factors such as drought,

salinity, extreme temperatures, low or high light

intensity, and deficiency or toxic levels of nutrients

have huge impacts on crop productivity, and a

furthering of our understanding of the molecular,

biochemical, and physiological basis of stress

tolerance has been widely recognized as critical.

In Plant Stress Tolerance: Methods and Proto-

cols, expert researchers cover the most important

widely-used techniques, including cutting-edge

strategies, in a manner that ensures effective

results.

Features7 Provides an easily accessible reference volume

for plant stress tolerance written by leading

researchers in the field 7 Details the wide range

of assays relevant to assessing plant stress tolerance

7 Provides detailed step-by-step instructions

for the protocols covering a whole range of topics

in plant stress tolerance 7 Details the high-

throughput identification of stress tolerance genes,

proteins, and microRNAs

From the contentsDehydration Tolerance in Plants.- Approaches

to Identifying Genes for Salinity Tolerance, and

the Importance of Time Scale.- Gene Regulation

During Cold Stress Acclimation in Plants.- Redox-

Dependent Regulation, Redox Control, and Oxida-

tive Damage in Plant Cells Subjected to Abiotic

Stress.- Array Platforms and Bioinformatics

Tools for the Analysis of Plant Transcriptome in

Response to Abiotic Stress.

Fields of interestPlant Sciences; Plant Physiology

Target groupsPlant scientists, physiologists, biochemists and

molecular biologists working on plant abiotic

stress

A. Ward, D. Tosh, University of Bath, UK (Eds.)

Mouse Cell CultureMethods and Protocols

Cultured cells have combined accessibility and the

ability to expand a homogeneous cell population

from a relatively limited source, thus opening up

a wealth of possibilities for researchers. In Mouse

Cell Culture: Methods and Protocols, expert

researchers provide a number of methods for the

culture of a wide range of specific cells and tissues

isolated from the key genetic model of the fetal or

adult mouse. Including protocols for the explant

of fetal tissues and stem cells that allow develop-

mental processes to be followed ex vivo as well as

protocols for the culture of isolated cell types that

allow for the study of relatively homogeneous cell

populations, this volume brings together a selec-

tion of the most current methods in order to make

them available in one convenient source.

Features7 Features methods involving a wide variety of

tissue types in one convenient volume 7 Written

by leading experts in an easy-to-use step-by-step

format with notes providing practical, straight-

from-the-lab knowledge and experiences

7 Covers protocols with fetal tissues and stem

cells as well as cultures of isolated cell types for the

study of developmental processes and homoge-

neous cell populations, respectively

Fields of interestCell Biology; Cell Culture; Animal Models

Target groupsMolecular and cellular biologists, geneticists, phar-

maceutical scientists, and biochemists

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 365 p. 46 illus. (Methods in Molecular

Biology, Volume 639) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-1-60761-701-3

Discount groupP

Springer Protocols

Due April 2010



7 $119.00

ISBN 978-1-58829-772-3

springer.com/booksellers72 Springer News 2/2010Business/Economics

M. Filzmoser, Vienna University of Technology,

Austria

Simulation of Automated Negotiation

Automated negotiation might improve negotiation

outcomes in e-commerce and allow the coordina-

tion of agents in autonomous systems. However, as

operative systems do not yet exist, research relies

on simulation to evaluate potential system configu-

rations in realistically complex scenarios. This

book reviews the latest literature on the simulation

of automated negotiation and addresses identified

deficiencies by offering novel strategies for soft-

ware agents and alternative interaction protocols.

The method of computer simulation is discussed,

with a focus on its specific applications in the

domain of negotiations. The results of computer

simulations of the proposed automated negotiation

systems are compared across systems and to the

outcomes of negotiation experiments with human

agents. Analyses along various outcome dimen-

sions, such as efficiency, fairness and individual

utility, provide insights into general design trade-

offs as well as design requirements for superior

outcomes in automated negotiations.

Features7 State of the art literature review

7 Implementation of novel strategies and

protocols for automated negotiation

7 Systematic computer simulation and analysis

Fields of interestInformation Systems; Artificial Intelligence (incl.

Robotics); User Interfaces and Human Computer

Interaction


A. Garrido, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain;

M. R. Llamas, Universidad Complutense de Madrid,

Spain; C. Varela-Ortega, P. Novo, R. Rodríguez-

Casado, Universidad Politécnica de Madrid, Spain;

M. M. Aldaya, University of Twente, The Netherlands

Water Footprint and Virtual Water Trade in SpainPolicy Implications

The evaluation of the water footprint and virtual

water trade has become a promising means to

evaluate the sustainability of a country’s water

resources. This book is based on the research and

results of a thorough study carried out for Spain,

which serves as a leading case for a semi-arid

country. The objective of this study was to assess

and analyze Spain’s virtual water use and water

footprint, differentiating the green and blue

(surface and groundwater) components, both

from a hydrological and economic perspective.

This contributes to the water footprint and virtual

water literature in several ways. By evaluating

both water footprint and virtual water over time

and at the provincial scale, the analysis allows for

policy-relevant conclusions at the river basin level.

By separating green and blue water components,

and evaluating all crops at the provincial level,

the study enables a finer analysis of how water

footprint and virtual water vary during droughts

and water shortages.

Features7 Provides geographical analysis (provincial and

basin levels) over a ten-year period 1996-2006

7 Evaluates water footprint not only in terms

of quantity and quality, but also in Euro terms,

allowing for an analysis of the value of water use

in the regions, in time and in virtual water exports

7 Explores the linkages between agricultural and

water policies

Fields of interestAgricultural Economics; Environmental

Economics; Hydrogeology

Target groupsResearchers and graduate students in agricultural

economics, natural resources policy, hydrology,

water engineering and Iberian studies, policy-

makers concerned with water and hydrological

issues

N. Kshetri, The University of North Carolina,

Greensboro, NC, USA

The Global Cybercrime IndustryEconomic, Institutional and Strategic

Perspectives

This book is about the global cybercrime industry,

which according to some estimates, is a US$1

trillion industry and is growing rapidly. It exam-

ines economic and institutional processes in the

cybercrime industry, provides insights into the

entrepreneurial aspect of firms engaged in cyber-

criminal activities, takes a close look at cybercrime

business models, explains the global variation in

the pattern of cybercrimes and seeks to understand

threats and countermeasures taken by key actors

in this industry. This book’s distinguishing features

include the newness, importance, controversiality

and complexity of the topic; cross-disciplinary

focus, orientation and scope; theory-based but

practical and accessible to the wider audience; and

illustration of various qualitative and quantitative

aspects of the global cybercrime industry.

Features7 Hot topic 7 Cross-disciplinary focus

7 Theory-based but practical 7 Accessible to a

wide audience 7 Illustration of various qualita-

tive and quantative aspects

ContentsThe Global Cybercrime Industry and Its Structure:

Relevant Actors, Motivations, Threats, and Coun-

termeasures.- Simple Economics of Cybercrime

and the Vicious Circle.- An Institutional Perspec-

tive on Cybercrimes.- Increasing Returns and

Externality in Cybercrimes.- Institutional Field

Evolved Around Cybercrimes.- Information and

Communications Technologies, Cyberattacks and

Strategic Asymmetry.- Global Heterogeneity in the

Pattern of the Cybercrime Industry.- Structure of

Cybercrime in Developing Economies.

Fields of interestMedia Management; e-Commerce/e-Business;

Information Systems

Target groupsAcademics as well as practitioners and policy

makers; students in e-commerce; all members

of the cyber-world

Discount groupP

Business and Economics

Due April 2010


7 approx. $139.00

ISBN 978-3-7091-0132-2

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 210 p. 62 illus. (Natural Resource Manage-

ment and Policy, Volume 35) Hardcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-5740-5

Discount groupP


Due June 2010


7 $99.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11521-9

springer.com/librarybooks 73Springer News 2/2010 Business/Economics

H. Maier, J. Gampe, B. Jeune, J. Robine, J. W. Vaupel

(Eds.)

Supercentenarians

Does human mortality after age 110 continue

to rise, level off, or start to decline? This book

describes a concerted, international research

effort undertaken with the goal of establishing

a database that allows the best possible descrip-

tion of the mortality trajectory beyond the age

of 110. The International Database on Longevity

(IDL) is the result of this on-going effort. The IDL

contains exhaustive information on validated cases

of supercentenarians (people 110 years and older)

and allows unbiased estimates of mortality after

age 110. The main finding is remarkable: human

mortality after age 110 is flat at a probability of

death of 50% per year. The sixteen chapters of

this book discuss age validation of exceptional

longevity, data on supercentenarians in a series of

countries, structure and contents of the IDL, and

statistical analysis of human mortality after age

110. Several chapters include short accounts of

specific supercentenarians that add life to demo-

graphic research.

From the contentsPart I General: On the age validation of supercen-

tenarians.- The International Database Longevity:

Structure and contents.- Part II Country reports:

Supercentenarians in the United States.- The

emergence of supercentenarians in Canada.-

Supercentenarians in Japan.- Being very old in a

young country: Centenarians and supercentenar-

ians in Australia.- Supercentenarians in France.-

Italian supercentenarians: Age validation of deaths

from 1969 to 2000.- Emergence and verification

of supercentenarians in Spain.- Age validation of

persons aged 105 and above in Germany.-

The growth of high ages in England and Wales,

1635-2106.- Supercentenarians in the Nordic

Countries.- Part III Research on supercentenar-

ians: Human mortality beyond age 110.- Is it

possible to measure life expectancy at 110 in

France?

Fields of interestDemography; Aging; Population Economics

Target groupsScientists

D. Ó Conchúir, Scatterwork Switzerland

Overview of the PMBOK® GuideShort Cuts for PMP® Certification

This book is for everyone who wants a readable

introduction to best practice Project Management,

as described by the PMBOK® Guide 4th Edition

of the Project Management Institute (PMI), “the

world’s leading association for the project manage-

ment profession”.

It is particularly useful for applicants for the PMI’s

PMP® (Project Management Professional) and

CAPM® (Certified Associate of Project Manage-

ment) examinations, which are based mostly on

the PMBOK® Guide. This book can also be studied

alone by anyone as a general introduction to

Project Management. The style and language of

this book have also been selected to make them

particularly suitable for readers who use English as

a foreign language.

Features7 Provides easy access to the PMBOK® Guide

for the PMP certification 7 Ideal guide for non-

native speakers 7 Aims to have the preparation

time through clear, transparent explanations

7 Caters for a rapidly growing number of

PMP applicants

Contents1 Introducing Project Management.- 2 Under-

standing the PMBOK® Guide.- 3: Process Groups

& Knowledge Areas.- 4 Integration Management

Processes.- 5 Scope Management Processes.-

6 Time Management Processes.- 7 Cost Manage-

ment Processes.- 8 Quality Management

Processes.- 9 Human Resource Management

Processes.- 10 Communications Management

Processes.- 11 Risk Management Processes.-

12 Procurement Management Processes.-

13 Preparing for the PMP® Examination.

Fields of interestManagement/Business for Professionals; Orga-

nization/Planning; Job Careers in Science and

Engineering

Target groupsProject managers, students of the PMI certification

D. L. Olson, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NE, USA;

D. Wu, University of Toronto, ON, Canada

Enterprise Risk Management Models

Enterprise risk management has always been

important. However, the events of the 21st

Century have made it even more critical. The top

level of business management became suspect after

scandals at ENRON, WorldCom, and other busi-

ness entities. Financially, many firms experienced

difficulties from bubbles. The problems of inter-

acting cultures demonstrated risk from terrorism

as well, with numerous terrorist attacks, to include

9/11 in the U.S. Risks can arise in many facets

of business. Businesses in fact exist to cope with

risk in their area of specialization. Financial risk

management has focused on banking, accounting,

and finance. We have discussed several aspects

of risk, to include information systems, disaster

management, and supply chain perspectives.

The bulk of this book is devoted to presenting a

number of operations research models that have

been (or could be) applied to enterprise supply

risk management, especially from the supply chain

perspective.

Features7 Supports understanding the potential of models

within risk management 7 Gives simple exam-

ples to demonstrate methods 7 Demonstrates

simulation and other operational research models

From the contentsEnterprise Risk Management in Supply Chains.-

Enterprise Risk Management Process.- Informa-

tion Systems Security Risk.- Enterprise Risk

Management in Projects.- Natural Disaster Risk

Management.- Disaster Risk Management in

China.- Value-Focused Supply Chain Risk Anal-

ysis.- Examples of Supply Chain Decisions Trading

Off Criteria.- Simulation of Supply Chain Risk.-

Value at Risk.- Chance Constrained Program-

ming.- Data Envelopment Analysis in Enterprise

Risk Management.

Fields of interestFinance /Banking; Operations Research/Decision

Theory; Production/Logistics

Target groupsResearchersDiscount group

P


Due May 2010

2010. XVI, 325 p. 52 illus. (Demographic Research Mono-

graphs) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11519-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $59.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11187-7

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11473-1

springer.com/booksellers74 Springer News 2/2010Business/Economics

F. Paolucci, The Australian National University,

Canberra, ACT, Australia

Health Care Financing and InsuranceOptions for Design

As a contribution to the search for suitable and

sustainable solutions to finance rising medical care

expenditures, the book proposes a typology of

healthcare financing and insurance schemes, based

on the dimensions of basic vs. supplementary

services and mandatory vs. voluntary coverage,

to analyse the design and the complex interac-

tions between various financing and insurance

arrangements in several OECD countries. This

study provides a better understanding of the

strengths and weaknesses of the financial and

organisational structures of different countries’

healthcare financing and insurance schemes. Its

main contributions are the development of a novel

and rigorous theoretical framework analysing

the economic rationales for the optimal design of

healthcare financing and insurance schemes, and

an empirical and institutional analysis investi-

gating the consequences for efficiency and afford-

ability of the complex interactions between basic

and supplementary sources of financing.

Features7 Presents a unique combination of concep-

tual, institutional, and empirical analyses of the

design of healthcare financing systems in several

countries 7 Proposes a new classification of

healthcare financing schemes applicable to all

OECD countries 7 Analyzes the impact of EU

competition law and policy on the regulatory

framework adopted at the national level in several

European social healthcare insurance markets

Fields of interestPublic Health; Public Finance & Economics; Popu-

lation Economics

Target groupsHealth economists in academia, governmental and

international organizations, as well as healthcare

professionals

D. Sonntag, Vienna University of Economics and

Business, Austria

AIDS and AidA Public Good Approach

The emerging outlook on the AIDS crisis is bleak;

it seems that Millennium Development Goal 6

cannot be achieved in most developing countries

by 2015. While most books look at the HIV/AIDS

epidemic from an epidemiological point of view,

this work evaluates AIDS and the international

financing mechanisms of aid from a public good

perspective. In contrast to the standard approach

of the academic literature on AIDS, which derives

policy recommendations from the demand side,

this book explicitly considers the supply side. The

study does not only advance the public goods

literature, it also provides new insights into the

effectiveness of international policies and paves the

way for policy recommendations. As it reveals the

weaknesses of current anti-HIV policies, a more

effective allocation of international assistance is

postulated.

Contents1 Introduction.- 2 The Challenge: A Transnational

Response to HIV/AIDS.- 3 Profiling the Provision

Status of Health-Promoting Public Goods Against

AIDS.- 4 International Transfers.- 5 Regional

Constraints and HIV/AIDS.- 6 Summary and

Concluding Remarks.- Appendices.- References.

Fields of interestPublic Finance & Economics; Development

Economics; Health Promotion and Disease

Prevention

Target groupsScientists, professionals

G. Zäpfel, R. Braune, M. Bögl, University of Linz,

Austria

Metaheuristic Search ConceptsA Tutorial with Applications to Production

and Logistics

The book gives an introduction to metaheuristics

for students and practitioners. It requires no prior

knowledge of the field, as the basic concepts are

developed step by step from the bottom up using

the knapsack problem and therefore allowing the

user to concentrate on the main ideas of meta-

heuristics. The concepts are then expanded to

concrete algorithms, which are described in detail.

Then a systematization of the algorithms is estab-

lished and compared with existing classification

schemes from literature. The last part of the book

deals with the application of popular metaheuris-

tics to two optimization problems from the field

of production and logistics, namely the Job Shop

Scheduling and the Vehicle Routing Problem,

based on examples.

Fields of interestProduction/Logistics; Operations Research/

Decision Theory; Optimization

Target groupsStudents, scientists in production and logistics

management and in operations research

Discount groupMR

Medicine

Due July 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Developments in Health

Economics and Public Policy, Volume 10) Hardcover

7 $119.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10793-1

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Contributions to Economics)

Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-3-7908-2418-6

Discount groupP


Due March 2010


7 approx. $139.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11342-0

springer.com/librarybooks 75Springer News 2/2010 Management/Business for Professionals

R. Conrady, University of Applied Sciences, Worms,

Germany; M. Buck, ITB, Berlin, Germany (Eds.)

Trends and Issues in Global Tourism 2010

This book offers insights into important trends

and future scenarios in the global tourism and

travel industry and analyses current challenges

in the aviation and hospitality industry, destina-

tion management and general travel behaviour.

Well-known notabilities share their points of view.

For example, Norbert Walter, chief economist

of the Deutsche Bank, writes about the financial

crisis and its impact on the tourism industry. Top

executives of international operating airlines like

C. Karlitekin (Turkish Airlines), J. Hunold (Air

Berlin) and E. Sims (Air New Zealand) have much

to say about the future of airlines and aviation

management. Corporate Social Responsibility is

one of the top themes to-be and therefore a focus

of this book, offering the perspective of the UN

Foundation and the social inclusion concept of

RUHR.2010, European Capital of Culture. The

articles are based on presentations and panel

discussions presented at the world´s largest

tourism congress, the ITB Berlin Convention.

Features7 Provides an overview over the latest trends in

all relevant areas of the global travel and tourism

industry 7 Written by professionals with inter-

national reputation and practical and academic

expertise

ContentsStatus Quo in the Tourism and Travel Industry.-

Actual Challenges in the Tourism and Travel

Industry.- Corporate Social Responsibility.-

Product and Communication Strategy in the

Tourism, Travel and Hospitality Industry.- Fore-

casting the Future of Tourism and Travel.

Fields of interestManagement/Business for Professionals; Regional/

Spatial Science; Economic Geography

Target groupsProfessionals in tourism

A. Gerybadze, University of Hohenheim, Stuttgart,

Germany; U. Hommel, European Business School,

Wiesbaden, Germany; H. W. Reiners, BASF SE,

Ludwigshafen, Germany; D. Thomaschewski,

University of Applied Sciences, Ludwigshafen,

Germany (Eds.)

Innovation and International Corporate Growth

Research and development (R&D) as well as

innovation are the drivers of change and the key

determinants of growth in many industry and

service sectors. In spite of the financial turmoil

and restructuring of the world economy after 2008,

investment in R&D is expected to grow further.

Innovation competence will continue to be a

major success factor for internationally operating

companies.

The book presents a state-of-the-art account of

innovation management and the role of R&D

and innovation strategy for corporate growth and

renewal. It follows a top-down approach starting

from corporate strategy, and describes the effective

integration of corporate R&D, business unit proj-

ects and operational performance improvements.

The book offers portraits of leading innovators and

high-performing corporations and provides a rich

collection of best-practice examples.

Features7 Provides insights into the success factors of

innovation management and an international

growth strategy 7 Gives best-practice examples

from leading innovators and high-performing

corporations

ContentsInnovation and International Strategy.- Efficiency

of Innovation Processes in International Enter-

prised.- Capital Markets, Finance and Innovation

Performance.

Fields of interestTechnology Management; Management/Business

for Professionals; Marketing

Target groupsExecutives and innovation managers in interna-

tional corporations, consultants

M. J. Munkert, Munkert - Kugler + Partner GbR,

Nuremberg, Germany; S. Stubner, T. Wulf, HHL -

Leipzig Graduate School of Management, Germany

(Eds.)

Founding a CompanyHandbook of Legal Forms in Europe

Founding a Company - Handbook of Legal Forms

in Europe provides an easily accessible overview

of the most important information any entrepre-

neur or manager needs when deciding for a legal

form of the business. This makes it especially

interesting for companies that decide to enter new

markets within Europe and need to understand

which requirements and advantages the different

legal forms have. With the structured presenta-

tion of this information for ten different countries

the book allows for quick comprehension and

comparison of the aspects discussed. The book is

a valuable resource for entrepreneurs, consultants

and anybody who supports the business forma-

tion process in Europe as well as for lecturers and

students working in this field.

Features7 Easily accessible and well structured

7 Compendium of all relevant information

concerning legal forms of companies in 10 Euro-

pean countries 7 Standardized structure allows

quick comparison of the different legal forms

From the contents Part I: The Need for a Better Understanding of

Legal Forms in Europe; - Cross-Border Operations

and Enlargement of European Union as Driving

Forces for Pan-European Expansion Strategies.-

Legislatory Need for a Handbook on Legal Forms

in Europe and Selection of Countries.- Part II;

Legal Forms of Company Foundation; Austria.-

France.- Germany.- Hungary.- Italy.- Netherlands.-

Romania.- Spain.- Switzerland.- United Kingdom.

Fields of interestEntrepreneurship; Commercial Law; Management/

Business for Professionals

Target groupsEntrepreneurs and company’s founders, manage-

ment consultants, tax consultants, lawyers and

auditors, legal departments as well as scientists and

students in the field

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. XXIV, 309 p. (Trends and Issues in Global Tourism)

Hardcover

7 $69.95

ISBN 978-3-642-10828-0

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 $109.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10822-8

Discount groupP


Due May 2010


7 $89.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11258-4

springer.com/booksellers76 Springer News 2/2010Management/Business for Professionals

M. Pastinen, Vistalize Oy, Helsinki, Finland

High-Performance Process Improvement

High-performance process improvement takes

process improvement to the next ambition level.

The kernel of the substance is a generic process

improvement process that operates under the

strictest time, quality and cost constraints. Thanks

to a modular composition and robust methods

the scope may range from one single person to

networks with hundreds of companies. This is

realized via three high-class phases:network and

company analysis and synthesis, process analysis

and synthesis, the implementation, including

process improvement education and training

and the practical realization of the improvement

potential.

The presented methods contain mass custom-

ization features and a very advanced logic for

optimizing the interaction of people, technology,

information and material both in the process

improvement process itself and the focus process.

The book is based on an extensive R&D effort and

thorough practical verifications in more than 75

companies in almost any business and in all sizes.

Features7 Provides a fast and cost effective way to process

improvement 7 Provides a generic process

improvement process 7 Assures long-lasting

effects to maintain achieved performance levels

Fields of interestOrganization/Planning; Management/Business

for Professionals; Business/Management Science,

general

Target groupsPractitioners in management and organization,

process managers, consultants

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Hardcover

7 approx. $129.00

ISBN 978-3-642-10783-2

springer.com/libraybooks 77Springer News 2/2010 Law

G. Moens, J. Trone, Murdoch University, Perth, WA,

Australia

Commercial Law of the European Union

The book’s structure is different from many other

books about EU law (including the Harvey and

Longo text), in order to better facilitate the under-

standing of its readers. For example, the difficult

concept of direct effect is ordinarily approached

at the beginning of most books about European

law, when it may be somewhat overwhelming for

readers. However, our book discusses this difficult

topic in Chapter 12. By the time the reader reaches

that chapter in the book, they will be thoroughly

immersed in less challenging topics of EU law, and

they will more readily comprehend this complex

topic.

This book deals with the latest cases and legislation

issued by EU institutions. The output of the Court

of Justice and EU legislators are continually moni-

tored and relevant developments are incorporated

in each chapter. Each chapter contains extensive

references to other books and articles for further

reading. Lists of useful websites accompany each

chapter.

Features7 Adopts the perspective of common law juris-

dictions outside the EU 7 Written with the needs

and interests of non-EU readers in mind 7 Fully

up to date in the light of Treaty of Lisbon 7 First

book about EU commercial law to be published

after the Treaty enters into force 7 Allows serious

researchers to find the leading authorities on the

subjects covered

Fields of interestInternational & Foreign Law/Comparative Law;

European Law/Public International Law; Law and

Economics

Target groupsAcademic libraries, students, researchers and legal

practitioners

G. Tiess, Montanuniversität Leoben, Austria

Legal Basics of Mineral Policy in EuropeAn overview of 40 countries

Mineral resources are an essential social and

economic basis. The importance of a European

mineral resources policy is demonstrated by

the latest developments in the international

commodity markets. The legal framework for

mining activities is vital for the realization of

a mineral resources policy. Efficient legislative

provisions and their implementation are crucial

in ensuring both a competitive mining industry

and environmental protection. This book discusses

the legal frameworks of 40 European countries,

especially the countries of south-east Europe,

which possess an enormous wealth of deposits.

This reference book provides information on

European legislation relevant to mineral resources

and an overview of approaches to mineral

resources policy, as well as comparing the existing

instruments of such policies in various European

countries. This book is especially well-suited to the

needs of investors, entrepreneurs, politicians and

civil servants.

Fields of interestInternational & Foreign Law/Comparative Law;

International Economics; Mineral Resources

Target groupsLawyers, bankers, investors, politicians and

scientists

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 500 p. (Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspec-

tives on Law and Justice, Volume 4) Hardcover

7 $229.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8773-7

Discount groupP


Due July 2010


7 approx. $139.00

ISBN 978-3-211-89002-8

springer.com/booksellers78 Springer News 2/2010General Science

M. E. Bakich, Milwaukee, WI, USA

1001 Celestial Wonders to See Before You DieThe Best Sky Objects for Stargazers

1001 Celestial Wonders is a guide to the night

sky’s brightest and most fascinating objects. Each

target is accessible to amateur astronomers using

medium-sized telescopes from a dark site. In fact,

many are so bright they remain visible under

moderate light pollution, as from the outskirts of

a city or the suburbs of a town. The book provides

a chronological target list, making it easy to use.

No matter what night you choose, this book will

show you many of the most memorable objects to

observe, whether you are using a small telescope

or even binoculars, or an instrument of larger

aperture.

This is more than just a list of interesting objects.

It is structured so that objects of various observing

difficulty are included, which will help readers

become better observers, both encouraging begin-

ners and challenging long-time amateur astrono-

mers. This book is designed to be easy-to-use at

the telescope, and observers will appreciate each

object’s standardized layout and the book’s chrono-

logical organization.

Features7 Highlights the 1001 best and brightest sky

objects to observe 7 Detailed finder charts make

objects simple to find 7 Objects range from

"easy" to "challenging" for all levels of observers

7 Hundreds of images that readers can compare

with their own telescope views

7 Will never go out of date

ContentsPreface.- Introduction.- Monthly Catalogue.-

January.- February.- March.- April.- May.- June.-

July.- August.- September.- October.- November.-

December.- Appendices.- Index.

Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques;

Popular Science in Astronomy

Target groupsAmateur and practical astronomers

M. Beech, Saskatchewan, Canada

The Large Hadron ColliderUnraveling the Mysteries of the Universe

The Large Hadron Collider (LHC), in the process

of coming online at CERN, is the world’s largest

and most complex machine. It represents the

pinnacle of human ingenuity, and its physical

characteristics, costs, and workings astound us at

every turn.

We are literally humbled by the machine that has

been produced through a grand international

collaboration of scientists. This book is about what

those scientists hope to discover with the LHC,

for hopes do run high, and there is much at stake.

Careers, reputations and prestigious science prizes

will be realized, and possibly lost, in the wake of

the results that the LHC will produce. And there

are risks, real and imagined. The LHC will probe

the very fabric of matter and it will help us under-

stand the very weft and the weave of the universe.

Features7 First popular science book to introduce and

explain what the Large Hadron Collider is, how it

works, and what it hopes to discover 7 Relates

theoretical physics of the very largest scale to the

very smallest scale 7 Explains without detailed

mathematics how the properties of matter and

observational cosmology indicate that particles

beyond the standard model must exist

ContentsThe Story of Matter.- LHC: The World’s Largest

Machine.- The Standard Model.- The Big Bang.-

Dark Matter.- Ever Bigger, Ever Faster.- Back to

CERN.- Technical Glossary of Terms.- Further

Reading.- Index.

Fields of interestParticle Acceleration and Detection, Beam Physics;

Popular Science in Mathematics/Computer

Science/Natural Science/Technology; Astronomy,

Astrophysics and Cosmology

Target groupsPopular science enthusiasts

H. Benaroya, Rutgers University, Piscataway, NJ, USA

Turning Dust to GoldBuilding a Future on the Moon and Mars

The expansion of our civilization to the Moon

and beyond is now within our reach, technically,

intellectually and financially. Apollo was not our

last foray into the Solar System and already science

fiction is finding it difficult to keep ahead of

science and engineering fact. In 1807, few people

anticipated the Wright Brothers’ human flight a

hundred years later. In 1869, only science fiction

writers would have suggested landing people on

the Moon in 1969. Similarly, other great inventions

in mechanics and in electronics were not envisaged

and therefore the technologies to which those

inventions gave birth were only foreseen by a tiny

group of visionaries.

Features7 Explores the importance of being a space-

faring nation 7 Demonstrates the planning and

building of capabilities for manned space flight

and space settlement 7 Proposes maximizing use

of the Moon for the benefit of humanity

7 Describes life in a human colony on the Moon

in the year 2050 7 Shows that science and engi-

neering fact are already ahead of science fiction

ContentsIntroduction.- A Vision Of Our Goals.- Bootstrap-

ping A Lunar Civilization.- Technical Issues.-

Lunar Bases.- Science On The Moon.- Commerce

On The Moon.- The Moon, Then Mars.- Luna

At 2050.- Mars 2050-2100.- Issues For The Next

Generation.

Fields of interestExtraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Popular

Science in Astronomy; Planetology

Target groupsPopular science enthusiasts, undergraduate and

postgraduate research students, engineers and

scientists

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 230 p. 262 illus., 12 in color. (Patrick

Moore’s Practical Astronomy Series) Softcover

7 approx. $34.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1776-8

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 240 p. 80 illus. Dustjacket

7 approx. $34.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5667-5

Discount groupP


Due February 2010


2010. Approx. 400 p. 40 illus. (Springer Praxis Books /

Space Exploration) Softcover

7 approx. $39.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-0870-4

springer.com/librarybooks 79Springer News 2/2010 General Science

L. Harris, Southampton, UK

So You Want a Meade LX Telescope!How to Select and Use the LX200 and Other

High-End Models

The Meade LX200 series of telescopes was

introduced in 1992 and represented a giant step

forward in technology for amateur astronomers

- computer control. The LX200 series telescopes

were an instant success and have outsold all other

astronomical telescopes put together. Steady

development has continued to the present day, and

LX200s are available in a range of apertures from

8-inch through the giant 16-inch, which is widely

installed in university astronomy departments

and the smaller public observatories. For anyone

considering buying a high-end Meade telescope,

the book offers an experienced user’s guide to what

can actually be achieved with it.

So You Want a Meade LX Telescope also provides

detailed discussions about some of the many

software packages available to aid optimizing and

actually using the scope. The typical results are

discussed so readers can know what to expect.

Also reviewed are essential accessories such as

CCD cameras and the latest Active Optics units.

Features7 Vastly simplifies setting up and using an

LX200 or similar telescopes 7 Guides the reader

through the technicalities of everything from

basic alignment to adaptive optics to imaging and

processing 7 Explains how to buy and use soft-

ware for controlling the telescopes and camera

7 Advice on selecting and using essential acces-

sories to prevent after-purchase frustration

7 Includes example imaging results

From the contentsForeword.- Introduction.- The Cost of a Basic

Scope and Likely Accessories.- Meade LX200/

RCX400 (LX400-ACF).

Fields of interestAstronomy, Observations and Techniques; Popular

Science in Astronomy


L. N. Irwin, University of Texas, El Paso, TX, USA;

D. Schulze-Makuch, Washington State University,

Pullman, WA, USA

Cosmic BiologyHow Life Could Evolve on Other Worlds

Discussions of the great variety of life forms

that could evolve in these diverse environments

have become particularly relevant in recent years

with the discovery of around 300 exoplanets in

orbit around other stars and the possibilities for

the existence of life in these planetary systems.

The book also posits a taxonomic classification

of the various forms of life that might be found,

including speculation on the relative abundance

of different forms and the generic fate of living

systems. The fate and future of life on Earth will

also be considered. The closing passages address

the Fermi Paradox, and conclude with philo-

sophical reflections on the possible place of Homo

sapiens in the potentially vast stream of life across

the galaxies.

Features7 Discusses a broad range of possible environ-

ments where alien life might evolve 7 Explains

why carbon-based, water-borne life is more likely

than the alternatives 7 Outlines for general

readers the principles of ecology and the mecha-

nisms of evolutionary change 7 Provides an

imaginative and plausible framework for how life

might evolve in different environments

Fields of interestAstrobiology; Popular Science in Astronomy;

Extraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences

Target groupsAstrobiologists, astronomers, planetologists, space

enthusiasts

T. Nordgren, University of Redlands, CA, USA

Sky Above, Earth BelowMemoirs of an Astronomer in the

National Parks

In Sky Above, Earth Below, Tyler Nordgren exam-

ines a range of astronomical topics and makes the

connection between them and the landscapes,

processes and cultures which one can see and

experience within specific US National Parks. For

each park and topic this story unfolds in three

steps: what does the reader see for his or herself?

What is the scientific cause or explanation of what

the reader sees? And finally, what is the big picture

about ourselves, our world, or our Universe,

towards which understanding of this object or

process leads? The author takes us the length and

breadth of the US from the coast of Maine to the

Rocky Mountains, from the Grand Canyon to

Hawaii, exploring these natural links between the

features of the parks and features of our Universe.

Features7 The first book to make direct connections

between astronomy and the landscapes, processes

and cultures one experiences in the US National

Parks 7 Links the geological features readers can

see in the National Parks to the very latest NASA

spacecraft discoveries on other planets and their

moons 7 Forms a connection between what the

reader sees on the ground and in the sky to the

deeper scientific meaning behind these sights

Fields of interestPopular Science in Astronomy; Astronomy, Obser-

vations and Techniques; Geology

Target groupsAmateur astronomers and geologists, students

of astronomy, planetary science, and the earth

science; anyone with an interest in the natural

world

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 190 p. 100 illus., 15 in color. (Patrick

Moore’s Practical Astronomy Series) Softcover

7 $29.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1774-4

Discount groupT


Due April 2010



Books / Popular Astronomy) Softcover

7 approx. $34.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1646-4

Discount groupT


Due February 2010


2010. Approx. 200 p. 192 illus., 170 in color. (Springer

Praxis Books / Popular Astronomy) Softcover

7 $29.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1648-8

springer.com/booksellers80 Springer News 2/2010General Science

F. O’Brien, West Windsor, NJ, USA

The Apollo Guidance ComputerArchitecture and Operation

The technological marvel that facilitated the

Apollo missions to the Moon was the on-board

computer. In the 1960s most computers filled an

entire room, but the spacecraft’s computer was

required to be compact and low power. Although

people today find it difficult to accept that it was

possible to control a spacecraft using such a ‘primi-

tive’ computer, it nevertheless had capabilities that

are advanced even by today’s standards.

This is the first book to fully describe the Apollo

guidance computer’s architecture, instruction

format and programs used by the astronauts. As a

comprehensive account, it will span the disciplines

of computer science, electrical and aerospace engi-

neering. However, it will also be accessible to the

‘space enthusiast’. In short, the intention is for this

to be the definitive account of the Apollo guidance

computer.

Features7 The first comprehensive description of the

Apollo guidance computer, ranging from its

internal organisation to its user interface and

flight software 7 Describes the technologies

required in order to fly the Apollo lunar missions

7 Can be used as a reference for courses involving

computer architecture, operating systems and user

interfaces

Fields of interestAerospace Technology and Astronautics; Popular

Science in Astronomy; Extraterrestrial Physics,

Space Sciences

Target groupsSpace enthusiasts and historians, and computing

and aerospace students and engineers interested

in the architecture and programming of guidance

systems for use in space

M. Perryman

The Making of History’s Greatest Star Map

From prehistoric times, mankind has looked up

at the night sky, and puzzled at the changing posi-

tions of the stars. How far away they are is a ques-

tion that has confounded scientists for centuries.

Over the last few hundred years, many scientific

careers – and considerable resources – have been

devoted to measuring their positions and motions

with ever increasing accuracy. And in the last two

decades of the 20th century, the European Space

Agency developed and launched the Hipparcos

satellite, around which this account revolves, to

carry out these exacting measurements from space.

What has prompted these remarkable develop-

ments? Why have governments been persuaded

to fund them? What are scientists learning from

astronomy’s equivalent of the Human Genome

Project? This book traces the subject’s history,

explains why such enormous efforts are considered

worthwhile, and interweaves these with a first-

hand insight into the Hipparcos project, and how

big science is conducted at an international level.

Features7 A description of one of the largest scien-

tific undertakings of recent years 7 Illustrates

the political and technical challenges of space

projects 7 Describes the human scale of such an

undertaking 7 Concise and fascinating history of

the advances in understanding the stars over two

millennia 7 A description of our present under-

standing of our place in the Universe

7 Described by one of the scientific leaders of the

project

From the contentsPrologue.- Hipparcos Launch.- 1 Our Place in the

Cosmos.- 2 Why Star Positions?.- 3 Early History.-

4 Developments 1850–1980.- 5 The Push to Space.


Science in Astronomy; Extraterrestrial Physics,

Space Sciences

Target groupsEducated laymen interested in our place in the

Universe and how big scientific projects are

conducted

S. Ringwood, Essex, UK

Astronomers AnonymousGetting Help with the Puzzles and Pitfalls of

Practical Astronomy

This collection of “typical” astronomy questions

and hilarious answers, compiled from Ringwood’s

own experiences in the world of astronomy, has

been written to entertain and amuse amateur (and

professional) astronomers as well as armchair

astronomers. In this parody of a typical “Lonely

Hearts column”, specifically for troubled astrono-

mers, readers will easily recognize the difficulties

they face and enjoy the laughs being directed at

them and their science. There is also plenty of

background material provided to make the book

accessible to non-astronomers, as a humorous

and informative work about (mostly amateur)

astronomy.

Features7 A humorous collection of questions and

answers about astronomy which entertains as well

as informs and offers practical advice to amateur

astronomers 7 Includes many stories on the

history of astronomy and examines myths in light

of current knowledge 7 Illustrated with cartoons

ContentsPreface.- Introduction and Acknowledgements.-

Fundamentals.- Instrumental Hiccups.- Medical

Maladies.- Guiding the Naive.- Observational

Tips.- The Expert.- Social Torments.- After-

thoughts.

Fields of interestAstronomy, Astrophysics and Cosmology; Popular

Science in Astronomy


Discount groupP

Engineering

Due March 2010




7 $34.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-0876-6

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. I, 275 p. 120 illus., 20 in color. Hardcover

7 $29.95

ISBN 978-3-642-11601-8

Discount groupP


Due February 2010


7 approx. $29.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5816-7

springer.com/librarybooks 81Springer News 2/2010 General Science

E. Seedhouse, Toronto, ON, Canada

Prepare for LaunchThe Astronaut Training Process

Today’s astronauts require many different abili-

ties. They must not only be expert in performing

flight simulations but must also be proficient in

such dissimilar subjects as photography, thermo-

dynamics, electrical repairs, flight procedures,

oceanography, public affairs, and geology. In

Prepare for Launch, the author introduces the

technologies and myriad activities that constitute

or affect astronaut training, such as the part-task

trainers, emergency procedures, the fixed-based

and motion-based simulators, virtual environ-

ment training, and the demands of training in the

Weightless Environment Training Facility. With

plans to return to the Moon and future missions

to Mars, the current selection criteria and training

are very different from those used for short dura-

tion mission Space Shuttle crews.

Features7 As an astronaut candidate in Canada himself,

Seedhouse provides unique insights into the

current application, selection, and training

processes of astronauts 7 Shows the dramatic

changes in astronaut training required for the

ambitious multi-year missions planned to the

Moon, Mars, and possibly elsewhere 7 Draws

upon interviews with other astronaut candidates

about the regimen and rigors of astronaut training

From the contentsSection 1: Becoming an Astronaut. The Applica-

tion Process. The Selection Process.- Section 2:

Training for Life in Space. Astronaut Training.

Fields of interestExtraterrestrial Physics, Space Sciences; Popular

Science in Astronomy; Aerospace Technology and

Astronautics

Target groupsPopular science readers, spaceflight enthusiasts,

and anyone interested in becoming an astronaut

W. Sheehan, Willmar, MN, USA

A Passion for the PlanetsEnvisioning Other Worlds, From the

Pleistocene to the Age of the Telescope

This volume, the first of a trilogy, starts with obser-

vational astronomy’s profound and lasting effect

on Sheehan’s life, setting the points of embarka-

tion for the journey to come. He travels across the

historical landscape seeking the earliest origins of

man’s compulsion to observe the planets among

the hunter gatherers of the upper palaeolithic,

and traces the evolving story from the planetary

records of the earliest cities, to Pharonic Egypt

through to Hellenistic Greek astronomy culmi-

nating in Ptolemy. The necessity to observe played

its part in the perceptual changes wrought by the

Copernican revolution, as well as the observa-

tional advances achieved by such extraordinary

characters as Tycho with his sharpest of eyes, and

his luxurious practice of total astronomy. The two

epochal advances published in 1609, both born

through planetary observation, namely Kepler’s

discovery of the true nature of the orbit of Mars

and Harriot and Galileo’s observations of the

Moon, have a pivotal place in this account.

Features7 Provides a uniques sketch of the psychology

behind planet hunting 7 Outlines the naked-eye

era—starting in prehistory—and leading up to the

great developments of 400 years ago which bring

to an end the whole era in which the naked-eye

and sight-lines to kraal posts and stones and

geometric figures originally scrawled in the sand

were the sole instruments

ContentsPreface.- Beginnings.- By Passion Driven.-

Nomads.- Innana’s Antics.- Pure Ambrosia.-

Revolutions.- A Passion in Bohemia.- Moon over

Padua.- Figures of Cynthia.- Afterglow.- Index.


Science in Astronomy; Planetology

Target groupsScience and space enthusiasts; history of science

readers

P. Ulivi, Italy; D. Harland, Glasgow, UK

Robotic Exploration of the Solar SystemPart 3: The Modern Era, 1997-2009

Paolo Ulivi and David Harland provide in Robotic

Exploration of the Solar System a detailed history

of unmanned missions of exploration of our Solar

System As in their previous book Lunar Explora-

tion, the subject will be treated wherever possible

from an engineering and scientific standpoint.

Technical descriptions of the spacecraft, of their

mission designs and of instrumentations will

be provided. Scientific results will be discussed

in considerable depth, together with details of

mission management.

The project will deliver three volumes totaling

over 1000 pages that will provide comprehensive

coverage of the topic with thousands of references

to the professional literature that should make it

the ‘first port of call’ for people seeking informa-

tion on the topic.

Features7 The 3-volume series will provide comprehen-

sive coverage with thousands of references to the

professional literature that should make it the 'first

port of call' for people seeking information on

the topic 7 Emphasises the technology of space

probes 7 Comprehensive coverage ranges from

the earliest planetary probes to the most recent

planetary flights and missions

ContentsThe last flagship.- Exploration at its best.- Mars

invaded.- The future.- Appendix A: Men to Mars.

Fields of interestPopular Science in Astronomy; Astronomy, Astro-

physics and Cosmology; Extraterrestrial Physics,

Space Sciences

Target groupsSpace science and exploration enthusiasts, space

historians, students and engineers

Discount groupP


Due February 2010



Books / Space Exploration) Softcover

7 approx. $39.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1349-4

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. 76 illus. in color. Softcover

7 $34.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5970-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010




7 approx. $39.95

ISBN 978-0-387-09627-8

springer.com/booksellers82 Springer News 2/2010Education

J. Dronkers, Maastricht University, The Netherlands

(Ed.)

Quality and Inequality of EducationCross-National Perspectives

Most research up to now using the PISA data is

restricted to educational research. Interesting as

that educational question is, the chapters here

use the PISA, and other data, to explore more

profoundly the relationship between education

and the various forms of inequality in European

and other modern societies. The work comes

from two different perspectives: one that looks

at how the different characteristics of societies,

their economies, and their educational systems

influence the average educational achievements of

specific groups of pupils, such as immigrants, in

those societies; and a second, which explores how,

and in what degree, the characteristics of schools,

educational systems and labour-markets either

hardens or softens differences in the educational

outcomes of various groups of pupils.

Features7 Analyses the PISA en ESS data without political

constrains on questions or outcomes 7 Compares

Asian and European countries 7 Pays special

attention to immigrants' educational outcomes

From the contents1. The Gordian Knot between Quality and

Inequality of Education. A Cross-National Attempt

to Unravelling. 2. Institutional arrangements

and educational outcomes. 3. Migration and

educational inequality. 4. Education in Europe

& Asia: analogies and differences. 5. Features of

Educational Systems as Factors in the Creation of

Unequal Educational Outcomes.

Fields of interestSociology of Education; Educational Policy; Social

Policy

Target groupsEducationalists, educational policy makers,

graduate students learning cross-national research

R. M. McKenzie, Northumbria University, Newcastle,

UK

The Social Psychology of English as a Global LanguageAttitudes, Awareness and Identity in the

Japanese Context

This ground-breaking work is a detailed account of

an innovative and in-depth study of the attitudes

of in excess of 500 Japanese learners towards a

number of standard and non-standard as well as

native and non-native varieties of English speech.

The research refines the investigation of learner

attitudes by employing a range of pioneering tech-

niques of attitude measurement. These methods

are largely incorporated from the strong traditions

that exist in the fields of social psychology and

second language acquisition and utilize both direct

and indirect techniques of attitude measurement.

The author locates the findings in the context of

the wealth of literature on native speaker evalua-

tions of languages and language varieties.

The study is unique in that the results provide clear

evidence of both attitude change and high levels

of linguistic awareness among the informants

of social and geographical diversity within the

English language.

Features7 Demonstrates the pedagogical value and

language planning implications of investigating

the English language learners’ attitudes towards

specific varieties of the target language

7 Discusses the findings of the study in terms of

the learning and teaching English in the Japanese

context and in relation to the global spread of

English generally

Fields of interestApplied Linguistics; Sociolinguistics

Target groupsEducators, researchers and students in the fields of

applied linguistics (in particular, world Englishes/

English as a Lingua Franca), Japan studies, TESOL,

second language acquisition, social psychology

of language and sociolinguistics (in particular,

variationist sociolinguistics) both inside and

outside Japan

J. Reeves, University of Stirling, UK

Professional Learning as Relational Practice

Given the emphasis on transforming professional

work through the adoption of enquiry-based and

trans-disciplinary approaches to service develop-

ment, there is an urgent need for those involved in

professional education to develop a robust under-

standing of how changes in practice occur. A more

inclusive approach to the analysis of the processes

involved across the varied and interrelated

contexts in which they occur is thus very timely.

In this book, Jenny Reeves sets out to explore

the gap between the experience of professional

learning as an interactive, dynamic and socially

contextualised process, and descriptions that are

often individualistic, overly linear and largely

context-free. She makes the claim that this disjunc-

ture is the outcome of modes of enquiry that

concentrate on limited selections of the available

data.

Features7 A new way of describing and thinking about

professional learning processes 7 Provides an

empirically based method of examining learning

as a phenomenon of dynamic, networked systems

7 Throws new light on processes of knowledge

exchange and creation in professional contexts

From the contentsPreface. Acknowledgements.- 1: Adopting a

New Approach to Professional Learning.- Part 1:

Mapping the Relational Spaces of Educating. Intro-

duction. 2: Describing Educating Systems. 3: The

Field of Educating: Tracing Relations and Relays.

4: Making Learning Spaces Visible. Summary.-

Part 2: Professional Learning as Relational Prac-

tice. Introduction. 5: Changing Self: Interactions of

Space and Identity.

Fields of interestProfessional and Vocational Education; Admin-

istration, Organization and Leadership; Teaching

and Teacher Education

Target groupsResearchers, educators and educational leaders

concerned with professional education and

learning

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3992-7

Discount groupP


Due September 2010

2010. Approx. 220 p. (Educational Linguistics, Volume

10) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8565-8

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8738-6

springer.com/librarybooks 83Springer News 2/2010 Social Sciences

C. Arvanitopoulos, Constantinos Karamanlis

Institute for Democracy, Athens, Greece (Ed.)

Reforming EuropeThe Role of the Centre-Right

In the 2009 elections, the European centre-right

emerged victorious, thus affirming its political

domination in contemporary European politics.

The aim of this book is not to provide an analysis

of the factors that contributed to the EPP’s political

prevalence. Instead, it is to help this large political

family maintain its vigour of political thought and

policy prescriptions. The book provides a forum for

prominent centre-right thinkers to debate the major

European problems of our times, with particular

emphasis on the management of the financial

crisis and the next institutional steps regarding the

European integration project. It assembles the views

of politicians, academics and think-tank fellows

from different national backgrounds and dissimilar

ideological perspectives, who unfold their vision for

Europe’s future. Overall, the book attempts to both

highlight and stimulate the centre-right contribu-

tion to the discussion of Europe’s main contempo-

rary challenges.

Features7 Offers a multidimensional and up-to-date

approach to the topic 7 Presents the views of

politicians, academics and think-tank fellows

7 Presents different national backgrounds and

ideological perspectives

From the contentsThe History and Foundations of European Integra-

tion: The Debate on the Future of the Union.- The

Centre-Right for a New Europe.- Knowledge: The

Foundation for a Stronger Europe.- The EPP’s Role

During the European Electoral Campaigns in 2004

and 2009.- Society, Values, Politics: Reflections on the

Basic Dilemmas of European Society and the Demand

for Moral Choices.- Conservative Challenges.

Fields of interestPolitical Science; European Integration; Law and

Economics

Target groupsPolicy makers, researchers in political science

D. G. Bates, J. Tucker, Hunter College, City University

of New York, NY, USA (Eds.)

Human EcologyContemporary Research and Practice

This comprehensive sourcebook on human

ecology combines 25 source articles published

in the journal Human Ecology, enhanced with

new research updates and thematic commentary.

Intended as a follow up to Case Studies in Human

Ecology, it includes an entirely new group of

articles, with the same accessible, comprehensive

coverage that made Case Studies so popular.

Human Ecology: Research and Practice covers four

important areas: Philosophy, Theory and Methods;

Changing Subsistence Practices; Agricultural

Intensification and Population Dynamics; and,

Common Property Resources and Conservation.

As a group, these articles represent the major

contributions to the study of Human Ecology since

the publication of the previous volume.

Each article includes a concise introduction by the

Editor, giving necessary and thoughtful context.

The volume covers an overview of human ecology

as a field within environmental studies, new direc-

tions in contemporary research, new methods and

techniques, and cultural landscapes.

Features7 Comprehensive coverage of the field of human

ecology 7 Provides insight into the current

state of the field as well as future directions

7 Published and highly-cited articles are updated

with new research since publication and contextual

introductions

ContentsPart 1: Philosophy, Theory, and Methods.-

Part 2: Changing Subsistence Patterns.-

Part 3: Agricultural Intensification/Population

Pressure.- Glossary.

Fields of interestAnthropology; Population Economics; Nature

Conservation

Target groupsResearchers in human ecology, environmental

studies, and population dynamics

P. Belford, Ironbridge Gorge Museum, Shropshire,

UK; J. Schofield, English Heritage, Swindon, UK;

J. Carman, Institute of Archaeology and Antiquity

Arts, Birmingham, UK

Archaeological Practice and Heritage in Great Britain

This manual provides a unique ‘user guide’ to

practicing archaeology and working in the cultural

heritage sector within the diverse settings of Great

Britain, comprising of: England, Scotland, Wales,

the Isle of Man and the Channel Islands.

As part of their training, archaeologists often

seek work in parts of Britain, either for experi-

ence before travelling elsewhere, or directly as

part of their career progression. While this does

involve reading published material on excavation

techniques, archaeological theory, and specific

heritage management practices, or research using

the Internet, the ideal preparation to working in

Britain for the first time requires practitioners

to know a little about a lot. Currently, there is

no single resource which provides that primary

resource for budding archaeologists.

Features7 The first hands-on manual for archaeology in

Great Britain since 1993 7 Includes England,

Scotland, Wales, the Isle of Man and the Channel

Islands 7 Includes an appendix of useful websites

Contents1. Introduction: archaeology in Great Britain.

2. A history of archaeology in Britain. 3. The

archaeological resource in Great Britain: a brief

survey. 4. Legal and administrative frameworks.

5. Acquiring Data: archaeological method and

practice. 6. Achieving Results: analysis, applica-

tion, publication and dissemination. 7. Opportu-

nities and Funding. Appendix: Useful websites.

Bibliography. Index.

Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage

Target groupsProfessionals and academics who work in Great

Britain and those who want to become acquainted

on the practices and methodology of archaeolo-

gists working in Great Britain

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. XXIV, 295 p. 8 illus. (The Constantinos Karamanlis

Institute for Democracy Series on European and Interna-

tional Affairs) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-3-642-00559-6

Discount groupP


Due February 2010


7 approx. $140.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-5700-9

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. IX, 225 p. (World Archaeological Congress Cultural

Heritage Manual Series) Hardcover

7 approx. $145.00

ISBN 978-0-387-09452-6

springer.com/booksellers84 Springer News 2/2010Social Sciences

J. Broadbent, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis,

MN, USA; V. Brockman, Southwest Minnesota State

University, Marshall, MN, USA (Eds.)

East Asian Social MovementsPower Protest and Change in a Dynamic

Region

The chapters in this international volume cover

most of the areas and countries traditionally

defined as belonging to East Asia: Japan, Taiwan,

South Korea, Hong Kong, Singapore and China.

The case studies included in this volume confront

the utility of using the Western concept of civil

society, represented in its most active form – social

movements – to think about East Asia popular

politics. Along with providing an array of impor-

tant case studies of social movements in East Asia,

the introduction, chapters and conclusion in the

book take up three major theoretical questions:

(1) the effect of the East Asian cultural, social and

institutional context upon the mobilization, activi-

ties and outcomes of social movements in that

region, (2) the role of social movements in larger

transformative processes, (3) utility of Western

social movement concepts in explaining social

movements in East Asia.

Features7 The only edited book examining social move-

ments in East Asia 7 A direct contrast to books

focused on Western social movements and the

societies they're born from 7 International

volume with contributors from throughout

East Asia

Fields of interestSociology; Political Science; Regional and Cultural

Studies

Target groupsPeople who study civil society and social move-

ments on an international basis as well as those

studying Asian politics and society

P. Chauhan, Indiana University, Bloomington,

IN, USA; T. Garge, Archaeological Study of India,

New Delhi, India

Pursuing Archaeological Re-search in IndiaAncient Indica Rediscovered

This manual, part of the WAC Cultural Heritage

Manual series, represents a source of reference for

those interested in pursuing professional archaeo-

logical research in India. This book provides

readers with basic information of archaeological

research in India, such as: (1) General Indian

geography, (2) A brief history of archaeological

research and development of field methods,

(3) The diversity of the Indian archaeological

record, (4) The scope of ethnoarchaeology on

various cultural groups, (5) Important governing

bodies and legislative practices, (6) Cultural norms

and ethics for archaeologists, as well as practical

knowledge - relevant organizations for advice and

collaboration, obtaining an official field permit

and research visa, understanding unique field-

work methods in Indian cultural and ecological

contexts, and managing cultural heritage and

research data. This first-of -its-kind manual for

the Indian subcontinent will be indispensable to

anyone working in the archaeology of the region.

Features7 The first manual to focus on the Indian subcon-

tinent 7 A very practical resource for those

already working in India and for those who want

to collaborate with archaeologists and cultural

heritage managers in India 7 Aims to encourage

and enhance foreign collaborations with Indian

archaeologists

Fields of interestArchaeology; Cultural Heritage; History

Target groupsArchaeologists, museum curators and cultural

heritage managers working in India or who plan to

work in India; also of interest to those who work

with artifacts and material culture from this area

R. D. Drennan, University of Pittsburgh, PA, USA

Statistics for Archaeologists, Second EditionA Common Sense Approach

In the decade since its publication, the first edition

of Statistics for Archaeologists has become a staple

in the classroom. Taking a jargon-free approach,

this teaching tool introduces the basic principles of

statistics to archaeologists. The author covers the

necessary techniques for analyzing data collected

in the field and laboratory as well as for evalu-

ating the significance of the relationships between

variables. In addition, chapters discuss the special

concerns of working with samples. This well-

illustrated guide features several practice problems

making it an ideal text for students in archaeology

and anthropology.

Features7 Three brand new sections: resampling

approaches, point sampling, multivariate analysis

7 Same clear and easy-to-use format that made

the first edition so successful 7 Updates and

clarifications throughout the book, based on feed-

back from students and teachers

From the contentsNumerical Exploration: 1. Batches of Numbers

(Stem-and-leaf Plots, Histograms). 2. The Level, or

Center, of a Batch (Mean and Median).

3. The Spread or Dispersion of a Batch (Range,

Midspread, and Standard Deviation).

4. Comparing Batches (The Box-and-Dot Plot).

5. The Shape or Distribution of a Batch (Symmetry

and Transformations). 6. Categories (Column and

Row Proportions).- Random Sampling:

7. Samples and Populations (Randomness and

Sampling Bias). 8. Different Samples from the

Same Population (Variation, the `Special Batch’,

and Standard Error).

Fields of interestArchaeology; Statistics, general

Target groupsAdvanced undergraduate or early graduate level

students in archaeology

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. Approx. 340 p. (Nonprofit and Civil Society

Studies) Hardcover

7 approx. $115.00

ISBN 978-0-387-09625-4

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 260 p. (World Archaeological Congress

Cultural Heritage Manual Series) Hardcover

7 approx. $110.00

ISBN 978-0-387-76456-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2nd ed. 2010. Approx. 335 p. (Interdisciplinary Contribu-

tions to Archaeology) Softcover

7 approx. $34.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-6071-9

springer.com/librarybooks 85Springer News 2/2010 Social Sciences

E. Hwang, ICSEAD, Kitakyushu, Japan

The Search for a Unified KoreaPolitical and Economic Implications

The book traces the historical roots of the

existence of the two Koreas and their ideological

divide. It goes on to review the consequences of

South Korea’s alternating policies of “sternness and

sunshine” toward North Korea since World War

II, and presents an analysis of their likely relative

efficacy in achieving re-unification. The book

then examines the effect of international affairs

on the prospects for stability and reunification on

the Korean peninsula and assesses the relevance

of reunification experiences in Germany and

Vietnam to Korea’s situation. Finally, it suggests

how to proceed if the opportunity for reunifica-

tion arises, tackling the issue of how South Korea

can respond to other nations’ interests in the

outcome on the Korean Peninsula and the need for

a multinational body to supervise a North Korean

transition replacing the present regime.

Features7 Timely topic due to the illness of Kim Jong-Il

and fear that North Korean instability could lead to

international problems 7 Takes an international

perspective on the topic and compares possible

reunification of the two Koreas with German and

Vietnamese reunification 7 Reference books on

this topic are rare, especially those dealing with

Korea’s reunification from an economic viewpoint

From the contentsAre Koreans Ideological Victims?- Inter-Korean

Economic Cooperation: The Need for Reciprocity

- Does Lopsided Cooperation Continue to Soothe

the North’s Bluffing Mentality?- The Strain Policy

vs. The Sunshine Policy: Which Will be a Short-

cut?- What If Big Bang Occurs on the Korean

Peninsula?

Fields of interestPolitical Science; Regional/Spatial Science; Inter-

national Economics

Target groupsAcademics, students and researchers with an

interest in Korea, East Asian political economy,

and international diplomacy; public policy practi-

tioners and decision makers in governmental and

international agencies

J. Schofield, English Heritage, Swindon, UK

AftermathReadings in the Archaeology of Recent

Conflict

Conflict archaeology is a growing and important

field in archaeology, with implications on the state

of the world today: how humanity has prepared

for, reacted to, and dealt with the consequences of

conflict at a national and international level. As the

field grows, there is an increasing need for research

and development in this area.

Written by one of the most prominent scholars

in this field of growing interest, Placing Trauma,

offers a clear and important overview to research

in the field. It will become an essential source

of information for scholars already involved in

conflict archaeology as well as those just starting

to explore the field. It offers access to previ-

ously hard-to-find but important research. The

author’s comprehensive introduction and useful

commentary on each article make it well-suited for

classroom use.

Features7 Conflict and battlefield archaeology is a new

and growing area of archaeological research

7 Establishes the full scope of conflict and battle-

field archaeology by bringing together a spectrum

of approaches to the subject 7 Offers an explora-

tion of potential future developments for the field

ContentsIntroduction: Memory and Place.- Monoments

and the Memories of War.- Jessies Cats and other

stories.- Message and materiality in Mesopotamia.-

Views of the Wall.- Archaeologists, activists, and a

contemporary peace camp.- Discordant landscapes.-

The queer archaeology of Green Gate.- Changing

Places.- Aftermath: materiality on the home

front.- D-Day Sites in England.- The role of aerial

photographs in Europe.- Conserving recent military

remains.- Conserving the remains of the battle.

Fields of interestAnthropology; Archaeology; History

Target groupsConflict and battlefield archaeologists, general

archaeologists; heritage studies, history, cultural

geography, and anthropology

A. Spink, Queensland UoT, Brisbane, Australia

Information BehaviorAn Evolutionary Instinct

Information behavior has emerged as an important

aspect of human life, however our knowledge and

understanding of it is incomplete and underdevel-

oped scientifically. Research on the topic is largely

contemporary in focus and has generally not

incorporated results from other disciplines.

In this monograph Spink provides a new under-

standing of information behavior by incorpo-

rating related findings, theories and models from

social sciences, psychology and cognition. In her

presentation, she argues that information behavior

is an important instinctive sociocognitive ability

that can only be fully understood with a highly

interdisciplinary approach. The leitmotivs of her

examination are three important research ques-

tions: First, what is the evolutionary, biological and

developmental nature of information behavior?

Second, what is the role of instinct versus environ-

ment in shaping information behavior? And,

third, how have information behavior capabilities

evolved and developed over time?

ContentsPreface: Information Behavior Challenge - Chapter

1: Introduction - Chapter 2: Information Behavior

Framework - Chapter 3: Evolutionary Foundation

- Chapter 4: Instinct versus Environment - Chapter

5: Human Cognitive and Social Behavior - Chapter

6: Lifetime Development - Chapter 7: Information

Behavior Sub-Processes - Chapter 8: Information

Behavior Over the Ages - Chapter 9: Key Proposi-

tions and Future Directions - References - Index.

Fields of interestAnthropology; Learning and Instruction;

Computers and Society

Target groupsResearchers in information science

Discount groupP


Due April 2010


7 approx. $119.00

ISBN 978-1-4419-1561-0

Discount groupP


Due February 2010


7 approx. $29.95

ISBN 978-0-387-09465-6

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. XII, 170 p. (Information Science and Knowledge

Management, Volume 16) Hardcover

7 $99.00

ISBN 978-3-642-11496-0

springer.com/booksellers86 Springer News 2/2010Social Sciences

H. Vinken, Minpaku National Museum of Ethnology,

Osaka, Japan; Y. Nishimura, Kowazawa University,

Tokyo, Japan; B. L. White, Doshisha University, Kyoto,

Japan; M. Deguchi, Minpaku National Museum of

Ethnology, Osaka, Japan (Eds.)

Civic Engagement in Contemporary JapanEstablished and Emerging Repertoires

With a variety of contributors from throughout

Japan, involved in a range of both established and

emerging forms of civic engagement from NGOs,

NPOs, to other less mainstream organizations, the

Editors have compiled a comprehensive volume to

give a thorough insiders’ look at the state of civil

society in Japan.

Established forms of civic engagement include

labor unions, and resident and citizens’ move-

ments dating back centuries. In more recent years,

Japan has seen a rise in third sector groups that

parallels a rise worldwide, especially grassroots

community organizations. From political engage-

ment, to underground media, the authors of this

volume closely examine Japan’s development in

civic engagement.

The lessons gleaned from the successes and short-

comings of civic engagement in Japan have strong

applications internationally.

Features7 Insider's look at civic engagement in Japan,

with a background in Western scholarship

7 Interdisciplinary contributors cover the field

comprehensively 7 Covers both established,

mainstream organizations and emerging trends

Fields of interestSociology; Social Policy; Regional and Cultural

Studies

Target groupsResearchers studying civic society, political

sociology, international relations, and Japan

specifically

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 305 p. (Nonprofit and Civil Society

Studies) Hardcover

7 approx. $115.95

ISBN 978-1-4419-1503-0

springer.com/librarybooks 87Springer News 2/2010 Philosophy

V. Biceaga, Nipissing University, North Bay, ON,

Canada

The Concept of Passivity in Husserl’s Phenomenology

Building upon Husserl’s challenge to oppositions

such as those between form and content and

between constituting and constituted, The Concept

of Passivity in Husserl’s Phenomenology construes

activity and passivity not as reciprocally exclu-

sive terms but as mutually dependent moments

of acts of consciousness. The book outlines the

contribution of passivity to the constitution of

phenomena as diverse as temporal syntheses,

perceptual associations, memory fulfillment and

cross-cultural communication. The detailed study

of the phenomena of affection, forgetting, habitus

and translation sets out a distinction between three

meanings of passivity: receptivity, sedimentation

or inactuality and alienation. Husserl’s texts are

interpreted as defending the idea that cultural

crises are not brought to a close by replacing

passivity with activity but by having more of both.

Features7 In contrast with recent French and German

commentaries, the vast and fast growing secondary

literature on Husserl in English has tended, with

a few notable exceptions, to overlook the problem

of passivity and the present book aims at covering

this gap 7 This book claims that passivity makes

it such that the sphere of ownness is always already

alterated or infiltrated by alienness

From the contentsIntroduction. 1. The traditionally subordinate role

of passivity. 2. The problematic character of the

notion of passive synthesis. 3. Static and genetic

phenomenology. 4. Preliminary account of the

composition of the passive sphere. 5. Synopsis.-

I. Passivity and Self-temporalization. 1. Time-

consciousness and association. 2. The three levels

of temporality. 3. Double intentionality.

Fields of interestPhenomenology; Aesthetics; Metaphysics

Target groupsAcademic readers of phenomenology, hermeneu-

tics, and poststructuralism

F. Bretelle-Establet, CNRS (REHSEIS & University Paris

Diderot, France (Ed.)

Looking at it from Asia: the Processes that Shaped the Sources of History of Science

The idea of this volume took shape within a group

of scholars working on the history of science in

Asia. Despite the great differences in time, loca-

tions and disciplines between our respective fields

of research, we all faced similar situations: among

the huge mass of written documents available

to historians and that were eventually taken as

sources in the historiography of science, some had

been well studied while others had been dismissed

or ignored. This observation will seem obvious to

historians, whose daily work consists in shaping

corpuses to raise new questions. The diagnosis has

long been established that such selections related

to the historians’ agenda and thereby reflected the

ways in which historiography somehow belonged

to its time.

Features7 Unique subject area 7 No other text book

or supplemental reading exists 7 Can be used

as supplemental reading for history of science in

'non-western' countries

From the contentsI. Modalities of access to documents and artifacts

of the past. I.1 The ancient collections of texts.

I.2 Western actors of the past and collections

of texts.- II. Reshaping a corpus. II.1 Reuniting

collections of texts of the past: Classics and

commentaries. II.2 Reuniting archives from the

past. II.3 Focusing on margins.

Fields of interestHistory of Science; History; Cultural Heritage

Target groupsStudents and scholars of the history and philos-

ophy of science, historical studies, information

studies and Asian studies

M. Hartimo, University of Helsinki, Finland (Ed.)

Phenomenology and Mathematics

During Edmund Husserl’s lifetime, modern logic

and mathematics rapidly developed toward their

current outlook and Husserl’s writings can be

fruitfully compared and contrasted with both 19th

century figures (Boole, Schröder, Weierstrass)

as well as the 20th century characters (Heyting,

Zermelo, Gödel). Besides the more historical

studies, the internal ones on Husserl alone and the

external ones attempting to clarify his role in the

more general context of the developing math-

ematics and logic, Husserl’s phenomenology offers

also a systematically rich but little researched area

of investigation. This volume aims to establish the

starting point for the development, evaluation and

appraisal of the phenomenology of mathematics.

It gathers the contributions of the main scholars

of this emerging field into one publication for the

first time. Combining both historical and system-

atic studies from various angles, the volume charts

answers to the question “What kind of philosophy

of mathematics is phenomenology?”

Features7 Comprehensive list of authors 7 Defines

the state of the art 7 Very important for those

working on phenomenology and mathematics

From the contentsR. Tieszen, Mathematical Realism and Transcen-

dental Phenomenological Idealism; G.E. Rosado

Haddock, Platonism, Phenomenology, and

Interderivability; C. Hill, Husserl on Axiomat-

ization and Arithmetic; D. Lohmar, Intuition in

Mathematics. On the function of eidetic variation

in mathematical proofs; J. Hintikka, How Can a

Phenomenologist Have a Philosophy of Math-

ematics?

Fields of interestPhenomenology; Logic; Philosophy of Science

Target groupsPhenomenologists, philosophers and historians of

mathematics and logic; historians of early analytic

philosophy

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 220 p. (Contributions To Phenomenology,


7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3914-9

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 400 p. 18 illus. (Boston Studies in the

Philosophy of Science, Volume 265) Hardcover

7 approx. $189.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3675-9

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. 250 p. (Phaenomenologica, Volume 195)

Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3728-2

springer.com/booksellers88 Springer News 2/2010Philosophy

D. Lohmar, University of Cologne, Germany;

I. Yamaguchi, Toyo University, Japan (Eds.)

New Contributions to Husser-lian Phenomenology of Time

Usually Husserl’s analysis of time-constitution

is thought of in terms of three phases that are

roughly bound up with the central publications,

the Lectures, the Bernau Manuscripts and the

C-Manuscripts. Today, after the publication of the

central texts incorporating the last two phases,

the discussion of Husserl’s analysis of time-

constitution has entered a new phase. This is true

for the interpretation of the latter two texts but

it also affects out reading of the Lectures. Today,

in the aftermath of the recent publication of the

C-Manuscipts, it seems more likely that the seem-

ingly separated first two phases are more close to

each other than expected. The new and broader

context allows for more thorough interpretation of

the whole enterprise of time-constitution.

Features7 Discussion from experts in the field of Husser-

lian phenomenology of time 7 New interpreta-

tion of the whole enterprise of time-constitution

From the contentsR. Bernet, Husserl’s New Phenomenology of Time

Consciousness in the Bernau Manuscripts.

J.B. Brough, Notes on the Absolute Time-Consti-

tuting Flow of Consciousness. J. Dodd, Death and

Time in Husserl’s C-Manuscripts. S. Geniusas,

On Birth, Death, and Sleep in Husserl’s Late

Manuscripts on Time. K. Held, Phenomenology

of ‘Authentic Time’ in Husserl and Heidegger. D.

Lohmar, On the Constitution of the Time of the

World – The emergence of objective time on the

ground of subjective time. Y. Mayzaud, Metaphor

of the Stream. Critical approaches.

J. Mensch, Retention and the Schema. S. Micali,

The Temporalizations of the Absolute Flow of

Time-Consciousness. Liangkang Ni, Horizontal-

intention: Time, Genesis, History –Husserl’s

understanding of their immanent relationship.

Fields of interestPhenomenology

Target groupsResearchers in philosophy and phenomenology

M. A. Roberts, College of New Jersey, Ewing, NJ, USA

Abortion and the Moral Significance of Merely Possible PersonsFinding Middle Ground in Hard Cases

When, if ever, is it morally permissible for a

woman to have an abortion? When, if ever, are

agents morally obligated to bring new persons

into existence—whether by refraining from having

an abortion or by conceiving a child? Questions

of abortion and procreation provoke debates

at the practical level that can seem endless and

emotionally fraught. The same questions also raise

surprisingly deep issues regarding the very nature

and structure of moral law.

The goal of Abortion and the Moral Significance

of Merely Possible Persons is to lay the ground-

work for a more productive discussion by first

identifying the common ground shared by the

relevant parties to the debates—including the

common ground we can agree exists between the

great normative traditions of consequentialism and

deontology. The author then will determine just

how far, starting from that practical and theo-

retical common ground, we may go in resolving

hard cases.

Features7 Explores whether our moral obligation is to

make "happy people," as Narveson put it, or to

make "people happy" 7 Introduces lawyers and

philosophers working in applied ethics to the

issues in moral theory, population ethics and social

choice theory

Fields of interestEthics; Theory of Medicine/Bioethics; Constitu-

tional Law

Target groupsPhilosophers who teach and do research in applied

or theoretical ethics; law school professors who

teach and work in tort law, medicine and the law,

bioethics, constitutional law, family law; graduate

and undergraduate students in philosophy, espe-

cially those taking mid- to upper-level courses, or

graduate courses, in ethics; law students; general

public interested in issues of abortion, contracep-

tion and reproductive technologies

S. Roeser, Delft University of Technology,

The Netherlands (Ed.)

Emotions and Risky Technologies

Technological risks such as cloning, GM-foods,

and nuclear energy spark heated and emotional

debates. Many people are afraid of the possible

unwanted consequences of such technologies.

This gives rise to the following normative question:

do we need emotions in order to be able to judge

whether a technology and its concomitant risks

are morally acceptable? This question has direct

practical implications: should engineers, scientists

and policy makers involved in developing risk

regulation take emotions (of the public, but also

their own) seriously or not?

This book sets the stage for research into moral

emotions and risky technologies. It brings together

leading scholars who work in the areas of risk

perception, moral emotions, and ethics of risk, and

lets them reflect on this exciting and important

new topic. The book should be of interest for

everybody involved with risk regulation, both at

an academic and a practical level.

Features7 The first book to address the new topic of moral

emotions about risky technologies 7 Brings

together empirical and normative-ethical view-

points about risk and emotion 7 Brings together

leading scholars from philosophy and psychology

who work on (moral) emotions and/or risk

ContentsAcknowledgements. Foreword. List of Contribu-

tors. Introduction.- Part I: Emotions as Distortions

about Risk.- Part II: Emotions and Virtues in Risk

Assessment.- Part III: Emotions as a Guide to

Acceptable Risk.- Name and Subject Index.

Fields of interestEthics; Philosophy of Technology; Social Sciences,

general

Target groupsPhilosophers, social scientists and psychologists

who work on risk (and more specifically, on risk

perception, acceptable risk or risk assessment)

and to policy makers and designers of risky

technologies

Discount groupP


Due February 2010

2010. Approx. 200 p. (Phaenomenologica, Volume 197)

Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8765-2

Discount groupP


Due April 2010

2010. Approx. 235 p. (Philosophy and Medicine, Volume

107) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3791-6

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 280 p. (The International Library of Ethics,

Law and Technology, Volume 5) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8646-4

springer.com/librarybooks 89Springer News 2/2010 Philosophy

R. E. Sánchez Brigido, Universidad Nacional de

Córdoba, Argentina

Groups, Rules and Legal Practice

Ever since Hart´s The Concept of Law, legal philos-

ophers agree that the practice of law-applying

officials is a fundamental aspect of law. Yet there is

a huge disagreement on the nature of this practice.

Is it a conventional practice? Is it like the practice

that takes place, more generally, when there is a

social rule in a group? Does it share the nature of

collective intentional action? The book explores

the main responses to these questions, and claims

that they fail on two main counts: current theories

do not explain officials´ beliefs that they are under

a duty qua members of an institution, and they

do not explain officials´ disagreement about the

content of these institutional duties. Based on a

particular theory of collective action, the author

elaborates then an account of certain institutions,

and claims that the practice is an institutional

practice of sorts. This would explain officials´

beliefs in institutional duties, and officials´

disagreement about those duties.

Features7 Provides an exhaustive analysis and criticism of

the main theories of the practice of law-applying

officials 7 Proposes an elaborate model of collec-

tive action and of the notion of being under a

duty qua member of a group 7 Provides a novel

account of institutions by employing tools devel-

oped in the field of group and social action

From the contentsAcknowledgements. List of Abbreviations.

Introduction.-1. Three Tests. 2. Accounts Based

on the Idea Of A Social Rule (I): Hart’s Account

and the Coordinative Convention Approach. 3.

Accounts Based on the Idea of a Social Rule (II):

Raz’s Account. 4. Collective Intentional Activities

Shapiro’s Model.

Fields of interestPhilosophy of Law; Demography; Ethics

Target groupsLegal philosophers, social scientists and theorists

interested in collective action

M. Valleriani, Max Planck Institute for the History of

Science, Berlin, Germany

Galileo Engineer

This work systematically investigates and recon-

structs the practical knowledge Galileo shared

during his lifetime.

Galileo shared many aspects of practical knowl-

edge. These included the methods and experience

of foremen and engineers active within various

frameworks. Galileo did not always react to such

scientific impulses in the same way. On the one

hand, he not only shared practical knowledge,

but also acted as an engineer, especially within

the framework of the art of war at the end of the

sixteenth century, and more so during the time he

spent in Padua. On the other hand, his scientific

achievements were largely based on and influenced

by aspects of practical knowledge coming from

particular disciplines and activities, without him

ever becoming an expert in these disciplines.

Features7 Galileo’s activities as a practitioner: the side of

Galileo’s work historians did not relate

7 The practical knowledge shared by Galileo

and from which his science emerged 7 All the

relevant letters from Galileo’s correspondence that

provide an understanding of Galileo as an engineer

translated into English for the first time

From the contentsThe Historical Epistemology of Mechanics.

A foreword by Jürgen Renn. Introduction.-

First section: War and Practice. I: Artist-engineer’s

Apprenticeship and Galileo. II: Instruments

and Machines. III: Galileo’s Private Course on

Fortification.

Fields of interestHistory of Science; Philosophy of Science;

Architectural History and Theory

Target groupsScholars of history of science, who are approaching

the figure of Galileo; the broader group of histo-

rians of the early modern period and learned

people interested in the same epoque; offers

relevant arguments for philosophers of science

S. van Hooft, Deakin University, Melbourne,

Australia; W. Vanderkerckhove, Ghent University,

Belgium (Eds.)

Questioning Cosmopolitanism

This book aims to provide cutting edge essays by

leading scholars on cosmopolitanism. Cosmopoli-

tanism is an emerging movement in global ethics

and provides a meeting point between theorists

of international law, political science, political

philosophy, applied ethics, economics, develop-

ment studies, and international relations. The

second International Conference of the Interna-

tional Global Ethics Association will be held in

Melbourne, Australia in June 2008 on the theme

of ‘Questioning Cosmopolitanism’ and will attract

major scholars from around the world. It is envis-

aged that the best essays from this conference will

be published in the proposed book.

Features7 Contains the very latest in research on cosmo-

politanism as a concept in political philosophy

and in ethics 7 Presents the work of the world’s

leading scholars in this field 7 Written in a

style accessible to interested lay people as well as

scholars and researchers in the relevant fields

7 Brings together ideas from both the Western

and non-Western traditions

From the contentsIntroduction; S. van Hooft and W. Vandekerck-

hove.- Section 1: Cosmopolitan Subjectivity.

Questioning the Questioning of Cosmopolitanism;

N. Dower. Moral Progress and World History:

Ethics and Global Interconnectedness;

A. Linklater. Cosmopolitanism, Identity and

Recognition; S. van Hooft. Redeeming Freedom;

Jiwei Ci. The Cosmopolitan Self and the Fetishism

of Identity; S.K. George. Towards an Ethics of

Hospitality; A. Verlinden. The Cosmopolitan

Stranger.

Fields of interestEthics; Political Philosophy; Political Science

Target groupsScholars and advanced students of international

law, political science, political philosophy, applied

ethics, economics, development studies, and inter-

national relations

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 220 p. (Law and Philosophy Library,


7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8769-0

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. Approx. 300 p. 80 illus. (Boston Studies in the

Philosophy of Science, Volume 269) Hardcover

7 approx. $199.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8644-0

Discount groupP


Due May 2010

2010. Approx. 220 p. (Studies in Global Justice, Volume

6) Hardcover

7 $139.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8703-4

springer.com/booksellers90 Springer News 2/2010Linguistics

L. deMena Travis, McGill University, Montreal, QC,

Canada

Inner AspectThe Articulation of VP

This monograph probes the structure of the verb

phrase through a cross-linguistic investigation of

the syntax and morphology of relevant construc-

tions. In particular, the author provides evidence

for two event-related non-lexical projections called

“inner aspect” and “event”. The former is found

within the verb phrase and encodes information

on the endpoint of an event. The latter is found

at the edge of the verb phrase and demarcates

the boundary of a particular domain of syntax,

L-syntax. Although languages vary in their use

of these projections and in the way they encode

the endpoints of events, the author argues that

the comparison of a number of languages and the

analysis of a range of constructions results in the

emergence of a consistent picture.

While much of the discussion involves Austro-

nesian languages such as Malagasy and Tagalog,

other languages such as French, Spanish, Swedish,

Scots Gaelic, Chinese, Japanese, Navajo, Slave, and

Kalagan are discussed.

Features7 Argues for a new phrase structure 7 Presents

data from underdocumented languages (in

particular Malagasy) to support this view 7 Uses

cross-linguistic comparisons to support this view

ContentsIntroduction.- Inner Derived Objects.- Inner

Aspect and Event.- Event Structure and Phrase

Structure.- Interaction of Objects and Aspect.-

L-Syntax and S-Syntax.- The Syntax of Achieve-

ments.- Bounds and Coercion.- Conclusion.-

References.

Fields of interestLinguistics (General); Theoretical Linguistics;

Syntax

Target groupsGenerative syntacticians interested in phrase

structure and/or Austronesian languages

Discount groupP


Due June 2010

2010. Approx. 380 p. (Studies in Natural Language and

Linguistic Theory, Volume 80) Hardcover

7 $189.00

ISBN 978-90-481-8549-8

springer.com/librarybooks 91Springer News 2/2010 Arts/Design

A. Tymieniecka, The World Institute for Advanced

Phenomenological Research and Learning, Hanover,

NH, USA (Ed.)

Phenomenology and Exis-tentialism in the Twenthieth CenturyBook III. Heralding the New Enlightenment

The great flourishing in the Twentieth Century of

the amalgamated movement of Phenomenology

and Existentialism, having reached its unfolding

and reverberation – as we have shown in our two

preceding books and continue in this one – seems

to have spanned the entire gamut of their marvels.

Although the philosophical field is being still

corroborated by phenomenologico-existential

insights, phenomenology remains itself enigmatic.

The question of its foundations, as the source

of sense remaining unsolved by Husserl (herein

Verducci’s study of Husserl and Fink, infra-page).

And yet, the deepest phenomenologico-existential

inspiration undertakes a new critique of reason

(Verducci), the pivotal role of Imaginatio Creatrix

(Egbe), Jean Wahl’s quest after ultimate meaning

(Kremer-Marietti) and the Logos of the “Moral

Sense” (Cozma and Szmyd). Phenomenology is

then reborn in the ontopoiesis of life (Tymie-

niecka) as “first philosophy” (Haney). We have

here a powerful ferment we may call the New

Enlightenment.

Features7 Presents the third phase of the unfolded and

disseminated flux of phenomenology and existen-

tialism which did transform our culture

7 Its powerful inspirations are spent, without

answering the crucial questions with the self-

validation of phenomenology which Husserl failed

to answer 7 Thus it calls for re-examination of

phenomenology’s foundations as the source of

sense

Fields of interestPhenomenology; Modern Philosophy; History of

Philosophy

Target groupsPhilosophers, historians

Discount groupP


Due March 2010

2010. 350 p. (Analecta Husserliana, Volume 105)

Hardcover

7 $189.00

ISBN 978-90-481-3784-8

springer.com/booksellers92 Springer News 2/2010Architecture

G. Driendl, G. Lehrl (Eds.)

APOPliving... apartments, houses, cities.

Driendl is one of Austria’s most respected archi-

tects. His buildings show a quality level that is

seldom reached. Not only do they withstand a

second glance, but they even require it. Catch-

words like “wit” and “innovation” might here give

an approximate description of his abilities. His

buildings feature on the cover and are in the table

of contents of trend setting architecture journals

such as GA, AD, Abitare, and others.

APOPwohnen is a very individual book in which

Georg Driendl, in cooperation with specialists,

covers the entire range of the topic “living”. Like

in a theatre play, he divides the topics into acts

and gives each actor a second name. An extract:

orchid: architecture; bay-leaves: money; oak wood:

construction authority.

The book offers a monographic overview on

Driendl‘s residential buildings and is thus a

response to the large international demand. In

the same time, the architect arranges an experts’

dialogue filling with life the totality of residential

theories.

Features7 First monograph on residential buildings

by driendl architects 7 Residential building

based on experience: from socially compatible to

mere luxury 7 Contributions among others by

Liesbeth Waechter-Böhm, Christian Kühn, John

Brown

Fields of interestArchitects; Building Types and Functions

Target groupsArchitects, students, clients

W. Fenz, E. Kraus, B. Kulterer (Eds.)

Kunst im öffentlichen Raum Steiermark. Public Art in Styria.Projekte / Projects 2007-2008

The first yearbook of the Institute for Art in the

Public Space documents 37 art projects achieved in

the whole province from the Institute’s foundation

in fall 2006 up to end of 2008.

Art in the public space has turned out to be one of

the most important communication tools in the

societal sphere. As a part of culture, it occupies

places in people’s every-day lives; its language,

signs, and actions address scientific, political,

social but also architectural-urbanistic situa-

tions. Besides essays on the projects by numerous

authors, the volume gathers also essays on recent

issues around public space, as well as on the

preconditions of art beyond the White Cube (such

as museums and galleries) and on the sense of

temporary and/or permanent objects and interven-

tions. From now on, this publication on public art

in Styria will, as a periodical, appear once a year.

Features7 Public art in Styria 7 37 art projects

7 Topical essays

ContentsIntroduction.- Forewords.- Project documenta-

tions.- Annex.

Fields of interestLandscape Architecture; Performing Arts; Cities,

Countries, Regions

Target groupsArtists, landscape designers, local authorities,

people interested in the arts

Discount groupArchitecture Professional

Due May 2010



7 approx. $69.95

ISBN 978-3-7091-0116-2

Discount groupArchitecture Professional

Due February 2010



7 ca. $49.95

ISBN 978-3-7091-0118-6

springer.com/librarybooks 93Springer News 2/2010 Proceedings

Medicine

Lopez-Poveda (Eds), The Neurophysiological

Bases of Auditory Perception

ISBN 978-1-4419-5685-9

7 approx. $269.00

Statistics Lecture Notes in Statistics

González Velasco (Eds), Workshop on Branching

Processes and Their Applications

(Lecture Notes Statistics 197)

ISBN 978-3-642-11154-9

7 $89.95

Computer Science

Dale (Eds), Safety-Critical Systems: Making

Systems Safer - SSS10

ISBN 978-1-84996-085-4

7 $149.00

Huebner (Eds), Open Source Software for

Digital Forensics

ISBN 978-1-4419-5802-0

7 $149.00

Communications in Computer and Information Science

Filipe (Eds), e-Business and Telecommunications

- ICETE 2008 (Communications in Computer and

Information Science 48)

ISBN 978-3-642-05196-8

7 $119.00

Gerhäuser (Eds), Constructing Ambient

Intelligence - AmI 2008 (Communications in

Computer and Information Science 32)

ISBN 978-3-642-10606-4

7 approx. $69.95

Kim (Eds), Advances in Communication and

Networking - FGCN 2008 (Communications in


ISBN 978-3-642-10235-6

7 $84.00

Kim (Eds), Advances in Computational Science

and Engineering - FGCN 2008 (Communications

in Computer and Information Science 28)

ISBN 978-3-642-10237-0

7 $84.00

Kim (Eds), Advances in Security Technology -

SecTech 2008 (Communications in Computer and


ISBN 978-3-642-10239-4

7 $84.00

Kim (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering -

ASEA 2008 (Communications in Computer and


ISBN 978-3-642-10241-7

7 $84.00

Papasratorn (Eds), Advances in Information

Technology - IAIT 2009 (Communications in


ISBN 978-3-642-10391-9

7 $84.00

Ranchordas (Eds), Computer Vision and

Computer Graphics - Theory and Applications -

VISIGRAPP 2008 (Communications in Computer

and Information Science 24)

ISBN 978-3-642-10225-7

7 $84.00

Slezak (Eds), Advances in Software Engineering -

ASEA 2009 (Communications in Computer and


ISBN 978-3-642-10618-7

7 $95.00

Slezak (Eds), Bio-Science and Bio-Technology -

BSBT 2009 (Communications in Computer and


ISBN 978-3-642-10615-6

7 $84.00

Slezak (Eds), Control and Automation - CA 2009

(Communications in Computer and Information

Science 65)

ISBN 978-3-642-10742-9

7 $84.00

Slezak (Eds), Database Theory and Application

- DTA 2009 (Communications in Computer and


ISBN 978-3-642-10582-1

7 $84.00

Slezak (Eds), Grid and Distributed Computing -

GDC 2009 (Communications in Computer and


ISBN 978-3-642-10548-7

7 $84.00

Slezak (Eds), Multimedia, Computer Graphics

and Broadcasting (Communications in Computer

and Information Science 60)

ISBN 978-3-642-10511-1

7 $84.00

Slezak (Eds), Signal Processing, Image Processing

and Pattern Recognition - SIP 2009

(Communications in Computer and Information

Science 61)

ISBN 978-3-642-10545-6

7 $95.00

Slezak (Eds), U- and E-Service, Science and

Technology - UNESST 2009 (Communications in


ISBN 978-3-642-10579-1

7 $84.00

Tavangarian (Eds), Intelligent Interactive

Assistance and Mobile Multimedia Computing -

IMC 2009 (Communications in Computer and


ISBN 978-3-642-10262-2

7 $95.00

IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology

Camenisch (Eds), iNetSec 2009 - Open Research

Problems in Network Security - IFIP Wg 11.4

(IFIP Advs Information 309)

ISBN 978-3-642-05436-5

7 $127.00

Lecture Notes in Business Information Processing

Persson (Eds), The Practice of Enterprise

Modeling - PoEM 2009 (Lecture Notes in Business

Information Processing 39)

ISBN 978-3-642-05351-1

7 $94.00

Lecture Notes in Computer Science

Abdelzaher (Eds), Principles of Distributed

Systems - OPODIS 2009 (LNCS 5923)

ISBN 978-3-642-10876-1

7 $83.00

Abran (Eds), Software Process and Product

Measurement - IWSM 2009 (LNCS 5891)

ISBN 978-3-642-05414-3

7 $83.00

Aldewereld (Eds), Engineering Societies in the

Agents World X - ESAW 2009 (LNAI 5881)

ISBN 978-3-642-10202-8

7 $72.00

Bacon (Eds), Middleware 2009 -

ACM/IFIP/USENIX 2009 (LNCS 5896)

ISBN 978-3-642-10444-2

7 $95.00

Baresi (Eds), Services-Oriented Computing -

ICSOC-ServiceWave 2009 (LNCS 5900)

ISBN 978-3-642-10382-7

7 $119.00

Bayro-Corrochano (Eds), Progress in Pattern

Recognition, Image Analysis, Computer Vision,

and Applications - CIARP 2009 (LNCS 5856)

ISBN 978-3-642-10267-7

7 $167.00

Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing -

ISVC 2009 Part I (LNCS 5875)

ISBN 978-3-642-10330-8

7 $179.00

springer.com/booksellers94 Springer News 2/2010Proceedings

Bebis (Eds), Advances in Visual Computing -

ISVC 2009 Part II (LNCS 5876)

ISBN 978-3-642-10519-7

7 $191.00

Breitman (Eds), Formal Methods and Software

Engineering - ICFEM 2009 (LNCS 5885)

ISBN 978-3-642-10372-8

7 $131.00

Carswell (Eds), Web and Wireless Geographical

Information Systems - W2GIS 2009 (LNCS 5886)

ISBN 978-3-642-10600-2

7 $72.00

Childs (Eds), Theory of Quantum Computation,

Communication and Cryptography - TQC 2009

(LNCS 5906)

ISBN 978-3-642-10697-2

7 $72.00

Chua (Eds), Semantic Multimedia - SAMT 2009

(LNCS 5887)

ISBN 978-3-642-10542-5

7 $72.00

Datta (Ed), Advances in Computer Science,

Information Security and Privacy - ASIAN 2009

(LNCS 5913)

ISBN 978-3-642-10621-7

7 $72.00

Deaton (Eds), DNA Computing - DNA 15 2009

(LNCS 5877)

ISBN 978-3-642-10603-3

7 $72.00

Deng (Eds), Artificial Intelligence and

Computational Intelligence - AICI 2009

(LNAI 5855)

ISBN 978-3-642-05252-1

7 $131.00

Desmedt (Ed), Information Theoretic Security -

ICITS 2007 (LNCS 4883)

ISBN 978-3-642-10229-5

7 $72.00

Dolev (Ed), Algorithmic Aspects of Wireless

Sensor Networks - ALGOSENSORS 2009

(LNCS 5804)

ISBN 978-3-642-05433-4

7 $72.00

Dolev (Eds), Optical SuperComputing -

OSC 2009 (LNCS 5882)

ISBN 978-3-642-10441-1

7 $72.00

Dong (Eds), Algorithms and Computation -

ISAAC 2009 (LNCS 5878)

ISBN 978-3-642-10630-9

7 $191.00

Egges (Eds), Motion in Games - MIG 2009

(LNCS 5884)

ISBN 978-3-642-10346-9

7 $72.00

Fiala (Eds), Combinatorial Algorithms -

IWOCA 2009 (LNCS 5874)

ISBN 978-3-642-10216-5

7 $95.00

Gal (Eds), Protecting Persons While Protecting

the People - ISIPS 2008 (LNCS 5661)

ISBN 978-3-642-10232-5

7 $72.00

Garay (Eds), Cryptology and Network Security -

CANS 2009 (LNCS 5888)

ISBN 978-3-642-10432-9

7 $107.00

Garcia-Alfaro (Eds), Data Privacy Management

and Autonomous Spontaneous Security -

DPM 2009 and SETOP 2009 (LNCS 5939)

ISBN 978-3-642-11206-5

7 $72.00

Gómez-Pérez (Eds), The Semantic Web -

ASWC 2009 (LNCS 5926)

ISBN 978-3-642-10870-9

7 $83.00

Hernández Aguirre (Eds), MICAI 2009:

Advances in Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5845)

ISBN 978-3-642-05257-6

7 $131.00

Holzinger (Eds), HCI and Usability for

E-Inclusion - USAB 2009 (LNCS 5889)

ISBN 978-3-642-10307-0

7 $107.00

Hu (Ed), Programming Languages and Systems -

APLAS 2009 (LNCS 5904)

ISBN 978-3-642-10671-2

7 $83.00

Iurgel (Eds), Interactive Storytelling - ICIDS 2009

(LNCS 5915)

ISBN 978-3-642-10642-2

7 $83.00

Jaatun (Eds), Cloud Computing - CloudCom 2009

(LNCS 5931)

ISBN 978-3-642-10664-4

7 $131.00

Jacobson (Eds), Selected Areas in Cryptography -

SAC 2009 (LNCS 5867)

ISBN 978-3-642-05443-3

7 $95.00

Janowicz (Eds), GeoSpatial Semantics - GeoS 2009

(LNCS 5892)

ISBN 978-3-642-10435-0

7 $72.00

Karagiannis (Eds), Knowledge Science,

Engineering and Management - KSEM 2009

(LNAI 5914)

ISBN 978-3-642-10487-9

7 $95.00

Korb (Eds), Artificial Life: Borrowing from

Biology - ACAL 2009 (LNAI 5865)

ISBN 978-3-642-10426-8

7 $72.00

Kowalczyk (Eds), Service-Oriented Computing:

Agents, Semantics, and Engineering -

AAMAS 2009 International Workshop,

SOCASE 2009 (LNCS 5907)

ISBN 978-3-642-10738-2

7 $72.00

Kuflik (Eds), Advances in Ubiquitous User

Modelling (LNCS 5830)

ISBN 978-3-642-05038-1

7 $72.00

Lee (Eds), Future Generation Information

Technology - FGIT 2009 (LNCS 5899)

ISBN 978-3-642-10508-1

7 $83.00

Lee (Eds), Software Technologies for Embedded

and Ubiquitous Systems - SEUS 2009

(LNCS 5860)

ISBN 978-3-642-10264-6

7 $108.00

Leonardi (Ed), Internet and Network Economics -

WINE 2009 (LNCS 5929)

ISBN 978-3-642-10840-2

7 $119.00

Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing -

ICONIP 2009 Part I (LNCS 5863)

ISBN 978-3-642-10676-7

7 $155.00

Leung (Eds), Neural Information Processing -

ICONIP 2009 Part II (LNCS 5864)

ISBN 978-3-642-10682-8

7 $155.00

Matsui (Ed), Advances in Crytology -

ASIACRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5912)

ISBN 978-3-642-10365-0

7 $131.00

Meersman (Eds), On the Move to Meaningful

Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS,

and ODBASE 2009 Part I (LNCS 5870)

ISBN 978-3-642-05147-0

7 $143.00


Internet Systems: OTM 2009 - CoopIS, DOA, IS,

and ODBASE 2009 Part II (LNCS 5871)

ISBN 978-3-642-05150-0

7 $107.00


Internet Systems: OTM 2009 Workshops -

ADI, CAMS, EI2N, ISDE, IWSSA, MONET,

OnToContent, ODIS, ORM, OTM Academy,

SWWS, SEMELS, Beyond SAWSDL, and Combek

2009 (LNCS 5872)

ISBN 978-3-642-05289-7

7 $155.00

Meyer (Eds), Knowledge Representation for

Agents and Multi-Agent Systems - KRAMAS 2008

(LNAI 5605)

ISBN 978-3-642-05300-9

7 $72.00

springer.com/librarybooks 95Springer News 2/2010 Proceedings

Muneesawang (Eds), Advances in Multimedia

Informatioin Processing - PCM 2009

(LNCS 5879)

ISBN 978-3-642-10466-4

7 $203.00

Nambiar (Eds), Performance Evaluation and

Benchmarking - TPCTC 2009 (LNCS 5895)

ISBN 978-3-642-10423-7

7 $72.00

Nicholson (Eds), AI 2009: Advances in Artificial

Intelligence (LNAI 5866)

ISBN 978-3-642-10438-1

7 $131.00

Núñez-Queija (Eds), Network Control and

Optimization - NET-COOP 2009 (LNCS 5894)

ISBN 978-3-642-10405-3

7 $72.00

Oliveira (Eds), Formal Methods: Foundations and

Applications - SBMF 2009 (LNCS 5902)

ISBN 978-3-642-10451-0

7 $83.00

Parker (Ed), Cryptography and Coding -

IMACC 2009 (LNCS 5921)

ISBN 978-3-642-10867-9

7 $107.00

Polleres (Eds), Web Reasoning and Rule Systems -

RR 2009 (LNCS 5837)

ISBN 978-3-642-05081-7

7 $72.00

Prakash (Eds), Information Systems Security -

ICISS 2009 (LNCS 5905)

ISBN 978-3-642-10771-9

7 $83.00

Qing (Eds), Information and Communications

Security - ICICS 2009 (LNCS 5927)

ISBN 978-3-642-11144-0

7 $107.00

Reed (Eds), SDL 2009: Design for Motes and

Mobiles (LNCS 5719)

ISBN 978-3-642-04553-0

7 $72.00

Roy (Eds), Progress in Cryptology -

INDOCRYPT 2009 (LNCS 5922)

ISBN 978-3-642-10627-9

7 $95.00

Sakai (Eds), Rough Sets, Fuzzy Sets, Data Mining

and Granular Computing - RSFDGrC 2009

(LNAI 5908)

ISBN 978-3-642-10645-3

7 $107.00

Serra (Eds), AI*IA 2009: Emergent Perspectives in

Artificial Intelligence (LNAI 5883)

ISBN 978-3-642-10290-5

7 $107.00

Spyropoulos (Eds), Self-Organizing Systems -

IWSOS 2009 (LNCS 5918)

ISBN 978-3-642-10864-8

7 $94.00

Stützle (Ed), Learning and Intelligent

Optimization: Designing, Implementing and

Analyzing Effective Heuristics - LION 2009

(LNCS 5851)

ISBN 978-3-642-11168-6

7 $72.00

Tscheligi (Eds), Ambient Intelligence - AmI 2009

(LNCS 5859)

ISBN 978-3-642-05407-5

7 $72.00

Wenyin (Eds), Web Information Systems and

Mining - WISM 2009 (LNCS 5854)

ISBN 978-3-642-05249-1

7 $119.00

Wiederhold (Eds), Combinatorial Image Analysis

- IWCIA 2009 (LNCS 5852)

ISBN 978-3-642-10208-0

7 $95.00

Xie (Eds), Intelligent Robotics and Applications -

ICIRA 2009 (LNAI 5928)

ISBN 978-3-642-10816-7

7 $203.00

Yang (Eds), Principles of Practice in Multi-Agent

Systems (LNAI 5925)

ISBN 978-3-642-11160-0

7 $119.00

Zhou (Eds), Advances in Machine Learning -

ACML 2009 (LNAI 5828)

ISBN 978-3-642-05223-1

7 $95.00

Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer Sciences, Social Informatics and Telecommunications Engineering

Mueller (Eds), Scalable Information Systems

(Lecture Notes of the Institute for Computer

Sciences, Social-Informatics and

Telecommunications Engineering 18)

ISBN 978-3-642-10484-8

7 $83.00

Special Publications

Morrison (Eds), Environmental Forensics

(Special Publications 322)

ISBN 978-1-84755-258-7

7 approx. $209.00

Waldron (Eds), Total Food

(Special Publications 323)

ISBN 978-1-84755-750-6

7 approx. $169.00

Engineering

Davcev (Eds), ICT Innovations 2009

ISBN 978-3-642-10780-1

7 $339.00

Davoli (Eds), Remote Instrumentation and Virtual

Laboratories

ISBN 978-1-4419-5595-1

7 approx. $169.00

Luo (Ed), Dynamical Systems

ISBN 978-1-4419-5753-5

7 approx. $189.00

Miller (Eds), Computational Biomechanics for

Medicine

ISBN 978-1-4419-5873-0

7 approx. $189.00

Wellnitz et al., Sustainable Automotive

Technologies 2010

ISBN 978-3-642-10796-2

7 $189.00

Advances in Intelligent and Soft Computing

Huang (Eds), Proceedings of the 6th CIRP-

Sponsored International Conference on Digital

Enterprise Technology - DET 2009

(Adv. Intel Soft Comp. 66)

ISBN 978-3-642-10429-9

7 $399.00

Snášel (Eds), Advances in Intelligent Web

Mastering - 2 (AISC 67)

ISBN 978-3-642-10686-6

7 $189.00

Wu (Ed), Advanced Technology in Teaching -

WTCS 2009 (Adv. Intel. Soft Comp. 68)

ISBN 978-3-642-11275-1

7 approx. $399.00

Wu (Ed), Software Engineering and Knowledge

Engineering: Theory and Practice - KESE 2009

(Adv. Intel. Soft Computing 69)

ISBN 978-3-642-03717-7

7 $399.00

AIP Conference Proceedings

Ao (Eds), IAENG Transactions on Engineering

Technologies Volume 3 (AIP Conf. Proc. 1174)

ISBN 978-0-7354-0713-8

7 $174.00

IUTAM Bookservices

Dattaguru (Eds), IUTAM Symposium on Multi-

Functional Material Structures and Systems

(IUTAM Bookseries 19)

ISBN 978-90-481-3770-1

7 $159.00

springer.com/booksellers96 Springer News 2/2010Proceedings

Physics

American Institute of Physics (Ed), 2010 Graduate

Programs in Physics, Astronomy, and Related

Fields

ISBN 978-0-7354-0717-6

7 $76.00

Brandl (Eds), 400 Years of Astronomical

Telescopes <with CD>

ISBN 978-90-481-2232-5

7 $149.00

AIP Conference Proceedings

Abdel Harith (Ed), The 7th International

Conference on Laser Applications

(AIP Conf. Proc. 1172)

ISBN 978-0-7354-0711-4

7 $99.00

Balazs (Eds), 5th International Workshop on the

Dark Side of the Universe (AIP Conf. Proc. 1178)

ISBN 978-0-7354-0719-0

7 $89.00

Chatillon (Eds), 4th International Workshop on

Nuclear Fission and Fission-Product Spectroscopy


ISBN 978-0-7354-0714-5

7 $224.00

Chigrin (Ed), Theoretical and Computational

Nanophotonics (TaCoNa-Photonics 2009)


ISBN 978-0-7354-0715-2

7 $129.00

Guzik (Eds), Stellar Pulsation


ISBN 978-0-7354-0707-7

7 $319.00

Handoko (Eds), International Workshop on

Advanced Material for New and Renewable

Energy (AIP Conf. Proc. 1169)

ISBN 978-0-7354-0706-0

7 $169.00

Hubeny (Eds), Recent Directions in Astrophysical

Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiation

Hydrodynamics (AIP Conf. Proc. 1171)

ISBN 978-0-7354-0710-7

7 $159.00

Secula (Eds), Frontiers of Characterization and

Metrology for Nanoelectronics


ISBN 978-0-7354-0712-1

7 $219.00

Weiland (Ed), From Leonardo to ITER, Nonlinear

and Coherence Aspects (AIP Conf. Proc. 1177)

ISBN 978-0-7354-0716-9

7 $99.00

Astrophysics and Space Science Proceedings

Chaudhuri (Eds), Recent Advances in

Spectroscopy (Astrophysics and Space Science

Proceedings)

ISBN 978-3-642-10321-6

7 $189.00

Goswami (Eds), Principles and Perspectives in

Cosmochemistry - Kodai School on Synthesis of

Elements in Stars (Astrophysics and Space Science

Proceedings)

ISBN 978-3-642-10351-3

7 $249.00

Rodriguez (Eds), Highlights of Spanish

Astrophysics V (Astrophysics and Space Science

Proceedings) <with onlines files/updates>

ISBN 978-3-642-11249-2

7 approx. $249.00

Springer Proceedings in Physics

Bellucci (Ed), The Attractor Mechanism -

INFN-Laboratori Nazionali di Frascati School

2007 (Springer Proceedings in Physics 134)

ISBN 978-3-642-10735-1

7 $249.00

Earth Science/Geography International Association of Geodesy Symposia

Mertikas (Ed), Gravity, Geoid and Earth

Observation - IAG Commission 2 2008

(IAG Symp. 135)

ISBN 978-3-642-10633-0

7 $209.00

Pageoph Topical Volumes

Becker (Eds), Recent Advances in Nuclear

Explosion Monitoring (Pageoph Topical Volumes)

ISBN 978-3-0346-0370-6

7 approx. $69.95

Environmental Sciences

Xu (Eds), Molecular Environmental Soil Science

at the Interfaces in the Earth’s Critical Zone

ISBN 978-3-642-05296-5

7 $409.00

Business/Economics Lecture Notes in Economics and Mathematical Systems

Jones (Eds), New Developments in Multiple

Objective and Goal Programming

(Lecture Notes Economics 638)

ISBN 978-3-642-10353-7

7 $89.95

Philosophy Balzan Foundation

International Balzan Foundation (Ed),

Truth in Science, the Humanities and Religion

ISBN 978-1-4020-9895-6

7 approx. $129.00

Sales and Service

Bookstore and Library Sales:

Matt Conmy, Vice President, Trade Sales

tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 578

e-mail: [email protected]

Trade Marketing Support:

Casey Spear, Product Manager

Trade Channel Marketing

tel: 800-777-4643 ext.622


Agency Account Information

7 Library Approval Plan

7 Bookseller Agency Plan

7 Annual Prepayment Plan

7 Standing Orders

Attn: Joe Kozakiewicz

P.O. Box 2485

Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485

tel: 800-777-4643 ext. 303

fax: 201-348-4505


To Order:

Springer

P.O. Box 2485

Secaucus, NJ 07096-2485

or call

800-SPRINGER, 8:30 AM to 5:30 PM ET

or fax

201-348-4505

or e-mail

[email protected]

World Wide Web:

Springer: springer.com

Apress: www.apress.com

Birkhäuser: www.birkhauser.com

Copernicus: www.copernicusbooks.com

Key College: www.keycollege.com

Key Curriculum: www.keypress.com

Returns:

Returns must be in resaleable condition. Please include a copy of the original invoice

or packing slip along with your shipment. For your protection, we recommend all

returns be sent via a traceable method. Damaged books must be reported within two

months of billing date. Springer reserves the right to reject any return that does not

follow the procedures detailed above.

Returns in the Americas (excluding Canada):

Springer

c/o Mercedes/ABC Distribution Center

Brooklyn Navy Yard; Bldg. 3

Brooklyn, NY 11205

Returns in Canada:

Springer

c/o Georgetown Terminal Warehouse

34 Armstrong Avenue

Georgetown, Ontario L7G 4R9

Prices:

Please note that all prices are in US $, and are subject to change without notice.

Continuation Orders

Library Approval Plan:

All books are automatically supplied directly to your library on the date of publication.

A minimum of one major discipline on all publications must be selected to receive the

Library Approval Plan discount of 15%.

Bookseller Agency Plan:

The bookseller automatically receives all new titles upon publication. To receive the

special agency discount, a minimum of one major discipline must be selected. Modifi-

cations in the plan may be made at any time.

Annual Prepayment Plan:

Prepayments will be accepted only for subscriptions to Landolt-

Börnstein. To enroll in this plan, the library must agree to make one prepayment

based on our estimate of the number of volumes and the subscription cost. A prepaid

invoice will reflect a 5% discount on the major handbooks.

Standing Orders:

Approval, and standing order customers receive a 15% discount on orders for all series

except Landolt-Börnstein. Prepayment is not required for standing orders.

Change of Address for Continuation Orders:

Publisher must be notified at least eight weeks in advance.

Please indicate:

7 journal or standing order title

7 date on which the change is to take effect

7 old address

7 new address

For more information, contact: Joe Kozakiewicz (above).

General InformationSpringer News 2/2010

Discount Key

P = Professional

MC = Medicine/Clinical

MR = Medicine/Reference

T = Trade

C = Computer Trade

L = Landolt-Bornstein Handbook

S = Special Software

Springer

NEWS

springer.comABCDABCD233 Spring Street New York, NY 10013

Apress

AIP Press

American Institute of Physics

Birkhäuser

Copernicus

Current Medicine

Friends of ED

Humana Press

Lavoisier-Intercept

Physica Verlag

Springer-Praxis

The Royal Society of Chemistry

Springer Wien NewYork

Steinkopff Verlag

Vieweg

2010

AB

V7002

New York

Heidelberg

Dordrecht

London

Tokyo

Boston

Basel

Berlin

Hong Kong

Milan

New Delhi

Paris

2

FEBRUARY

2010






FEBRUARY

2010











new york, ny 10013 springer 2 news · 30 bouroushian, electrochemistry of metal chalcogenides...

Documents